brackenridge park garage expansion - witte museum€¦ · architectural a101 architectural site...

Brackenridge Park

3623 Avenue B

San Antonio, Texas 78209

Project Manual

Specifications

August 18, 2017

Garage Expansion

McFARLANDARCHITECTURE

Brackenridge Park GarageExpansion

August 18, 2017

00 0102 - 1 PROJECT INFORMATION

SECTION 00 0102 - PROJECT INFORMATIONPART 1 GENERAL1.01 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION

A. Project Name: Brackenridge Park Garage Expansion, located at:3623 Avenue B.San Antonio, Texas 78209.

B. The Owner, hereinafter referred to as Owner: The Witte MuseumC. Owner's Project Manager: Brady Haynes.

1. Address: 3801 Broadway.2. City, State, Zip: San Antonio, Texas, 78209.3. Phone/Fax: 210-357-1914.4. E-mail: [email protected].

1.02 NOTICE TO PROSPECTIVE BIDDERSA. These documents constitute an Invitation to Bid to General Contractors for the construction of

the project described below.1.03 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

A. Summary Project Description: Addition of one new level of parking to top of an existing parkinggarage, including extension of fire exit stairs. New pedestrian entrance on ground level withassociated site work. .

B. Contract Scope: Construction and limited demolition..C. Contract Terms: Lump sum (fixed price, stipulated sum). D. The currently occupied premises at the project site are open for examination by bidders at any

time.1.04 PROCUREMENT TIMETABLE

A. Last Request for Substitution Due: 7 days prior to due date of bids.B. Last Request for Information Due: 7 days prior to due date of bids.C. Bid Due Date: October 6, 2017, before 4 PM local time.D. Notice to Proceed: Within 7 days after due date.E. Bids May Not Be Withdrawn Until: 30 days after due date.F. Contract Time: 120 calendar days.G. Desired Construction Start: Not later than October 13, 2017.H. Desired Final Completion Date: Not later than 120 calendar days from Notice to Proceed.

1.05 PROCUREMENT DOCUMENTSA. Availability of Documents: Complete sets of procurement documents may be obtained:

1. Digital files may be downloaded from The Witte Museum's websitePART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED)PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED)

END OF SECTION


August 18, 2017

00 0103 - 1 PROJECT DIRECTORY

SECTION 00 0103 - PROJECT DIRECTORYPART 1 GENERAL1.01 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Identification of project team members and their contact information.1.02 OWNER:

A. Name: The Witte Museum (acting for The City of San Antonio).1. Address Line 1: 3801 Broadway.2. City: San Antonio.3. State: Texas.4. Zip Code: 78209.5. Telephone: 210-357-1914.

B. Primary Contact: All correspondence from the Contractor to the Architect will be direct, withcopies to this party, unless alternate arrangements are mutually agreed upon at preconstructionmeeting.1. Title: Project Manager.2. Name: Brady Haynes.3. Email: [email protected].

1.03 CONSULTANTS:A. Architect: Design Professional of Record. All correspondence from the Contractor regarding

construction documents authored by Architect's consultants will be through this party, unlessalternate arrangements are mutually agreed upon at preconstruction meeting.1. Company Name: McFarland Architecture.

a. Address Line 1: 8317 Young Lane.b. City: Austin.c. State: Texas.d. Zip Code: 78737.e. Telephone: 512-288-3001 office; 512-423-1913 mobile.

2. Primary Contact: .a. Name: Susan McFarland, AIA.b. Email: [email protected].

B. Civil Engineering Consultant:1. Company Name: Pape Dawson Engineers .

a. Address Line 1: 555 E Ramsey.b. City: San Antonio.c. State: Texas.d. Zip Code: 78216.e. Telephone: 210-375-9000.

2. Primary Contact: .a. Title: Senior Project Manager.b. Name: Adam Rademacher, PE.c. Email: [email protected].

C. Landscape Architecture Consultant:1. Company Name: Rialto Studio, Inc.

a. Address Line 1: 2425 Broadway.b. City: San Antonio.c. State: Texas.d. Zip Code: 78215.e. Telephone: 210-828-1155.

2. Primary Contact: .a. Name: Bobby Eichholz, ASLA.


August 18, 2017

00 0103 - 2 PROJECT DIRECTORY

D. Structural Engineering Consultant:1. Company Name: Cardno.

a. Address Line 1: 5113 Southwest Pkwy.b. City: Austin.c. State: Texas.d. Zip Code: 78735.e. Telephone: 512-306-1669.

2. Primary Contact: .a. Title: Project Engineer.b. Name: Francisco Cuevas, PE.c. Email: [email protected].

E. Electrical Engineering Consultant:1. Company Name: HCE Hendrix Consulting Engineers.

a. Address Line 1: 115 East Main Street.b. City: Round Rock.c. State: Texas.d. Zip Code: 78664.e. Telephone: 512-218-0060, ext 313.

2. Primary Contact: .a. Name: Byron Hendrix, PE.b. Email: [email protected].

PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USEDPART 3 EXECUTION - NOT USED

END OF SECTION


August 18, 2017

00 0110 - 1 TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION 00 0110 - TABLE OF CONTENTSPROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTSDivision 00 -- Procurement and Contracting Requirements

00 0102 - Project Information00 0103 - Project Directory00 0110 - Table of Contents00 0115 - List of Drawing Sheets00 2113 - Instructions to Bidders00 4100 - Bid Form00 4322 - Unit Prices Form00 4323 - Alternates Form00 4327 - Separate Prices Break-Out Form00 4336 - Proposed Subcontractors Form00 4373 - Proposed Schedule of Values Form00 5000 - Contracting Forms and Supplements00 7200 - General Conditions00 7300 - Supplementary Conditions

SPECIFICATIONSDivision 01 -- General Requirements

01 1000 - Summary01 2000 - Price and Payment Procedures01 2100 - Allowances01 2200 - Unit Prices01 2300 - Alternates01 3000 - Administrative Requirements01 3216 - Construction Progress Schedule01 4000 - Quality Requirements01 5000 - Temporary Facilities and Controls01 5713 - Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control01 5813 - Temporary Project Signage01 6000 - Product Requirements01 7000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements01 7800 - Closeout Submittals

Division 05 -- Metals 05 5100 - Metal Stairs

Division 20 - Mechanical20 0000 - General Provisions20 0100 - Basic Materials and Methods

Division 22 -- Plumbing 22 1116 - Water Distribution System22 1315 - Liquid Waste Transfer


August 18, 2017

00 0110 - 2 TABLE OF CONTENTS

Division 26 -- Electrical 26 0600 - General Provisions26 0510 - Schedule of Values26 0519 - Wire and Cable26 0526 - Grounding & Bonding26 0529 - Hanger & Supporting Devices26 0533 - Raceways26 0534 - Outlet Boxes, Pull Boxes & Junction Boxes26 0580 - Empty Raceway Rough-In26 1500 - Electrical Demolition for Remodeling26 2726 - Devices26 2815 - Safety Disconnect Switch26 5100 - Interior Lighting System26 5600 - Exterior Lighting System

Division 27 -- Communications Division 28 -- Electronic Safety and Security Division 31 -- Earthwork Division 32 -- Exterior Improvements Division 33 -- Utilities DIVISION 46 -- WATER AND WASTEWATER EQUIPMENTEND OF SECTION


August 18, 2017

00 0115 - 1 LIST OF DRAWING SHEETS

SECTION 00 0115 - LIST OF DRAWING SHEETS


August 18, 2017


CS-1 COVER SHEETA001 PROJECT INFORMATION

CIVILC0.00 COVER SHEETC1.00 SWPPPC1.10 SWPPP DETAILSC2.00 FIRE PROTECTION PLANC3.00 SITE AND DEMO PLANC4.00 GRADING AND DRAINAGE PLAN

LANDSCAPEL1.0 LANDSCAPE DEMO PLANL1.1 TREE PRESERVATION PLANL1.2 TREE PRESERVATION PLANL2.0 REFERENCE PLANL2.1 LAYOUT PLANL2.2 LAYOUT PLANL2.3 LAYOUT PLANL3.1 DETAILSL3.2 DETAILSL4.1 PLANTING PLANL4.2 PLANTING PLANL4.3 PLANTING PLANL5.1 IRRIGATION PLANL5.2 IRRIGATION PLANL5.3 IRRIGATION PLANL6.1 LIGHTING PLAN

ARCHITECTURALA101 ARCHITECTURAL SITE PLANA111 FLOOR PLAN - LEVEL 1A112 FLOOR PLAN - LEVEL 2A113 FLOOR PLAN - LEVEL 3A114 FLOOR PLAN - LEVEL 4A121 STAIR 1 ENLARGED PLANS/ SECTIONA122 STAIR 2 ENLARGED PLANS/ SECTIONA131 PLAN DETAILSA201 EXTERIOR ELEVATIONA202 EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS


August 18, 2017


A203 ENTRY ELEVATIONA301 BUILDING SECTIONSA311 WALL SECTIONSA312 WALL SECTIONS

STRUCTURALS101 STRUCTURAL NOTESS201 EXISTING FOUNDATION PLAN - LEVEL 1S203 EXISTING FLOOR FRAMING PLAN - LEVEL 3S204 NEW FLOOR FRAMING PLAN - LEVEL 4S204A TOP MILD STEEL REINFORCEMENT PLAN - LEVEL 4S204B BOTTOM MILD STEEL REINFORCEMENT PLAN - LEVEL 4S401 FRAMING DETAILSS402 FRAMING DETAILSS601 STANDARD DETAILS - CONCRETES611 STANDARD DETAILS - STEELS612 STANDARD DETAILS - STEELS701 STEEL COLUMN SCHEDULES702 STEEL BRACE ELEVATIONS & DETAILS

MEPE101 ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES, NOTES & LEGENDSE102 SCHEDULESE201 FLOOR PLAN - LEVEL 1E202 FLOOR PLAN - LEVEL 2E203 FLOOR PLAN - LEVEL 3E204 FLOOR PLAN - LEVEL 4

P101 PLUMBING SCHEDULES, NOTES & LEGENDSP201 FLOOR PLAN - LEVEL 4

SIGNAGEG-1 SIGNAGE LOCATION PLANG-2 SIGNAGE LOCATION PLAN

END OF SECTION


August 18, 2017

00 2113 - 1 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

SECTION 00 2113 - INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERSSUMMARY1.01 DOCUMENT INCLUDES

A. Invitation1. Bid Submission2. Intent3. Work Identified in the Contract Documents4. Contract Time

B. Bid Documents and Contract Documents1. Definitions2. Contract Documents Identification3. Availability4. Examination5. Inquiries/Addenda6. Product/Assembly/System Substitutions

C. Site Assessment1. Site Examination2. Prebid Conference

D. Qualifications1. Qualifications2. Prequalification3. Subcontractors/Suppliers/Others

E. Bid Submission1. Submission Procedure2. Bid Ineligibility

F. Bid Enclosures/Requirements1. Performance Assurance2. Insurance3. Bid Form Requirements4. Fees for Changes in the Work5. Bid Form Signature6. Additional Bid Information7. Selection and Award of Alternates

G. Offer Acceptance/Rejection1. Duration of Offer2. Acceptance of Offer

1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTSA. Document 01 1000 - Summary.B. Document 00 4100 - Bid Form.C. Document 00 4336 - Proposed Subcontractors Form.D. Document 00 4322 - Unit Prices Form.E. Document 00 4323 - Alternates Form.F. Document 00 4327 - Separate Prices Break-Out Form.G. Document 00 4373 - Proposed Schedule of Values Form.H. Document 00 4335 - Proposed Electrical Products Form.I. Document 00 7300 - Supplementary Conditions:


August 18, 2017


INVITATION2.01 BID SUBMISSION

A. Bids signed and under seal, executed, and dated will be received at the office of the Owner at3801 Broadway before 4 p.m. local standard time on the 6th day of October, 2017.

B. Offers submitted after the above time shall be returned to the bidder unopened.C. Submit required Supplements To Bid Forms within 24 hours after closing time for receiving bids.D. Offers will be opened privately immediately after the time for receipt of bids.E. Amendments to the submitted offer will be permitted if received in writing prior to bid closing and

if endorsed by the same party or parties who signed and sealed the offer.2.02 INTENT

A. The intent of this Bid request is to obtain an offer to perform work to complete a parking garageexpansion located at 3623 Avenue B, San Antonio Texas for a Stipulated Sum contract, inaccordance with the Contract Documents.

2.03 WORK IDENTIFIED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTSA. Work of this proposed Contract comprises building construction, including general construction,

structural, electrical, and plumbing Work.B. Location: Brackenridge Parking Garage located at 3623 Avenue B, San Antonio, Texas.

2.04 CONTRACT TIMEA. Perform the Work in 120 calendar days. The bidder may suggest a revision to the Contract

Time with a specific adjustment to the Bid Amount.BID DOCUMENTS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS3.01 DEFINITIONS

A. Bid Documents: Contract Documents supplemented with Instructions to Bidders, InformationAvailable to Bidders, Bid Form Supplements To Bid Forms and Appendices identified.

B. Bid, Offer, or Bidding: Act of submitting an offer under seal.C. Bid Amount: Monetary sum identified by the Bidder in the Bid Form.

3.02 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS IDENTIFICATIONA. The Contract Documents are identified as Brackenridge Park Garage Expansion Construction

Documents and Brackenridge Park Garage Expansion Project Manual..3.03 AVAILABILITY

A. Bid documents may be obtained digitally by downloading from The Witte Museum websitewww.wittemuseum.org .

B. Bid Documents are made available only for the purpose of obtaining offers for this project. Their use does not grant a license for other purposes.

3.04 EXAMINATIONA. Bid Documents may be viewed at the office of Owner which is located at 3801 Broadway, San

Antonio, Texas 78209.B. Upon receipt of Bid Documents verify that documents are complete. Notify Architect should the

documents be incomplete.C. Immediately notify Architect upon finding discrepancies or omissions in the Bid Documents.

3.05 INQUIRIES/ADDENDAA. Direct questions to Susan McFarland, AIA, email; [email protected]. Addenda may be issued during the bidding period. All Addenda become part of the Contract

Documents. Include resultant costs in the Bid Amount.


August 18, 2017


C. Verbal answers are not binding on any party.D. Clarifications requested by bidders must be in writing not less than 7 days before date set for

receipt of bids. The reply will be in the form of an Addendum, a copy of which will be forwardedto known recipients and posted on The Witte Museum website.

3.06 PRODUCT/ASSEMBLY/SYSTEM SUBSTITUTIONSA. Where the Bid Documents stipulate a particular product, substitutions will be considered up to

10 days before receipt of bids.B. When a request to substitute a product is made, Architect may approve the substitution and will

issue an Addendum to known bidders.C. The submission shall provide sufficient information to determine acceptability of such products.D. Provide complete information on required revisions to other work to accommodate each

proposed substitution.E. Provide products as specified unless substitutions are submitted in this manner and accepted.F. See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements for additional requirements.

SITE ASSESSMENT4.01 SITE EXAMINATION

A. Examine the project site before submitting a bid.4.02 PREBID CONFERENCE

A. A bidders conference has been scheduled for 10 a.m. on the 19th day of September, 2017 atthe location of The Witte Museum.

B. All general contract bidders are invited.C. Representatives of Architect will be in attendance.

QUALIFICATIONS5.01 EVIDENCE OF QUALIFICATIONS

A. To demonstrate qualification for performing the Work of this Contract, bidders may berequested to submit AIA A305.

5.02 SUBCONTRACTORS/SUPPLIERS/OTHERSA. Owner reserves the right to reject a proposed subcontractor for reasonable cause.B. Refer to General Conditions.

BID SUBMISSION6.01 SUBMISSION PROCEDURE

A. Bidders shall be solely responsible for the delivery of their bids in the manner and timeprescribed.

B. Submit one copy of the executed offer on the Bid Forms provided, signed and sealed in aclosed opaque envelope, clearly identified with bidder's name, project name and Owner's nameon the outside.

6.02 BID INELIGIBILITYA. Bids that are unsigned, improperly signed or sealed, conditional, illegible, obscure, contain

arithmetical errors, erasures, alterations, or irregularities of any kind, may at the discretion of theOwner, be declared unacceptable.

B. Bid Forms, Appendices, and enclosures that are improperly prepared may, at the discretion ofOwner, be declared unacceptable.


August 18, 2017


BID ENCLOSURES/REQUIREMENTS7.01 PERFORMANCE ASSURANCE

A. Accepted Bidder: Provide a Performance bond as described in 00 7300 - SupplementaryConditions.

B. Include the cost of performance assurance bonds in the Bid Amount.7.02 INSURANCE

A. Provide an executed "Undertaking of Insurance" on a standard form provided by the insurancecompany stating their intention to provide insurance to the bidder in accordance with theinsurance requirements of the Contract Documents.

7.03 BID FORM REQUIREMENTSA. Complete all requested information in the Bid Form and Appendices.B. Taxes: Refer to Document 00 7300 - Supplementary Conditions for inclusion of taxes,

procedures for tax rebate claims, and products that are tax exempt.7.04 FEES FOR CHANGES IN THE WORK

A. Include the fees for overhead and profit on own Work and Work by subcontractors, identified inDocument 00 7300 - Supplementary Conditions .

B. Include in the Bid Form, the overhead and profit fees on own Work and Work bysubcontractors, applicable for Changes in the Work, whether additions to or deductions fromthe Work on which the Bid Amount is based.

C. Include in the Bid Form, the fees proposed for subcontract work for changes (both additions anddeductions) in the Work. Contractor shall apply fees as noted, to the subcontractor's gross (netplus fee) costs on additional work.

7.05 BID FORM SIGNATUREA. The Bid Form shall be signed by the bidder, as follows:

1. Sole Proprietorship: Signature of sole proprietor in the presence of a witness who will alsosign. Insert the words "Sole Proprietor" under the signature. Affix seal.

2. Partnership: Signature of all partners in the presence of a witness who will also sign. Insert the word "Partner" under each signature. Affix seal to each signature.

3. Corporation: Signature of a duly authorized signing officer(s) in their normal signatures. Insert the officer's capacity in which the signing officer acts, under each signature. Affixthe corporate seal. If the bid is signed by officials other than the president and secretary ofthe company, or the president/secretary/treasurer of the company, a copy of the by-lawresolution of their board of directors authorizing them to do so, must also be submitted withthe Bid Form in the bid envelope.

4. Joint Venture: Each party of the joint venture shall execute the Bid Form under theirrespective seals in a manner appropriate to such party as described above, similar to therequirements of a Partnership.

7.06 ADDITIONAL BID INFORMATIONA. Submit the following Supplements 24 hours after bid submission:

1. Document 00 4336 - Proposed Subcontractors Form: Include the names of allSubcontractors and the portions of the Work they will perform.

2. Document 00 4322 - Unit Prices Form: Include a listing of unit prices specificallyrequested by the Contract Documents.

3. Document 00 4325 - Substitution Request Form.4. Document 00 4327 - Separate Prices Break-Out Form: Include a listing of separate prices

as specifically requested in the Contract Documents.5. Document 00 4373 - Proposed Schedule of Values Form identifies the Bid Amount

segmented into portions as requested.6. Document 00 4335 - Proposed Electrical Products Form.


August 18, 2017


7.07 SELECTION AND AWARD OF ALTERNATESA. Indicate variation of bid price for Alternates listed on the Bid Form. Unless otherwise indicated,

indicate ______ as a difference in bid price by adding to or deducting from the base bid price.B. Bids will be evaluated on the total of the base bid price and all of the Alternates. After

determination of the successful bidder, consideration will be given to which Alternates will beincluded in the Work.

OFFER ACCEPTANCE/REJECTION8.01 DURATION OF OFFER

A. Bids shall remain open to acceptance and shall be irrevocable for a period of thirty (30) daysafter the bid closing date.

8.02 ACCEPTANCE OF OFFERA. Owner reserves the right to accept or reject any or all offers.

END OF SECTION


August 18, 2017

00 4100 - 1 BID FORM

SECTION 00 4100 - BID FORMTHE PROJECT AND THE PARTIESTO:

The Witte MuseumWalker Admissions DeskAttn: Brady Haynes3801 BroadwaySan Antonio, Texas 78209

FOR:Project: Brackenridge Park Garage Expansion3623 Avenue BSan Antonio, Texas 78209

DATE: ______________ (Bidder to enter date)SUBMITTED BY: (Bidder to enter name and address)

Bidder's Full Name _________________________Address _________________________City, State, Zip_________________________

OFFERHaving examined the Place of The Work and all matters referred to in the Instructions to Bidders andthe Contract Documents prepared by McFarland Architecture and Pape Dawson Engineers for theabove mentioned project, we, the undersigned, hereby offer to enter into a Contract to perform theWork for the Sum of:__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ dollars($______________________), in lawful money of the United States of America.We have included the required performance assurance bonds in the Bid Amount as required by theInstructions to Bidders.All applicable federal taxes are included and State of Texas taxes are included in the Bid Sum.Any objections to the Contract Requirements described in Sections 00500 Contracting Forms andsupplements; General Conditions described in Section 007200; or Supplementary Conditions 007300shall be listed and included as a written supplement to this offer.All Cash and Contingency Allowances described in Section 01 2100 - Allowances are included in theBid Sum.

ACCEPTANCEThis offer shall be open to acceptance and is irrevocable for thirty days from the bid closing date.If this bid is accepted by Owner within the time period stated above, we will:

Execute the Agreement within seven days of receipt of Notice of Award.Furnish the required bonds within seven days of receipt of Notice of Award.Commence work within seven days after written Notice to Proceed of this bid.

CONTRACT TIMEIf this Bid is accepted, we will:Complete the Work in 120 calendar weeks from Notice to Proceed.

CHANGES TO THE WORKWhen Architect establishes that the method of valuation for Changes in the Work will be net cost plusa percentage fee in accordance with General Conditions, our percentage fee will be:

______ percent overhead and profit on the net cost of our own Work;


August 18, 2017

00 4100 - 2 BID FORM

______ percent on the cost of work done by any Subcontractor.On work deleted from the Contract, our credit to Owner shall be Architect-approved net cost plus_________ of the overhead and profit percentage noted above.

ADDENDAThe following Addenda have been received. The modifications to the Bid Documents noted belowhave been considered and all costs are included in the Bid Sum.

Addendum # _______ Dated ________________.Addendum # _______ Dated ________________.

BID FORM SUPPLEMENTSThe following information is included with Bid submission:The following Supplements are attached to this Bid Form and are considered an integral part of thisBid Form:

Document 00 4322 - Unit Prices Form: Include a listing of unit prices specifically requested bythe Contract Documents.Document 00 4323 - Alternates Form: Include the cost variations to the Bid Sum applicable tothe Work as described in Section 01-2300.Document 00 4325 - Substitution Request Form.Document 00 4327 - Separate Prices Break-Out Form: Include a listing of separate prices asspecifically requested in the Contract Documents.Document 00 4336 - Proposed Subcontractors Form: Include the names of all Subcontractorsand the portions of the Work they will perform.Document 00 4373 - Proposed Schedule of Values Form identifies the Bid Sum segmented intoportions as requested.

BID FORM SIGNATURE(S)The Corporate Seal of____________________________________________(Bidder - print the full name of your firm)was hereunto affixed in the presence of:____________________________________________(Authorized signing officer, Title)(Seal) ____________________________________________(Authorized signing officer, Title)

If the Bid is a joint venture or partnership, add additional forms of execution for each member ofthe joint venture in the appropriate form or forms as above.END OF BID FORM


August 18, 2017

00 4322 - 1 UNIT PRICES FORM

SECTION 00 4322 - UNIT PRICES FORMPARTICULARS1.01 THE FOLLOWING IS THE LIST OF UNIT PRICES REFERENCED IN THE BID SUBMITTED BY:1.02 (BIDDER) ________________________________1.03 TO (OWNER ): THE WITTE MUSEUM1.04 DATED _________________ AND WHICH IS AN INTEGRAL PART OF THE BID FORM.1.05 THE FOLLOWING ARE UNIT PRICES FOR SPECIFIC PORTIONS OF THE WORK AS LISTED,

AND ARE APPLICABLE TO AUTHORIZED VARIATIONS FROM THE CONTRACTDOCUMENTS.

UNIT PRICE LIST2.01 SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES

A. Light Fixture Type H2 $B. Light Fixture Type J2 $C. Light Fixture Type S2 $D. Light Fixture Type T4 $E. Light Fixture Type T5 $F. Light Fixture Type U3 $G. Light Fixture Type X6 $

END OF UNIT PRICES FORM


August 18, 2017

00 4323 - 1 ALTERNATES FORM

SECTION 00 4323 - ALTERNATES FORMPARTICULARS1.01 THE FOLLOWING IS THE LIST OF ALTERNATES REFERENCED IN THE BID SUBMITTED BY:1.02 (BIDDER) _______________________________1.03 TO (OWNER ): THE WITTE MUSEUM1.04 DATED ________________ AND WHICH IS AN INTEGRAL PART OF THE BID FORM.ALTERNATES LIST2.01 THE FOLLOWING AMOUNTS SHALL BE ADDED TO OR DEDUCTED FROM THE BID

AMOUNT. REFER TO SECTION 01 2300 - ALTERNATES.ALTERNATE # L1: ADD $ ________________________ALTERNATE # L2: ADD $ ________________________ALTERNATE # L3: ADD $ ________________________ALTERNATE # L4: ADD $ ________________________ALTERNATE # S1: ADD $ ________________________ALTERNATE # A1: ADD $ ________________________

END OF ALTERNATES FORM


August 18, 2017

00 4327 - 1 SEPARATE PRICESBREAK-OUT FORM

SECTION 00 4327 - SEPARATE PRICES BREAK-OUT FORMPARTICULARSTHE FOLLOWING IS THE LIST OF SEPARATE PRICES REFERENCED IN THE BID SUBMITTED BY:(BIDDER) _________________________________TO (OWNER ): THE WITTE MUSEUMDATED __________ AND WHICH IS AN INTEGRAL PART OF THE BID FORM.ITEM DESCRIPTIONS6.01 ITEM # 1:

A. Description: IrrigationB. Value: $ _______________________

6.02 ITEM # 2:A. Description: Relocated fencing and gate 103B. Value: $ _______________________

6.03 ITEM # 3:A. Description: New power for fenced storage103B. Value: $ _______________________

6.04 ITEM # 4:A. Description: Work associated with future EV charging stationB. Value: $ _______________________

6.05 ITEM # 5:A. Description: ______________________B. Value: $ _______________________C.

END OF SEPARATE PRICES BREAK-OUT FORM


August 18, 2017

00 4336 - 1 PROPOSEDSUBCONTRACTORS FORM

SECTION 00 4336 - PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS FORMPARTICULARS1.01 HEREWITH IS THE LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS REFERENCED IN THE BID SUBMITTED BY:1.02 (BIDDER) ____________________________________1.03 TO (OWNER ): THE WITTE MUSEUM1.04 DATED ___________________ AND WHICH IS AN INTEGRAL PART OF THE BID FORM.1.05 THE FOLLOWING WORK WILL BE PERFORMED (OR PROVIDED) BY SUBCONTRACTORS

AND COORDINATED BY US:LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS

WORK SUBJECT SUBCONTRACTOR NAME SBEDA OR DBE CERTIFIED (YORN)END OF PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS FORM


August 18, 2017

00 4373 - 1 PROPOSED SCHEDULE OFVALUES FORM

SECTION 00 4373 - PROPOSED SCHEDULE OF VALUES FORMPARTICULARS1.01 THE FOLLOWING IS A COST BREAKDOWN REFERENCED IN THE BID SUBMITTED BY:1.02 (BIDDER) ________________________________1.03 TO (OWNER ): THE WITTE MUSEUM1.04 DATED ____________ AND WHICH IS AN INTEGRAL PART OF THE BID FORM.LINE ITEM DESCRIPTION AND COST2.01 SITEWORK:

A. Site EarthworkB. Site UtilitiesC. Landscaping and IrrigationD. Site ConcreteE. Erosion ControlF. Project Identification SignG. Signage (Allowance)

2.02 BUILDING:A. DemolitionB. ConcreteC. Structural SteelD. Steel ErectionE. Steel Fabrications (stairs, light box including translucent panels, trellis relocation, panels at

barrier cabling)F. Wire Mesh Screen PanelsG. Fencing at storage 103H. Fire ExtinguishersI. ElectricalJ. PlumbingK. Fire sprinkler

2.03 GENERAL CONDITIONS/SUPERVISION2.04 INSURANCE2.05 CONTRACTOR FEE2.06 CONTINGENCY

END OF PROPOSED SCHEDULE OF VALUES FORM


August 18, 2017

00 5000 - 1 CONTRACTING FORMS ANDSUPPLEMENTS

SECTION 00 5000 - CONTRACTING FORMS AND SUPPLEMENTSPART 1 GENERAL1.01 CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR OBTAINING A VALID LICENSE TO USE ALL

COPYRIGHTED DOCUMENTS SPECIFIED BUT NOT INCLUDED IN THE PROJECT MANUAL.1.02 AGREEMENT AND CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT

A. See Section 00 7200 - General Conditions for the General Conditions.B. See Section 00 7300 - Supplementary Conditions for the Supplementary Conditions.C. The Agreement is based on AIA A101.D. The General Conditions are based on General Conditions for City of San Antonio Construction

Contracts.1.03 FORMS

A. Use the following forms for the specified purposes unless otherwise indicated elsewhere in theContract Documents.

B. Bond Forms:1. Performance and Payment Bond Form: AIA A312.

C. Post-Award Certificates and Other Forms:1. Application for Payment Forms: AIA G702 with AIA G703 (for Contractors).

D. Clarification and Modification Forms:1. Architect's Supplemental Instructions Form: AIA G710.2. Construction Change Directive Form: AIA G714.3. Change Order Form: AIA G701.

E. Closeout Forms:1. Certificate of Substantial Completion Form: AIA G704.

1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDSA. AIA A101 - Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor where the basis of

Payment is a Stipulated Sum; 2007.B. AIA A312 - Performance Bond and Payment Bond; 2010.C. AIA G701 - Change Order; 2001.D. AIA G702 - Application and Certificate for Payment; 1992.E. AIA G703 - Continuation Sheet; 1992.F. AIA G704 - Certificate of Substantial Completion; 2000.G. AIA G710 - Architect's Supplemental Instructions; 1992.H. AIA G714 - Construction Change Directive; 2007.


END OF SECTION


August 18, 2017

00 7200 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS

SECTION 00 7200 - GENERAL CONDITIONSFORM OF GENERAL CONDITIONS1.01 THE GENERAL CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO THIS CONTRACT IS ATTACHED FOLLOWING

THIS PAGE.RELATED REQUIREMENTS2.01 SECTION 00 7300 - SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS.SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS3.01 REFER TO DOCUMENT 00 7300 - SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS FOR AMENDMENTS TO

THESE GENERAL CONDITIONS.END OF SECTION

GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR

CITY OF SAN ANTONIO CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ARTICLE I. GENERAL PROVISIONS .....................................................................................5

I.2 PRELIMINARY MATTERS. 12

I.3 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 13

ARTICLE II. CITY ....................................................................................................................18

II.1 GENERAL. 18

II.2 INFORMATION AND SERVICES TO BE PROVIDED BY CITY. 18

ARTICLE III. CONTRACTOR ................................................................................................20

III.1 GENERAL. 20

III.2 REVIEW OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND FIELD CONDITIONS BY CONTRACTOR. 20

III.3 SUPERVISION AND CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES 21

III.4 LABOR AND MATERIALS. 23

III.5 WARRANTY. 26

III.6 TAXES. 28

III.7 PERMITS, FEES AND NOTICES. 29

III.8 ALLOWANCES. 29

III.9. SUPERINTENDENT/KEY PERSONNEL. 30

III.10 CONTRACTOR’S PROJECT SCHEDULES. 31

III.11 DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES AT THE SITE. 41

III.12 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES. 41

III.13 USE OF SITE. 43

III.14 CUTTING AND PATCHING. 44

III.15 CLEANING UP. 44

III.16 ACCESS TO WORK. 45

III.17 PATENT FEES AND ROYALTIES. 45

III.18 INDEMNITY PROVISIONS. 45

III.19 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. 48

III.20 BUSINESS STANDARDS. 48

ARTICLE IV. ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT ...............................................49

IV.1 ROLES IN ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT. 49

City of San Antonio- TCI Page 2 General Conditions – May 5, 2017

IV.2 CLAIMS AND DISPUTES 50

IV.3 RESOLUTION OF CLAIMS AND DISPUTES. 56

IV.4 ALTERNATIVE DISPUTE RESOLUTION. 57

ARTICLE V. SUBCONTRACTORS........................................................................................60

V.1 AWARD OF SUBCONTRACTS AND OTHER CONTRACTS FOR PORTIONS OF THE WORK. 60

V.2 SUB-CONTRACTUAL RELATIONS. 61

V.3 CONTINGENT ASSIGNMENT OF SUBCONTRACTS. 61

ARTICLE VI. CONSTRUCTION BY CITY OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTS .............62

VI.1 CITY’S RIGHT TO PERFORM CONSTRUCTION AND TO AWARD SEPARATE CONTRACTS. 62

VI.2 MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY 62

VI.3 CITY’S RIGHT TO CLEAN UP. 63

ARTICLE VII. CHANGES IN THE WORK...........................................................................64

VII.1 GENERAL 64

VII.2 CHANGE ORDERS 64

VII.3 FIELD WORK DIRECTIVES 65

VII.4 MINOR CHANGES TO THE WORK. 67

VII.5 TIME REQUIRED TO PROCESS CHANGE ORDERS. 67

ARTICLE VIII. TIME ...............................................................................................................68

VIII.1 PROGRESS AND COMPLETION. 68

VIII.2 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME. 68

ARTICLE IX. PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION ................................................................70

IX.1 CONTRACT SUM. 70

IX.2 SCHEDULE OF VALUES. 70

IX.3 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT. 70

IX.4 PAY APPLICATION APPROVAL. 71

IX.5 DECISIONS TO REJECT APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT. 72

IX.6 PROGRESS PAYMENTS. 73

IX.7 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. 74

IX.8 PARTIAL OCCUPANCY OR USE 75

IX.9 FINAL COMPLETION AND FINAL PAYMENT 76

IX.10 ADDITIONAL INSPECTIONS. 77

ARTICLE X. PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY .........................................78

X.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND PROGRAMS. 78


X.2 SAFETY OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY. 79

X.3 EMERGENCIES. 80

X.4 PUBLIC CONVENIENCE AND SAFETY 81

X.5 BARRICADES, LIGHTS AND WATCHMEN. 82

X.6 PUBLIC UTILITIES AND OTHER PROPERTIES TO BE CHANGED. 82

X.7 TEMPORARY STORM SEWER AND DRAIN CONNECTIONS. 82

X.8 ADDITIONAL UTILITY AARRANGEMENTS AND CHARGES 83

X.9 USE OF FIRE HYDRANTS. 83

X.10 ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE 83

ARTICLE XI. INSURANCE AND BONDS .............................................................................86

X1.1 CONTRACTOR'S LIABILITY INSURANCE. 86

XI.2 PROPERTY INSURANCE 91

XI.3 PERFORMANCE BONDS AND PAYMENT BONDS. 92

XI.4 ‘UMBRELLA’ LIABILITY INSURANCE. 94

XI.5 POLICY ENDORSEMENTS AND SPECIAL CONDITIONS. 94

ARTICLE XII. INSPECTING, UNCOVERING AND CORRECTING OF WORK ..........97

XII.1 INSPECTING WORK. 97

XII.2 UNCOVERING WORK. 97

XII.3 CORRECTING WORK. 97

XII.4 ACCEPTANCE OF NONCONFORMING WORK. 99

ARTICLE XIII. COMPLETION OF THE CONTRACT; TERMINATION;

TEMPORARY SUSPENSION ................................................................................................100

XIII.1 FINAL COMPLETION OF CONTRACT. 100

XIII.2 WARRANTY FULFILLMENT. 100

XIII.3 TERMINATION BY CITY FOR CAUSE. 100

XIII.4 TEMPORARY SUSPENSION OF THE WORK. 103

ARTICLE XIV. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS ...........................................................105

XIV.1 SMALL BUSINESS ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT ADVOCACY. 105

XIV.2 GOVERNING LAW; COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS AND REGULATIONS. 105

XIV.3 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. 105

XIV.4 RIGHTS AND REMEDIES; NO WAIVER OF RIGHTS BY CITY. 105

XIV.5 INTEREST. 106

XIV.6 INDEPENDENT MATERIALS TESTING AND INSPECTION. 106

XIV.7 FINANCIAL INTEREST 106

XIV.8 VENUE. 107


XIV.9 INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR. 107

XIV.10 NON-DISCRIMINATION. 107

XIV.11 BENEFITS TO PUBLIC SERVANTS 107

ARTICLE XV. AUDIT .............................................................................................................109

XV.1 RIGHT TO AUDIT CONTRACTOR’S RECORDS. 109

ARTICLE XVI. ATTORNEY FEES ......................................................................................110

SPECIAL CONDITIONS FOR HORIZONTAL PROJECTS .................................................................111

SPECIAL CONDITIONS FOR TASK ORDER CONTRACTS ..............................................................117


GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR

CITY OF SAN ANTONIO CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS

ARTICLE I. GENERAL PROVISIONS

I.1 CONTRACT DEFINITIONS

Wherever used in the Contract Documents and printed with initial capital letters, the terms listed

below shall have the meanings indicated, which are applicable to both the singular and plural

thereof.

I.1.1 “ALTERNATE” means a variation in the Work in which City requires a price separate

from the Base Bid. If an Alternate is accepted by City, the variation shall become a part

of the Contract through award of the Contract and the Base Bid shall be adjusted to

include the amount quoted as stated in the Notice of Award to Contractor. If an

Alternate is accepted by CITY, and later deleted, City shall be entitled to a credit in the

full value of the Alternate as priced in Contractor’s Bid Proposal.

I.1.2 “AMENDMENT” is a written modification of the Contract prepared by City or Design

Consultant and signed by City and Contractor, (and approved by the San Antonio City

Council, if required) which authorizes an addition, deletion or revision in the Work

(specifically the services) or an adjustment in the Contract Sum or the Contract Times

and is issued on or after the Effective Date of the Contract.

I.1.3 “ACT OF GOD” is an accident or event resulting from natural causes, without human

intervention or agency, and one that could not have been prevented by reasonable

foresight or care—for example, fires, lightning, earthquakes.

I.1.4 “BASE BID” is the price quoted for the Work before Alternates are considered.

I.1.5 “CHANGE ORDER” is a written modification of the Contract signed by both City and

Contractor (and approved by City Council, if required) that authorizes an addition,

deletion or revision in the Work or an adjustment in the Contract Sum or the Contract

Times and is issued on or after the Effective Date of the Contract.

I.1.6 “CITY” is defined as The City of San Antonio, Texas, a home-rule, Texas Municipal

Corporation located in Bexar County and identified as “CITY” or as “OWNER” in the

Contract and these General Conditions, is referred to throughout the Contract

Documents as if singular in number.

I.1.7 “CITY COUNCIL” means the duly elected members of the City Council of the City of

San Antonio, Texas.


I.1.8 “CITY HOLIDAY” –an observed holiday by the City of San Antonio that is counted as a

Day for contract time purposes but wherein work is not permissible unless approved at

least 48 hours in advance by the City. City Holidays shall be accounted for in

Contractor Schedules.

I.1.9 “CLAIM” is a demand or assertion by one of the Parties seeking, as a matter of right,

an adjustment or interpretation of Contract terms, payment of money, extension of time

or other relief, with respect to the terms of the Contract. The term “CLAIM” also

includes other disputes and matters in question between City and Contractor arising out

of or relating to the Contract. Claims must be initiated by written notice.

I.1.10 “CONSTRUCTION OBSERVER/INSPECTOR (hereafter referred to as “COI”) is the

authorized representative of the Director of Transportation and Capital Improvements

(hereafter referred to as “TCI”), or its designee department, assigned by City to

observe and inspect any or all parts of the Project and the materials to be used therein.

Also referred to herein as “RESIDENT INSPECTOR”.

I.1.11 “CONTRACT” means the Contract Documents which represent the entire and integrated

agreement between City and Contractor and supersede all prior negotiations,

representations or agreements, either written or oral. The terms and conditions of the

Contract Documents may be changed only in writing by a Field Work Directive,

Change Order or Amendment. The Contract Documents shall not be construed to create

a contractual relationship of any kind between:

a. Design Consultant and Contractor;

b. Or City and a Subcontractor or Sub-Subcontractor;

c. Any persons or entities other than City and Contractor.

I.1.12 “CONTRACT DOCUMENTS” means the Construction Contract between City and

Contractor, which consists of, but is not limited to, the following: the solicitation

documents, the Notice of Award, an enabling City of San Antonio Ordinance and all

other contract-related documents, which include:

a. General Conditions;

b. Vertical and/or Horizontal specific General Conditions and Special Conditions

included by Special Provisions or addenda;

c. Drawings;

d. Specifications;

e. Addenda issued prior to the close of the solicitation period;


f. Other documents listed in the Contract, including Field Work Directives, Change

Orders and/or Amendments; and

g. A written order for a minor change in the Work issued by Design Consultant

and/or City, as described in ARTICLE VII.

I.1.13 The geotechnical and subsurface reports, which City may have provided to Contractor,

specifically are excluded from the Contract Documents.

I.1.14 “CONTRACT TIME” means, unless otherwise provided, the period of time, including

any authorized adjustments, allotted in the Contract Documents for Substantial

Completion of the Work. When the plural (“CONTRACT TIMES”) is used, it refers to

milestones designated in the Work Progress Schedule.

I.1.15 “CONTRACTOR” means the entity entering into a Contract with City to complete the

Work’ or the Contractor’s authorized representative Contractor, as used herein,

includes Construction Manager at Risk or other applicable entities performing work

under a Contract with City.

I.1.16 “DAY” as used in the Contract Documents shall mean Calendar Day, unless otherwise

specifically defined. A Calendar Day is a day of 24 hours, measured from midnight to

the next midnight, unless otherwise specifically stipulated.

I.1.17 “DESIGN CONSULTANT” is a person registered as an Architect pursuant to Tex.

Occupations Code Ann., Chapter 1051, a Landscape Architect pursuant to Texas

Occupations Code, Chapter 1052, and/or a person licensed as a professional Engineer

pursuant to Texas Occupations Code, Chapter 1001, or a firm employed by City to

provide professional architectural or engineering services and exercising overall

responsibility for the design of a Project or a significant portion thereof, and performing

certain contract administration responsibilities as set forth in its Contract and these

General Conditions. If the employment of a Design Consultant is terminated, City shall

employ a new Design Consultant whose status under the Contract Documents shall be

that of the former Design Consultant.

I.1.18 “DEPARTMENT” means the Department of Transportation and Capital Improvements

(hereafter referred to as “TCI”), City of San Antonio, Texas or Director of TCI.

I.1.19 “DESIGN CONSULTANT” means, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise, an

Engineer, Architect or other Design Consultant in private practice, licensed to do work

in Texas and retained for a specific project under a contractual agreement with City.

I.1.20 “DRAWINGS” (also referred to herein as “PLANS”) are the graphic and pictorial

portions of the Contract Documents, wherever located and whenever issued, showing

the design, location and dimensions of Work, generally including elevations, sections,

details, schedules and diagrams.


I.1.21 “FIELD WORK DIRECTIVES” OR “FORCE ACCOUNT” is a written order signed by City

directing a change in the Work prior to agreement and adjustment, if any, in the

Contract Sum and/or Contract, as further defined in ARTICLE XII.3.

I.1.22 “FLOOD” an overflowing of a large amount of water beyond its normal confines,

especially over what is normally dry land

I.1.23 “INDEFINTIE DELIVERY INDEFINITE QUANTIY (IDIQ) CONTRACT” or “TASK ORDER

CONTRACT” means the contractual agreement entered into between City and Contractor

for, at the time of contracting, an unspecified and undefined scope of work, with regard

to the quantities to be provided by Contractor, with Work to be assigned on an “as

needed” basis by City. Through an IDIQ/Task Order Contract, Contractor agrees to

perform defined and assigned Work for negotiated and agreed upon pricing reflected in

Contractor’s Unit Price Sheet, said Price Sheet submitted by Contractor and negotiated

by City prior to Contractor’s selection by City for an IDIQ/Task Order Contract.

I.1.24 “HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE” is defined to include the following:

a. Any asbestos or any material which contains any hydrated mineral silicate,

including chrysolite, amosite, crocidolite, tremolite, anthophylite or actinolite,

whether friable or non-friable;

b. Any polychlorinated biphenyls (“PCBs”), or PCB-containing materials, or fluids;

c. Radon;

d. Any other hazardous, radioactive, toxic or noxious substance, material, pollutant,

or solid, liquid or gaseous waste; any pollutant or contaminant (including but not

limited to petroleum, petroleum hydrocarbons, petroleum products, crude oil or

any fractions thereof, any oil or gas exploration or production waste, any natural

gas, synthetic gas or any mixture thereof, lead, or other toxic metals) which in its

condition, concentration or area of release could have a significant effect on

human health, the environment, or natural resources;

e. Any substance, whether by its nature or its use, is subject to regulation or requires

environmental investigation, monitoring, or remediation under any federal, state,

or local environmental laws, rules, or regulations;

f. Any underground storage tanks, as defined in 42 U.S.C. Section 6991 (1)(A)(I)

(including those defined by Section 9001(1) of the 1984 Hazardous and Solid

Waste Amendments to the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C

Section 6901 et seq.;

g. The Texas Water Code Annotated Section 26.344; and Title 30 of the Texas

Administrative Code Sections 334.3 and 334.4), whether empty, filled or partially

filled with any substance; and


h. Any other hazardous material, hazardous waste, hazardous substance, solid waste,

and toxic substance as those or similar terms are defined under any federal, state,

or local environmental laws, rules, or regulations.

I.1.25 “LIQUIDATED DAMAGES” reflect the daily monetary compensation, as designated in

the Project’s solicitation documents, to be paid to City by Contractor for

losses/damages incurred by City as a result of Contractor’s failure to achieve the

contractual dates for Substantial Completion and/or Final Completion of the Project.

I.1.26 “NOTICE TO PROCEED (HEREIN ALSO REFERRED TO AS “WORK PROJECT

AUTHORIZATION” OR “NTP”)” is a written notice given by City to Contractor

establishing the date on which the Contract Time shall commence to run and the date

on which Contractor may begin performance of its contractual obligations.

I.1.27 “OWNER’S DESIGNATED REPRESENTATIVE (ODR)” means the person(s) designated

by City to act for City.

I.1.28 “PARTY” shall refer to City or Contractor individually herein.

I.1.29 “PARTIES” shall refer to City and Contractor collectively herein.

I.1.30 “PRODUCT DATA” are illustrations, standard schedules, performance charts,

instructions, brochures, diagrams and other information furnished by Contractor to

illustrate materials or equipment for some portion of the Work.

I.1.31 “PROJECT” means the total design and construction of Work performed under the

Contract Documents and may be the whole or a part of the Project and which may

include construction by City or by separate contractors. All references in these General

Conditions to or concerning the Work or the Site of the Work shall use the term

“Project,” notwithstanding the Work referenced only may be a part of the Project.

I.1.32 “PROJECT MANAGEMENT TEAM” is comprised of city, its representatives, Design

Consultant and Program Manager (if any) for this work.

I.1.33 “QUALITY ASSURANCE” those actions taken by the CITY to determine the requirements

of the contract have been meet to include: inspection, sampling, testing, and other

activities.

I.1.34 “QUALITY CONTROL” is the sampling, testing and other process control activities

conducted by Contractor to ensure that the services are performed according to the

terms and conditions of the contract.

I.1.35 “SAMPLES” are physical samples of materials, equipment or workmanship representative

of some portion of the Work, furnished by the Contractor to City, to assist City and


Design Consultant in the establishment of workmanship and quality standards by which

the Work shall be judged.

I.1.36 “SITE” means the land(s) or area(s) (as indicated in the Contract Documents) furnished

by City, upon which the Work is to be performed, including rights-of-way and

easements for access thereto, and such other lands furnished by City which are

designated for the use of Contractor.

I.1.37 “SHOP DRAWINGS” are drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, performance charts,

brochures and other data prepared and furnished by Contractor or its agents,

manufacturers, suppliers or distributors and which illustrate and detail some portion of

the Work.

I.1.38 “SPECIAL CONDITIONS” are terms and conditions to a contractual agreement which

supplement and are superior to these General Conditions and grant greater authority or

impose greater restrictions upon Contractor, beyond those granted or imposed in these

General Conditions. City’s Horizontal Special Conditions are attached hereto, made a

part of these General Conditions and shall be used as applicable.

I.1.39 “SPECIFICATIONS” are those elements of the Contract Documents consisting of the

written requirements for materials, equipment, construction systems, standards,

workmanship for the Work, performance of related services and other technical

requirements.

I.1.40 “SUBCONTRACTOR” is defined and used herein as a person or entity that has a direct

contract with the Contractor to perform a portion of the Work at the site. The term

“Subcontractor” is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in

number and means a Subcontractor, Sub-Consultant or an authorized representative of

Subcontractor or Sub-Consultant.

I.1.41 “SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION” is the stage in the progress of the Work when the Work

– or a designated portion thereof, which City agrees to accept separately – sufficiently

is complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents, so City may occupy or utilize

the Work or a designated portion thereof for its intended use. In the event Substantial

Completion is not achieved by the designated date, or the date extended by issued and

accepted Change Order(s), City may withhold payment of sums necessary to pay the

estimated Liquidated Damages due City. City shall be entitled, at any time, to deduct

out of any sums due to Contractor any or all Liquidated Damages due City in

accordance with the Contract between City and Contractor.

I.1.42 “TASK ORDER” means the agreement issued by City to Contractor reflecting City’s

acceptance of Contractor’s submitted and negotiated proposal to perform assigned

Work. In issuing a Task Order, City has accepted Contractor’s Task Order Proposal

and, through an issued Task Order, is authorizing the performance of said Work

through an issued Task Order in PrimeLink.


I.1.43 “TASK ORDER PROPOSAL” means the formal proposal submittal by Contractor listing

Contractor’s proposed price – subject to negotiation – for performing a scope of work

assigned to Contractor by City through an issued Task Order Request. Contractor shall

include its cost estimate and schedule of Work to be accomplished in its proposal to

City. By submitting a Task Order Proposal, Contractor agrees to perform the requested

scope of work within the time stated in the proposed Task Order Request. In the event

Contractor fails to achieve Substantial Completion and/or Final Completion of the

Work by the dates established in the resulting issued Task Order, Liquidated Damages

shall be assessed.

I.1.44 “TASK ORDER REQUEST” means, as Work is identified by City, a request submitted by

City to Contractor to review City’s proposed scope of work to be performed and to

submit a Task Order Proposal to City to perform the defined scope of work.

I.1.45 “TEMPORARY BENCH MARKS (TBM)” are temporary affixed marks which establish

the exact elevation of a place; TBMs are used by surveyors in measuring site elevations

or as a starting point for surveys.

I.1.46 “THE 3D MODEL” is the Building Information Model prepared by Design Consultant

in the format designated, approved and acceptable to City with databases of materials,

products and systems available for use by Contractor to prepare schedules for cost

estimating, product and materials placement schedules and evaluations of crash

incidences. The 3D Model, if available, may be used as a tool, however all information

taken from the Model is the responsibility of Contractor and not City or Design

Consultant.

I.1.47 “WEATHER” means the adverse or destructive atmospheric conditions, such as heavy

rain, rising water, wind-driven water, ice, hail, snow, drought, lightning, or high winds.

I.1.48 “WORK” means the construction and services required by the Contract Documents,

whether completed or partially completed, and includes all labor, materials, equipment

and services provided or to be provided by Contractor, or any Subcontractors, Sub-

Subcontractors, material suppliers or any other entities for which Contractor is

responsible, to fulfill the Contractor’s obligations. The Work may constitute the whole

or a part of the Project.

I.1.49 “WRITTEN NOTICE” is any notice, payment, statement or demand required or

permitted to be given under this Contract by either Party to the other may be effected

by personal delivery in writing or by facsimile transmission, email or by mail, postage

prepaid, or by overnight delivery to an officer, management level employee or other

designated representative of either Party. Mailed or email notices shall be addressed to

the Parties at an address designated by each Party, but each Party may change its

address by written notice in accordance with this section. Mailed notices shall be

deemed received as of three (3) calendar days after mailing.


I.1.50 OTHER DEFINITIONS.

As used in the Contract Documents, the following additional terms have the following

meanings:

a. “PROVIDE” means to furnish, install, fabricate, deliver and erect, including all

services, materials, appurtenances and all other expenses necessary to complete in

place and ready for operation or use;

b. “SHALL” means the mandatory action of the Party of which reference is being

made;

c. “AS REQUIRED” means as prescribed in the Contract Documents; and

d. “AS NECESSARY” means all action essential or needed to complete the work in

accordance with the Contract Documents and applicable laws, ordinances,

construction codes and regulations.

I.2 PRELIMINARY MATTERS.

I.2.1 Upon the San Antonio City Council’s passing of an Ordinance authorizing the issuance

of a contract, a Notice of Award Letter shall be sent to Contractor by TCI Contract

Services, notifying Contractor of the award of a contract. In its Notice of Award Letter,

Contractor shall be informed of a date certain by which Contractor’s bond(s) and

evidence of insurance shall be delivered to TCI Contract Services.

I.2.2 DELIVERY OF CONTACT AND BONDS.

Not later than the Pre-Construction meeting and prior to the commencement of any

Work on the Project, Contractor shall deliver a fully executed Contract to City, along

with such bonds as Contractor may be required to furnish, including, but not limited to,

a required payment bond in the form and amount specified in the Contract Documents

and these General Conditions and a required performance bond in the form and amount

specified in the Contract Documents and these General Conditions.

I.2.3 DELIVERY OF EVIDENCE OF INSURANCE.

Not later than the Pre-Construction meeting, and prior to the commencement of any

Work under this Contract, Contractor shall deliver evidence of insurance to City.

Contractor shall furnish an original completed Certificate of Insurance and a copy of all

insurance policies, together with all required endorsements thereto, required by the

Contract Documents to the TCI Contract Services Division, or its delegated department,

clearly labeled with the name of the Project and which shall contain all information

required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be prohibited from commencing

the Work and City shall have no duty to pay or perform under this Contract until such


evidence of insurance is delivered to City. No officer or employee, other than City’s

Risk Management Department, shall have authority to waive this requirement.

I.2.4 NOTICE TO PROCEED AND COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT TIMES.

Unless otherwise stated on the Notice to Proceed, the Contract Time shall commence to

run on the date stated on the Notice to Proceed. No Work shall commence any earlier

than the date stated on Notice to Proceed and no Work shall be performed by

Contractor or any Subcontractor prior to issuance of the Notice to Proceed. Any work

commenced prior to Contractor receiving a Notice to Proceed is performed at

Contractor’s risk.

I.2.5 SUBMISSION OF PROJECT SCHEDULE(S).

Prior to start of Work (unless otherwise specified elsewhere in the Contract

Documents), Contractor shall submit to the Director of TCI or his/her designee the

Project schedule(s), as defined in ARTICLE III.10, a minimum of fifteen (15) days

prior to the Pre-Construction Conference.

I.2.6 PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE.

Before Contractor commences any Work on the Project, a Pre-Construction Conference

attended by Contractor, Design Consultant, City’s Designated Representative(s) and

others, as appropriate, shall be held to establish a working understanding among the

Parties as to the Work and discuss, at minimum: the Project Schedule(s) referenced in

this ARTICLE I; the procedures for handling Shop Drawings and other submittals; the

processing of Applications for Payment; and Contractor maintaining required records.

The Notice to Proceed may be issued at the Pre-Construction Conference or issued by

City at any time at City’s discretion. Said issuance of the Notice to Proceed shall not

be unreasonably withheld by City.

I.2.7 Payments for services, goods, work, equipment and materials are contingent upon and

subject to the availability and appropriation of funds and the sale of future City of San

Antonio Certificates of Obligation and/or General Obligation Bonds in accordance with

adopted budgets. In the event funds are not available, appropriated or encumbered to

fund a Project, then, at City’s discretion, this Contract may be terminated immediately

with no additional liability to City.

I.3 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.

I.3.1 EXECUTION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.

Execution of the Contract by Contractor is a representation Contractor has been

provided unrestricted access to the existing improvements and conditions on the Project

Site, Contractor thoroughly has investigated the visible conditions at the Site and the

general local conditions affecting the Work and Contractor’s investigation was


instrumental in preparing its bid or proposal submitted to City to perform the Work.

Contractor shall not make or be entitled to any claim for any adjustment to the Contract

Time or the Contract Sum arising from conditions which Contractor discovered or, in

the exercise of reasonable care, should have discovered in Contractor’s investigation.

I.3.2 OWNERSHIP AND USE OF DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS AND OTHER INSTRUMENTS OF

SERVICE.

The Drawings, Specifications and other documents, including those in electronic form,

prepared by Design Consultant, its Consultants or other Consultants retained by City for

the Project, which describe the Work to be executed by Contractor (collectively referred

to as the “Construction Documents”) are and shall remain the property of City, whether

the Project for which they are made is executed or not. Contractor shall be permitted to

retain one record set. Neither Contractor nor any Subcontractor, sub-Subcontractor or

material or equipment supplier shall own or claim a copyright in the Drawings,

Specifications and other documents prepared by Design Consultant or Design

Consultant’s Consultants. All copies of Construction Documents, except Contractor’s

record set, shall be returned or suitably accounted for to Design Consultant on request

and upon completion of the Work. The Drawings, Specifications and other documents

prepared by Design Consultant and Design Consultant’s Consultants, along with copies

thereof furnished to Contractor, are for use solely with respect to this Project. The

drawings, Specifications or other documents are not to be used by Contractor or any

Subcontractor or material or equipment supplier on other projects or for additions to

this Project outside the scope of the Work without the specific written consent of City.

Any such use without written authorization shall be at the sole risk and liability of

Contractor. Contractor, Subcontractors and material or equipment suppliers are

authorized to use and reproduce applicable portions of the Drawings, Specifications and

other documents prepared by the Design Consultant and the Design Consultant’s

Consultants appropriate to and for use in the execution of their Work under the

Contract Documents. All copies made under this authorization shall bear the statutory

copyright notice, if any, shown on the Drawings, Specifications and other documents

prepared by Design Consultant and Design Consultant’s Consultants. Submittal or

distribution to meet official regulatory requirements or for other purposes, in

connection with this Project, is not to be construed as publication.

a. All of Contractor’s non-proprietary, documentary Work product, including

reports and correspondence to City, prepared pursuant to this Contract, shall be

the property of City and, upon completion of this Contract and upon written

request by City, promptly shall be delivered to City in a reasonably organized

form, without restriction on its future use by City. For the avoidance of doubt,

documentary Work product does not include privileged communications,

proprietary information and documents used to prepare Contractor’s Bid Proposal.

b. Contractor may retain for its files any copies of documents it chooses to retain and

may use its Work product as it deems fit. Any materially-significant Work

product lost or destroyed by Contractor shall be replaced or reproduced at


Contractor’s non-reimbursable sole cost. In addition, City shall have access

during normal business hours, during the duration this Contract is in effect and for

four (4) years after the final completion of the Work, unless there is an ongoing

dispute under the Contract, then such access period shall extend longer until final

resolution of the dispute, to all of Contractor’s records and documents covering

reimbursable expenses, actual base hourly rates, time cards and annual salary

escalation records maintained in connection with this Contract for purposes of

auditing same at the sole cost of City. The purpose of any such audit shall be for

the verification of such costs. Contractor shall not be required to keep records of,

or provide access to, the makeup of any negotiated and agreed-to lump sums, unit

prices or fixed overhead and profit multipliers. Nothing herein shall deny

Contractor the right to retain duplicates. Refusal by Contractor to comply with the

provisions hereof shall entitle City to withhold any payment(s) to Contractor until

compliance is obtained.

c. All of Contractor’s documentary Work product shall be maintained within

Contractor’s San Antonio offices, unless otherwise authorized by City. After

expiration of this Contract, Contractor’s documents may be archived in the

Contractor’s central record storage facility but shall remain accessible to City for

the four (4) year period.

I.3.3 CORRELATION AND INTENT.

The intent of the Contract Documents is to include all items necessary for the proper

execution and completion of the Work by Contractor. The Contract Documents are

complementary and what is required by one shall be as binding as if required by all.

Performance by Contractor shall be required only to the extent consistent with the

Contract Documents and which reasonably is inferable from the Contract Documents as

deemed necessary to produce the indicated results.

I.3.4 Organization of the Specifications into divisions, sections, articles, and the arrangement

of Drawings shall not control Contractor in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or

establishing the extent of Work to be performed by any trade.

I.3.5 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, words having well-known technical

or construction industry meanings are used in the Contract Documents in accordance

with such recognized meanings. Where the phrases "directed by", "ordered by" or "to

the satisfaction of" City, Design Consultant or City's Resident Inspector or other

specified designation occur, it is understood the directions, orders or instructions to

which they relate are those within the scope of and authorized by the Contract

Documents.

I.3.6 Reference to manufacturer’s instructions, standard specifications, manuals or codes of

any technical society, organization or association, laws or regulations of any

governmental authority, or to any other documents, whether such reference be specific

or by implication, shall mean the latest standard specification, manual, code or laws or


regulations in effect at the time of opening of Contractor’s Bid Proposal, except as

otherwise may be specifically stated or where a particular issue is indicated. Municipal

and utility standards shall govern except in case of conflict with the Specifications. In

case of a conflict between the Specifications and the referenced standard, the more

stringent shall govern.

I.3.7 The most recently issued Document takes precedence over previous issues of the same

Document. The order of precedence is as follows, with the highest authority listed

herein as "1" and in descending order:

a. Modifications to the Project Contract signed by Contractor, City and Design

Consultant;

b. Addenda, with those of later date(s) having precedence over those with earlier

date(s);

c. Special Conditions;

d. Supplemental Conditions;

e. General Conditions;

f. Special Provisions (Horizontal Projects);

g. Specifications;

h. Detailed Drawings;

i. Drawings;

I.3.8 Should the Drawings and Specifications be inconsistent, contract pricing shall be based

on the better quality and greater quantity of work indicated. In the event of the above-

mentioned inconsistency, City shall determine the resolution of the inconsistency.

I.3.9 In the Drawings and Specifications, where certain products, manufacturer's trade names

or catalog numbers are given, such information is given for the sole and express

purpose of establishing a standard of function, dimension, appearance and quality of

design in harmony with the Work and is not intended for the purpose of limiting

competition. Materials or equipment shall not be substituted unless such a substitution

has been specifically accepted for use on this Project by City and Design Consultant.

I.3.10 When the work is governed by reference to standards, building codes, manufacturer's

instructions or other documents, unless otherwise specified, the edition currently in

place as of the date of the submission of the bid shall apply.


I.3.11 INTERPRETATION.

In the interest of brevity, the Contract Documents frequently omit modifying words

such as “all” and “any” and articles such as “the” and “an”, but the fact a modifier or an

article is absent from one statement and appears in another is not intended to affect the

interpretation of either statement.

END OF ARTICLE I


ARTICLE II. CITY

II.1 GENERAL.

II.1.1 City shall designate in writing to Contractor a representative (hereafter referred to as “City’s

Designated Representative” or “ODR”) who shall have express authority to bind City with respect to all matters

concerning this Contract requiring City’s approval or authorization. Whenever the term “City” or “City” is found

in this Contract or the Contract Documents, such term shall include City’s agents, elected officials, employees,

officers, directors, volunteers, representatives, successors and assigns.

II.1.2 Contractor acknowledges no lien rights exist, with respect to public property.

II.2 INFORMATION AND SERVICES TO BE PROVIDED BY CITY.

II.2.1 City shall provide and maintain the Preliminary Budget and general schedule, if any, for

the Project. The Preliminary Budget shall include the anticipated construction cost,

contingencies for changes in the Work during construction and other costs that are the

responsibility of City. The general schedule shall set forth City’s plan for milestone dates

and Substantial Completion and Final Completion of the Project.

II.2.2 City shall furnish surveys, if in existence and in City’s possession, describing physical

characteristics, legal limitations and utility locations. The furnishing of these surveys

and reports shall not relieve Contractor of any of its duties under the Contract

Documents or these General Conditions. Information or services required of City by the

Contract Documents shall be furnished by City with reasonable promptness following

actual receipt of a written request from Contractor. It is incumbent upon Contractor to

identify, establish and maintain a current schedule of latest dates for submittal and

approval by City, as required in ARTICLE III.10, including when such information or

services must be delivered. If City delivers the information or services to Contractor as

scheduled and Contractor is not prepared to accept or act on such information or

services, then Contractor shall reimburse City for all extra costs incurred by holding,

storage, retention or performance, including redeliveries by City in order to comply

with the current schedule.

II.2.3 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall be furnished,

free of charge, up to three (3) complete sets of the Plans and Specifications by Design

Consultant. Additional complete sets of Plans and Specifications, if requested by

Contractor, shall be furnished at reproduction cost to Contractor.

II.2.4 City's personnel may, but are not required to, be present at the construction site during

progress of the Work, along with Design Consultant in the performance of its duties, to

verify Contractor's record of the number of workers employed on the Work site, the

workers’ occupational classification, the time each worker is engaged in the Work and

the equipment used by the workers in the performance of the Work, for purpose of

verification of Contractor's Applications for Payment and payroll records.


II.2.5 City shall reimburse Contractor for the necessary Project-related approvals, fees and

required permits with no markup paid to Contractor for these necessary Project-related

approvals, fees and required permits costs, unless said costs are stipulated in the Contract

Documents as a part of Contractor’s cost of Work.

II.2.6 CITY’S RIGHT TO STOP THE WORK.

If Contractor fails to correct Work deemed by City not in accordance with the

requirements of the Contract Documents, as required by ARTICLE XII.3, fails to carry

out Work in accordance with the Contract Documents or fails to submit its preliminary

schedule(s), bond(s), insurance certificate(s) or any other required submittals, City may

issue a written order to Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the

cause for such order has been eliminated. The right of City to stop the Work shall not

give rise to any duty on the part of City to exercise this right for the benefit of the

Contractor or any other person or entity. This right shall be in addition to and not in

restriction of City's rights pursuant to ARTICLE XII.3. City’s issuance of an order to

Contractor to stop the Work shall not give rise to any claim by Contractor for additional

time, cost or general conditions costs.

II.2.7 CITY’S RIGHT TO CARRY OUT THE WORK.

If Contractor defaults, neglects or fails to carry out the Work in accordance with the

Contract Documents and fails, within a three (3) work-day period after receipt of written

notice from City, to commence and continue correction of such default, neglect or failure

with diligence and promptness, City may, without prejudice to other remedies City may

have, correct such deficiencies, neglect or failure. In such case, an appropriate Change

Order may be issued deducting from payments then or thereafter due Contractor

reflecting the reasonable cost of correcting such deficiencies, neglect or failure of

Contractor, including all of City’s incurred expenses and compensation for Design

Consultant’s additional services made necessary by such default, neglect or failure of

Contractor. If payments then or thereafter due Contractor are not sufficient to cover such

amounts for the Work performed, Contractor shall pay the difference to City.

END OF ARTICLE II


ARTICLE III. CONTRACTOR

III.1 GENERAL.

III.1.1 Contractor shall perform the Work in a good and workmanlike manner, except to the

extent the Contract Documents expressly specify a higher degree of finish or

workmanship.

III.1.2 Contractor shall not be relieved of its obligations, responsibilities or duties to perform

the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, either by any activities or duties

of Design Consultant in Design Consultant’s administration of the Contract or by tests,

inspections or approvals required or performed by City or any person other than the

Contractor.

III.2 REVIEW OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND FIELD CONDITIONS BY CONTRACTOR.

III.2.1 Since the Contract Documents are complementary, before starting each portion of the Work,

Contractor carefully shall:

a. Study and compare the various Drawings and other Contract Documents relative

to that portion of the Work and the information furnished by City;

b. Take field measurements of any existing conditions related to that portion of the

Work; and

c. Observe any conditions at the Site affecting the Work.

Any error, inconsistencies or omissions discovered by Contractor shall be reported

promptly to City via a Request for Information in such form as City may require.

d. The exactness of existing grades, elevations, dimensions or locations given on any

Drawings issued by Design Consultant, or the work installed by other contractors,

is not guaranteed by City. Contractor shall, therefore, satisfy itself as to the

accuracy of all grades, elevations, dimensions and locations.

e. In all cases of interconnection of its Work with existing conditions or with work

performed by others, Contractor shall verify at the site all dimensions relating to

such existing or other work. Any errors due to Contractor’s failure to so verify all

such grades, elevations, dimensions or locations promptly shall be rectified by

Contractor without any additional cost to City.

III.2.2 As between City and Contractor, and subject to the provisions of ARTICLE III.2.4

below, Contractor has no responsibility for the timely delivery, completeness, accuracy

and/or sufficiency of the Specifications or Drawings (or any errors, omissions, or

ambiguities therein), and is not responsible for any failure of the design of the facilities


or structures as reflected thereon to be suitable, sound or safe. Contractor shall be

deemed to have satisfied itself as to the design contained in and reflected by the

Specifications and the Drawings. In particular, but without prejudice to the generality

of the foregoing, Contractor shall review the Contract Documents to establish:

a. The information is sufficiently complete to perform the Work; and

b. There are no obvious or patent ambiguities, inaccuracies or inconsistencies

within or between the documents forming the Contract; and

c. Contractor shall work with the aforementioned Contract Documents so as to

perform the Work and of each and every part thereof to ensure the Work and each

and every part thereof shall, jointly and severally, be in accordance with the

requirements of the Contract Documents and, in particular but without limiting

the generality of the foregoing, the Work as a whole and, as appropriate, each and

every part thereof, shall comply with the requirements of any performance

Specifications.

III.2.3 Any design errors or omissions noted by Contractor during its review promptly shall be

reported to City, but it is recognized the Contractor’s review is made in Contractor’s

capacity as a contractor and not as a licensed design professional, unless otherwise

specifically provided in the Contract Documents. Contractor is not required to

ascertain if Contact Documents are in accordance with applicable laws, statutes,

ordinances, building codes, and rules and regulations, but any nonconformity

discovered by or made known to Contractor promptly shall be reported both to City and

Design Consultant.

III.2.4 If Contractor believes additional cost or time is involved because of clarifications or

instructions issued by Design Consultant, in response to the Contractor’s Notices or

Requests for Information, Contractor shall make Claims as provided in ARTICLE

IV.2.6 and ARTICLE IV.2.7. If Contractor fails to perform the obligations of ARTICLE

III.2.1 and ARTICLE III.2.2 herein, Contractor shall pay such costs and damages to

City, to include applicable Liquidated Damages, as would have been avoided if

Contractor had performed such obligations. Contractor shall not be liable to City or

Design Consultant for damages resulting from errors, inconsistencies or omissions in

the Contract Documents or for differences between field measurements or conditions

and the Contract Documents, unless Contractor recognized or should have recognized

such error, inconsistency, omission or differences and knowingly failed to report it to

City and Design Consultant.

III.3 SUPERVISION AND CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES

III.3.1 Contractor shall supervise, inspect and direct the Work competently and efficiently,

exercising the skill and attention of a reasonably prudent Contractor, devoting such

attention and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the

Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor solely shall be


responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, procedures and

coordination of all portions of the Work under the Contract, unless the Contract

Documents give other specific instructions concerning these matters. If the Contract

Documents give specific instructions concerning construction means, methods and/or

techniques, Contractor then shall evaluate the jobsite safety thereof and, except as

stated below, shall be fully and solely responsible for the jobsite safety of such means,

methods, techniques, sequences or procedures. If, upon its evaluation, Contractor

determines such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures may not be safe,

Contractor shall give timely written notice to City and Design Consultant and

Contractor shall not proceed with that portion of the Work without further written

instructions from City. Sequencing and procedures shall be coordinated and agreed

upon by City, Design Consultant and Contractor.

III.3.2 Contractor shall be responsible to City for the acts and omissions of Contractor’s agents

and employees, Subcontractors and their agents and employees and other persons or

entities performing portions of the Work for or on behalf of Contractor or any of its

Subcontractors.

III.3.3 Contractor shall be responsible for inspection of portions of Work already performed,

to determine which such portion are in proper condition to receive subsequent Work.

III.3.4 Contractor shall bear responsibility for design and execution of acceptable trenching

and shoring procedures, in accordance with Texas Government Code, Section 2166.303

and Texas Health and Safety Code, Subchapter C, Sections 756.021, et seq.

III.3.5 It is understood and agreed the relationship of Contractor to City shall be of an

independent contractor. Nothing contained or inferable in the Contract documents shall

be read, deemed or construed to make Contractor the agent, servant or employee of

City or create any partnership, joint venture or other association between City and

Contractor. Any direction or instruction by City, in respect of the Work, shall relate to

the results City desires to obtain from the Work and shall in no way affect Contractor's

independent contractor status.

III.3.6 Contractor shall review Subcontractor(s) written safety programs, procedures and

precautions in connection with performance of the Work. However, Contractor's duties

shall not relieve any Subcontractor(s) or any other person or entity (e.g. a supplier),

including any person or entity with whom Contractor does not have a contractual

relationship, of their responsibility or liability relative to compliance with all applicable

federal, state and local laws, rules, regulations and ordinances, which shall include the

obligation to provide for the safety of their employees, persons, and property and their

requirements to maintain a work environment free of recognized hazards. The

foregoing are not intended to impose upon Contractor any additional obligations

Contractor would not have under any applicable state or federal laws including, but not

limited to, any rules, regulations or statutes pertaining to the Occupational Safety and

Health Administration.


III.4 LABOR AND MATERIALS.

III.4.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall provide and

pay for all labor, materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment and machinery,

water, heat, utilities, transportation and other facilities and services necessary for proper

execution and completion of the Work, whether temporary or permanent and whether

or not incorporated or to be incorporated in the Work.

III.4.2 PREVAILING WAGE RATE AND LABOR STANDARD PROVISIONS.

The Provisions of Chapter 2258 of the Texas Government Code, and the “Wage and

Labor Standard Provisions” amended in City of San Antonio Ordinance 2008-11-20-

1045, expressly are made a part of this Contract. In accordance therewith, a schedule of

the general prevailing rate of per diem wages in this locality for each craft or type of

worker needed to perform this Contract shall be obtained by Contractor from the City

of San Antonio’s Labor Compliance Office and included in Contractor’s Project bid

package, prior to Contractor bidding of the Project and such schedule shall become a

part hereof. Contractor shall forfeit, as a penalty to City, sixty dollars ($60.00) for each

laborer, worker or mechanic employed for each calendar day, or portion thereof, in

which such laborer, worker or mechanic is paid less than the stipulated prevailing wage

rates for any work done under this Contract by the Contractor or any Subcontractor

employed on the project. The establishment of prevailing wage rates, pursuant to

Chapter 2258 of the Texas Government Code, shall not be construed to relieve

Contractor from its obligation under any federal or state law, regarding the wages to be

paid to or hours worked by laborers, workers or mechanics, insofar as applicable to the

work to be performed hereunder. Contractor, in the execution of this Project, agrees it

shall not discriminate in its employment practices against any person because of race,

color, creed, sex, or origin. Contractor agrees it shall not engage in employment

practices which have the effect of discriminating against employees or prospective

employees because of race, color, creed, national origin, sex, age, handicap or political

belief or affiliation. This Contract provision shall be included in its entirety in all

Subcontractor agreements entered into by the Contractor or any Subcontractor

employed on the project.

III.4.3 SUBSTITUTIONS.

a. Contractor’s proposed substitutions and alternates may be rejected by City

without explanation and shall be considered by City only under one or more of the

following conditions:

i. The proposal is required for compliance with interpretation of code

requirements or insurance regulations then existing;

ii. Specified products are unavailable through no fault of Contractor; and


iii. When in the judgment of City or Design Consultant, a substitution

substantially would be in City’s best interests in terms of cost, time or other

considerations.

b. Contractor shall submit to City and Design Consultant:

i. A full explanation of the proposed substitution and submittal of all

supporting data, including technical information, catalog cuts, warranties,

test results, installation instructions, operating procedures and other like

information necessary for a complete evaluation of the substitution;

ii. A written explanation of the reasons the substitution is necessary, including

the benefits to City and to the Work, in the event the substitution is

acceptable to City;

iii. The adjustment, if any, in the Contract Sum;

iv. The adjustment, if any, in the time of completion of the Contract and the

construction schedule; and

v. In the event of a substitution under ARTICLE III.4.3, an affidavit stating:

Contractor’s proposed substitution conforms to and meets all the

requirements of the pertinent Specifications and requirements shown

on the Drawings; and

Contractor accepts the warranty and correction obligations in

connection with the proposed substitution as if originally specified by

Design Consultant.

Proposals for substitutions shall be submitted to Design Consultant in sufficient time

to allow Design Consultant no less than twenty-one (21) calendar days for review.

No substitutions shall be considered or allowed without Contractor’s submittal of

complete substantiating data and information.

c. In the event of a substitution submittal under this ARTICLE III.4.3, and whether or

not any such proposed substitution is accepted by City or Design Consultant,

Contractor shall reimburse City, at City’s reasonable discretion, for any fees

incurred and charged by Design Consultant or other Consultants for evaluating

each proposed substitute.

d. Except as otherwise stipulated in the Contract Documents or required for safety or

protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent thereto, no

Work shall be allowed by City from sundown to sunrise of the following calendar

day, unless directed by the ODR or requested in writing by Contractor and

approved by City.


III.4.4 Contractor shall, at all times, enforce strict discipline and good order among persons

working on the Project and shall not employ or continue to employ any unfit person on

the Project or any person not skilled in the assigned work. Contractor shall be liable for

and responsible to City for all acts and omissions of its employees, all tiers of its

Subcontractors, material suppliers, anyone who Contractor may allow to perform any

Work on the Project and their respective officers, agents, employees, and Consultants

who Contractor may allow to come on the job site, with the exception of City or City’s

Designee. City, at any time, for any reason or for no reason, may direct Contractor to

remove any employee, Subcontractor, material supplier or anyone else from the Project

and Contractor promptly shall comply with City’s direction. In addition, if Contractor

receives written notice from City complaining about any Subcontractor, employee or

anyone who is a hindrance to the proper or timely execution of the Work, Contractor

shall remedy such complaint without delay to the Project and at no additional cost to

City. This provision shall be included in all contracts between Contractor and all

Subcontractors of all tiers.

III.4.5 Contractor recognizes, accepts and hereby acknowledges the Project Site is a public

facility representing the City of San Antonio. As such, Contractor shall prohibit the

possession or use of alcohol, controlled substances, tobacco and any prohibited

weapons on the Project Site and shall require appropriate dress of Contractor’s forces

consistent with the nature of the Work being performed, including the wearing of shirts

at all times. Harassment of any kind, including sexual harassment, of employees of

Contractor or any Subcontractor, employees or Consultants of City or of any visitor to

the Project site, by Contractor, employee(s) of Contractor, a Subcontractor or an

employee of Subcontractor strictly is forbidden. Any person, Contractor, employee of

Contractor, Subcontractor or employee of Subcontractor who is found to have engaged

in such conduct shall be subject to appropriate disciplinary action by Contractor and/or

City, including the removal and exclusion of the violating person(s) or employee(s) of

Contractor or Subcontractor from the Project Site and, if City so elects, termination

from the Project.

III.4.6 All materials and installed equipment shall be as specified in the Contract Documents

and, if not so specified, shall be new and of good quality, except as otherwise provided

in the Contract Documents. If required by City or Design Consultant, Contractor shall

furnish satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests) as to the source, kind

and quality of materials and equipment installed. Contractor may make substitutions

only with the consent of City.

III.4.7 All materials shall be shipped, stored and handled in a manner which shall protect and

ensure their condition at the time of incorporation in the Work. After installation, all

materials shall be properly protected against damage to ensure they are in the condition

as required by ARTICLE III.5.1 when the Work is Substantially Completed or City

takes over use and occupancy, whichever is earlier.

III.4.8 Contractor shall procure and furnish to City all guarantees, warranties, spares and

maintenance manuals called for by the Specifications or which normally are provided


by a manufacturer. The maintenance manual shall include a catalog for any equipment,

materials, supplies or parts used in the inspection, calibration, maintenance or repair of

the equipment and items in the catalog shall be readily available for purchase.

III.4.9 During construction of the Work and for four (4) years after final completion or longer

if, during the duration of this Contract or during the four (4) years after the final

completion of the Work, a dispute between any parties to this Project exists, Contractor

shall retain and shall require all Subcontractors to retain for inspection and audit by

City all books, accounts, reports, files, time cards, material invoices, payrolls and

evidence of all other direct or indirect costs related to the bidding and performance of

this Work. Upon request by City, a legible copy or the original of any or all such

records shall be produced by Contractor at the administrative office of City. To the

extent it requests copies of such documents, City shall reimburse Contractor and its

Subcontractors for copying costs. Contractor shall not be required to keep records of or

provide access to the makeup of any negotiated and agreed-to lump sums, unit prices or

fixed overhead and profit multipliers.

III.5 WARRANTY.

III.5.1 Contractor warrants materials and equipment furnished and installed under the Contract

shall be new and of good quality, unless otherwise required or permitted by the

Contract Documents, the Work shall be free from defects not inherent in the quality

required or permitted and the Work shall conform to the requirements of the Contract

Documents. Work not conforming to this warranty and these requirements, including

substitutions not properly approved and authorized by City, may be considered

defective. Contractor’s warranty excludes remedy for damage or defect caused by

abuse, modifications not executed by the Contractor, improper or insufficient

maintenance, improper operation, normal wear and tear and normal usage, and

additional damage or defects caused by City’s failure to promptly notify Contractor. If

required by City, Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and

quality of materials and equipment.

III.5.2 A right of action by City for any breach of Contractor’s express warranty shall be in

addition to, and not in lieu of, any other remedies City may have under this Contract at

law or in equity, regarding any defective Work.

III.5.3 The warranty provided shall be in addition to and not in limitation of any other warranty

or remedy required by law or by the Contract Documents. Such warranty shall be

interpreted to require Contractor, upon written demand by City, to replace defective

materials and equipment and re-execute any defective Work disclosed to the Contractor

by City within a period of one (1) year after Substantial Completion of the applicable

Work or, in the event of a latent defect, within one (1) year after discovery by City.

III.5.4 All warranties shall be assignable by City. Submittal of all warranties and guarantees

are required as a prerequisite to the final payment.


III.5.5 Except when a longer warranty time is specifically called for in the Specifications or is

otherwise provided by law or by manufacturer, all warranties shall be at minimum for

twelve (12) months and shall be in form and content otherwise reasonably satisfactory

to City. City and Contractor acknowledge the Project may involve construction work

on more than one (1) building or section of infrastructure of City’s. While the overall

Project shall have a single date for Substantial Completion of the Work and Final

Completion of the Work, each building, section of infrastructure or approved phase of

each section of infrastructure may have its own separate and independent date of

Substantial Completion or Final Completion.

III.5.6 If separate dates for Substantial Completion and Final Completion are established and

granted by City, at City’s sole discretion and as a result of City electing partially to

occupy areas prior to the Project’s overall date for Substantial Completion, Contractor

shall maintain a complete and accurate schedule of the dates of Substantial Completion

and, if City accepts partial occupancy of those completed areas, the dates upon which

the one (1) year warranty on each building, phase or section of infrastructure granted

Substantial Completion shall expire. If separate dates are granted, Contractor agrees to

provide notice of the warranty expiration date(s) to City and Design Consultant at least

one (1) month prior to the expiration of the one (1) year warranty period on each

building, section of infrastructure or each phase of the section of infrastructure which

has achieved Substantial Completion.

III.5.7 Prior to termination of any one (1) year warranty period, Contractor shall accompany

City and Design Consultant on re-inspection of the building, section of infrastructure or

phase of the section of infrastructure and be responsible for correcting any reasonable

additional deficiencies not caused by City or by the use of the building, section of

infrastructure or phase of the section of infrastructure observed and/or reported during

the re-inspection.

III.5.8 For extended warranties required by the Contract Documents, City shall notify

Contractor of deficiencies and Contractor shall start remedying these defects within

seven (7) calendar days of initial notification from City. Contractor shall prosecute the

work without interruption until accepted by City and Design Consultant, even though

such prosecution may extend beyond the limit of the warranty period. If Contractor

fails to provide notice of the expiration of the one (1) year warranty period at least one

(1) month prior to the expiration date and conduct the required walk through with City,

Contractor's warranty obligations described in ARTICLE III.5.5 shall continue until

such inspection is conducted and any deficiencies found in the inspection is corrected.

III.5.9 Warranties shall become effective on a date established by City in accordance with the

Contract Documents. This date shall be the date of Substantial Completion of the entire

Work, unless otherwise provided in any Certificate of Partial Substantial Completion

approved by the Parties, except for Work to be completed or corrected after the date of

Substantial Completion and prior to final payment and those occurrences addressed in

ARTICLE III.5.4. Warranties for Work to be completed or corrected after the date of

Substantial Completion and prior to Final Completion shall become effective on the


later of the date the Work is completed or corrected and accepted by City and Design

Consultant or the date of final completion of the Work.

III.5.10 Neither final payment nor compliance by Contractor with any provision in the Contract

Documents shall constitute an acceptance of Work not done in accordance with the

Contract Documents or relieve Contractor or its sureties of liability, with respect to any

warranties or responsibility for faulty materials and workmanship. Contractor warrants

all Work shall conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents.

III.5.11 Contractor agrees to assign to City, at the time of Final Completion of the Work, any

and all manufacturer’s warranties relating to materials and labor used in the Work and

further agrees to perform the Work in such manner so as to preserve any and all such

manufacturer’s warranties, provided such assignment shall contain a reservation of

Contractor’s right also to enforce the manufacturer’s warranties. As a condition

precedent to final payment, Contractor shall prepare a notebook with reference tabs and

submit a copy and electronic version in PDF of the notebook to City which shall

include a complete set of warranties from Subcontractors, manufacturers or suppliers,

as appropriate, and executed by and between Contractor and City, as required under this

Contract, with a specified warranty commencement date, as required by the Contract

Documents. Copies of the complete set of warranties from Subcontractors,

manufacturers and/or suppliers, as appropriate, executed by Contractor as required by

the Contract Documents, with and between City and Contractor.

III.5.12 When Contractor is constructing a building, the building shall be watertight and leak

proof at every point and in every area, except where leaks can be attributed to damage

to the building by external forces beyond Contractor’s control. Contractor,

immediately upon notification by City of water penetration, shall determine the source

of water penetration and perform any work necessary to make the building watertight.

Contractor also shall repair or replace any damaged material, finishes and/or fixtures

damaged as a result of any water penetration, returning the building to original

condition. The costs of such determination and repair shall be borne by Contractor only

to the extent the leak(s) is/are attributable to faulty workmanship or unauthorized or

defective materials.

III.6 TAXES.

Contractor shall not include in the Contract Sum or any modification thereto any amount for

sales, use or similar taxes for which City is exempt. Upon request by Contractor, City shall

provide Contractor with a tax exemption certificate or other documentation necessary to establish

City’s exemption from such taxes.


III.7 PERMITS, FEES AND NOTICES.

III.7.1 PERMITS.

Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents or by City, as per ARTICLE

II.2.2, Contractor shall secure all permits, licenses and inspections. City and Design

Consultant may assist Contractor, when necessary, in obtaining such permits, licenses

and inspections necessary for the proper execution and completion of the work. For

federally funded construction projects, when applicable, City shall prepare and submit

the necessary paperwork to satisfy Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System

(hereafter referred to as “TPDES”), regulations of the Texas Commission on

Environmental Quality.

III.7.2 Contractor shall comply with and give all notices required by law, ordinance, rule,

regulations and lawful orders of public authorities applicable to performance of the

Work.

III.7.3 It is not Contractor’s responsibility to ascertain the Contract Documents are in

accordance with applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, building codes and rules and

regulations. However, if Contractor observes portions of the Contract Documents are

at variance therewith, Contractor promptly shall notify City and Design Consultant in

writing of any variances and all necessary changes shall be accomplished by

appropriate modification(s) before Contractor performs any Work affected by such

modification(s).

III.7.4 If Contractor performs Work knowing Work is contrary to laws, statutes, ordinances,

building codes and rules and regulations, without such notice to and approval from City

and Design Consultant, Contractor shall assume sole responsibility for performing such

Work and shall bear all costs attributable to correct such Work.

III.7.5 Contractor also shall assist City in obtaining all permits and approvals and, at City’s

request, pay all fees and expenses, if any, associated with TPDES regulations of the

Texas Commission on Environmental Quality, as well as local authorities, if applicable,

which require completion of documentation and/or acquisition of a "Land Disturbing

Activities Permit" for a Project. Contractor's obligations under this paragraph do not

require it to perform engineering services during the pre-construction phase to prepare

proper drainage for the Project Site. However, any drainage alterations made by

Contractor during the construction process, which require the issuance of a permit, shall

be at Contractor's sole cost. It shall be Contractor’s responsibility to prepare and

submit the permit approval documentation provided by the regulatory agencies prior to

beginning any Work.

III.8 ALLOWANCES.

III.8.1 Contractor shall include in the Contract Sum all allowances stated in the Contract

Documents. Items covered by allowances shall be supplied for such amounts and by


such persons or entities as City may direct, but Contractor shall not be required to

employ persons or entities to whom Contractor has reasonable objection.

III.8.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents:

a. Allowances shall cover the cost to Contractor of materials and equipment

delivered at the site and all required taxes, less applicable trade discounts;

b. Contractor’s costs for unloading and handling at the site, labor, installation costs,

overhead, profit and other expenses, contemplated for stated allowance, shall be

included in the allowances;

c. Whenever actual costs are more than or less than allowances, the Contract Sum

shall be adjusted accordingly by Change Order. The amount of the Change Order

shall reflect both the difference between actual costs and the allowances under

ARTICLE III.8.2.a and all changes in Contractor’s costs under ARTICLE III.8.2.b.

III.8.3 Materials and equipment under an allowance shall be selected by City within such time

as is reasonably specified by Contractor as necessary to avoid any delay in the Work.

III.9. SUPERINTENDENT/KEY PERSONNEL.

III.9.1 At all times during the progress of the Work, Contractor shall assign a competent

resident superintendent who is able to communicate fluently in English, along with any

necessary assistant(s) who is/are satisfactory to City. Any superintendent designee

shall be identified in writing to City promptly after City issues written Notice to

Proceed. The superintendent shall represent Contractor at all time and all directions

given to the superintendent shall be binding on Contractor. The designated

superintendent shall not be replaced without written notice to and the approval of City,

which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, except with good reason (including

any termination or disability of the superintendent) or under extraordinary

circumstances. The superintendent may not be employed on any other project prior to

Final Completion of the Work without the approval of City, which approval shall not be

unreasonably withheld.

III.9.2 Contractor shall furnish a list to Design Consultant and City of all Architects,

Engineers, Consultants, Sub-Consultants, job-site superintendents, Subcontractors and

suppliers involved in the Project construction.

a. City, upon the showing of good and reasonable cause, may reject or require

removal of any Architect, Engineer, Consultant, Sub-Consultant, job

superintendent, employee of the Contractor, Subcontractor or sub-Subcontractor

and/or supplier involved in the Project.

b. Contractor shall provide an adequate staff for the proper coordination and

expedition of the Work. City reserves the right to require Contractor to remove


from the Project any employee(s) City, at its sole discretion, deems incompetent,

careless, insubordinate, unnecessary or in violation of any provision in these

Contract Documents. This provision is applicable to Subcontractors, sub-

Subcontractors and their employees.

c. City reserves the right to utilize one or more of its employees or Consultants to

function in the capacity of City’s Inspector, whose primary function shall be daily

inspections, checking pay requests or construction timelines and the verification

of the storage of supplies and materials.

d. Contractor shall not change any key personnel or key Subcontractors without the

prior written consent of City, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

In the event key personnel leaves Contractor’s employment, such key personnel’s

replacement shall be subject to City’s reasonable approval.

III.10 CONTRACTOR’S PROJECT SCHEDULES.

III.10.1 PROJECT SCHEDULE METHOD.

Contractor shall create and maintain a Critical Path Method (hereafter referred to as

“CPM”) Project Schedule, showing the manner of execution of Work which Contractor

intends to follow, in order to complete the Project within the allotted time. The Project

Schedule shall employ computerized CPM for the planning, scheduling and reporting

of Work. Contractor shall create and maintain the Project Schedule using project

management scheduling software compatible with City’s project management

scheduling software. The observance of the requirements is an essential part of the

Work to be performed under the Contract.

III.10.2 SCHEDULING PERSONNEL.

Unless otherwise indicated in writing by City, Contractor shall provide an individual,

who shall be referred to hereafter as “Scheduler”, to create and maintain the Project

Schedule. Scheduler shall be proficient in CPM analysis, possess sufficient experience

to be able to perform required tasks on the specified software and able to prepare and

interpret reports from the software. Scheduler shall be made available for discussion or

meetings when requested by City.

III.10.3 PROJECT SCHEDULE SUBMISSION.

a. Unless indicated otherwise, Contractor shall submit Project Schedule(s) for the

Work in relation to the entire Project to City and Design Consultant at least fifteen

(15) calendar days prior to the pre-construction conference.

b. All Project Schedule submittals shall be in the electronic form to include PDF

plots of the schedule, a PDF plot defining the Critical Path and two week look-

ahead, and include the native compatible scheduling file format. Contractor shall


submit the schedule to City and Design Consultant via electronic mail or

electronic format acceptable to City.

c. This initial schedule shall indicate the dates for starting and completing the

various aspects/phases required to complete the Work, including mobilization,

procurement, installation, testing, inspection and acceptance of all the Work of the

Contract, including any contractually mandated milestone dates. The Project

Schedule shall not exceed the time limits set forth in the Contract Documents.

Contractor shall organize the Project Schedule and provide adequate detail so the

Schedule is capable of measuring and forecasting the effect of delaying events on

completed and uncompleted activities.

d. The Project Schedule shall show the order in which Contractor proposes to carry

out the Work in accordance with the final approved phasing plan, if any, and the

anticipated start and completion dates of each phase of the Work. The Project

Schedule shall be in the form of a time scaled work progress chart, to indicate the

percentage of Work scheduled for completion at various critical milestones.

e. Contractor shall maintain a schedule of Shop Drawings and Sample Submittals

and each submitted Shop Drawing and Sample Submittal shall list each required

submittal and the expected time(s) for submitting, reviewing and processing such

submittal.

f. City shall review the Project Schedule within fifteen (15) calendar days for

compliance with the Specifications and notify Contractor of its acceptability.

III.10.4 PROJECT SCHEDULE SEQUENCING.

The Project Schedule shall show the sequence and interdependence of activities

required for complete performance of the Work. Contractor shall be responsible for

assuring all Work sequences are logical and show a coordinated plan of Work in

accordance with the sequence of work outlined in the Plans. The purpose of City

requiring the Project Schedule shall be to:

a. Ensure adequate planning during the execution and progress of the Work in

accordance with the allowable number of calendar days and all milestones;

b. Assure coordination of the efforts of Contractor, City, utilities and others that may

be involved in the Project and those activities are included in the Schedule

highlighting coordination points with others;

c. Assist Contractor and City in monitoring the progress of the Work and evaluating

proposed changes to the Contract; and

d. Assist City in administering the Contract time requirements.


III.10.5 PROJECT SCHEDULE ACTIVITIES.

Contractor shall provide City a legend for all abbreviations used. The activities shall be

coded so organized plots of the Project Schedule may be produced. Typical activity

coding includes traffic control phase, location and work type. Contractor shall show an

estimated production rate per working day for each Work activity. Activity durations

shall be based on production rates shown. Each activity on the Project Schedule shall

include:

a. An activity number utilizing an alphanumeric designation system agreeable to City;

b. A concise description of the Work represented by the activity; and

c. Activity durations in whole work days, with a maximum of twenty four (24) work

days. Durations greater than twenty four (24) work days may be used for non-

construction activities (mobilization, submittal preparation, curing, etc.), and other

activities mutually agreeable between City and Contractor.

III.10.6 PROJECT SCHEDULE WORK DURATION AND RESOURCES.

a. The Project Schedule layout shall be grouped by Project and then by Work

Breakdown Structure (hereafter referred to as “WBS”) for organizational

purposes.

b. The original and remaining Work duration shall be displayed. The grouping band

shall, by default, report Work days planned. One additional level of effort activity

shall be added to the schedule as a “time calculator” with a seven (7) day calendar

without holidays reflected. The calculation of days should be reflected in the

appropriate duration columns.

c. Pursuant to the definitions in ARTICLE I.1, Work shall be scheduled based upon

Contractor’s six (6) day work week, utilizing the appropriate calendar

assignments and using compatible Project Scheduling software.

d. Assign working calendars for the days Contractor plans to work. Contractor shall

designate all twelve (12) City holidays as non-working days (holidays). For dates

beyond the then-current calendar year, Contractor shall assume City holidays are

the same as the current calendar year.

e. Seasonal weather conditions shall be considered and included in the Project

Schedule for all work influenced by temperature and/or precipitation. Seasonal

weather conditions shall be determined by an assessment of average historical

climatic conditions. Average historical weather data is available through the

National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (hereafter referred to as

“NOAA”). These effects shall be simulated through the use of work calendars for


each major work type (i.e., earthwork, concrete paving, structures, asphalt,

drainage, etc.). Project and work calendars should be updated each month to

show days actually able to work on the various work activities.

f. The Contractor will take reasonable precautions to prevent loss caused by weather

related events, erosion, rising water, or vandalism during the construction period

and is the responsibility of the Contractor to rectify such loss or damage to the

extent required by City.

g. Only City-responsible delays in activities affecting milestone dates or the

Contract completion date, as determined by CPM analysis, shall be considered for

a time extension.

III.10.7 PROJECT SCHEDULE - OTHER REQUIREMENTS.

The Project Schedule shall:

a. Have all Work coded and organized by WBS. An example of an acceptable

WBS shall be provided, upon written request, by City to Contractor;

b. Reflect Duration Percent complete as the percent complete type;

c. Reflect Fixed Units as the duration type;

d. Include submittals with a logical tie to what each drives;

e. Add proposed Change Order(s) and those Change Order(s) shall be reflected on

the Schedule as proposed Change Order(s). This task shall be linked to the

schedule with logical ties and approved by City. Upon approval of a Change

Order, a task shall be renamed and shall identify Work performed and Change

Order number and resources shall be added to the task;

f. Only have constraints in accordance with the Plans;

g. Include activity milestones for material delivery;

h. Disallow default progress; and

i. Include a detailed explanation in the Project narrative, if Work is performed out

of sequence.

III.10.8 PROJECT SCHEDULE JOINT REVIEW AND ACCEPTANCE.

a. The Project Schedule and successive updates or revisions thereof are for

Contractor’s use in managing the Work. The Project Schedule is for the

information of City and to demonstrate Contractor has complied with


requirements for planning the Work. City’s acceptance of a Schedule, Schedule

update(s) or revisions constitutes City’s agreement to coordinate its own

activities with Contractor’s activities, as shown on the schedule.

b. Within fifteen (15) calendar days of receipt of Contractor’s proposed Project

Schedule, City shall evaluate the Schedule for compliance with this

specification and notify Contractor of its findings. If City requests a revision or

justification, Contractor shall provide satisfaction to City within seven (7)

calendar days. If Contractor submits a Project Schedule for acceptance, based

on a sequence of work not shown in the Plans, Contractor shall notify City in

writing of said sequence of work, separate from the Schedule submittal.

c. City's review and acceptance of Contractor's Project Schedule only is for

conformance to the requirements of the Contract Documents. Review

and acceptance by City of Contractor's Project Schedule does not relieve

Contractor of any of its responsibility for the Project Schedule, Contractor's

ability to meet interim milestone dates (if so specified) or meeting the Contract

completion date, nor does such review and acceptance expressly or by

implication warrant, acknowledge or admit the reasonableness of the logic,

durations, manpower or equipment loading of Contractor's Project Schedule.

In the event Contractor fails to define any element of Work, activity or logic

and City’s review does not detect this omission or error, such omission or error,

whether or when discovered by Contractor or City, shall be corrected by

Contractor at the next monthly schedule update and shall not affect the

Project or Contract completion date.

d. Acceptance of the Project Schedule, or update and/or revision thereto, does not

indicate any approval of Contractor’s proposed sequences and duration.

e. Acceptance by City of the Project Schedule or updated Project Schedule which

exceeds contractual time does not alleviate Contractor from meeting the

contractual completion date.

f. Acceptance of a Project Schedule update or revision indicating early or late

completion does not constitute City’s consent to any changes, alter the terms of

the Contract, waive either Contractor’s responsibility for timely completion, or

waive City’s right to damages for Contractor’s failure to do so.

g. Contractor’s scheduled dates for completion of any activity or of the entire Work

do not constitute a change in terms of the Contract. Change Orders are the only

method of modifying the completion date(s) and Contract time.

h. Submittal of a schedule, schedule revision or schedule update constitutes

Contractor’s representation to City, as of the date of the submittal, of the accurate

depiction of all progress to date and Contractor shall follow the schedule as

submitted in performing the Work.


III.10.9 PROJECT SCHEDULE UPDATES AND REVISIONS.

a. The Project Schedule shall be updated monthly, at a minimum, to reflect

progress to date and current plans for completing the Work. A paper and an

electronic copy of the update shall be submitted to City and Design Consultant as

directed. City has no duty to make progress payments to Contractor unless

Contractor’s payment application accompanied by the updated Project Schedule.

The anticipated date of Substantial Completion shall show all extensions of time

granted through Change Order(s) as of the date of the update.

b. The Project Schedule update shall be submitted no later than the date the pay

application is submitted.

c. Contractor shall meet with City each month, at a scheduled Project Schedule

update meeting, to review actual progress made through the data date of the

schedule update, as determined by City. The review of progress shall include

dates of activities actually started and/or completed, the percentage of Work

completed, the remaining duration of each activity started and/or completed and

the amount of Work still to complete, with an analysis of the relationship between

the remaining duration of the activity and the quantity of material to install over

that given period of time with a citation of past productivity.

d. The monthly Schedule Update shall include a progress narrative, explaining the

Project’s progress, identifying all progress made out of sequence, defining the

Critical Path, identification of any potential delays, and other relevant data. A

Project Schedule Narrative template shall be required for the narrative. Upon

request, City shall supply said template to Contractor.

e. Each Schedule shall segregate the Work into a sufficient number of activities to

facilitate the efficient use of critical path method scheduling by Contractor, City

and Design Consultant. The Project Schedule layout shall be grouped first by

Project then by WBS. The layout shall include the following columns:

i. Activity ID

ii. Activity Description

iii. Original Durations

iv. Remaining Durations

Early Start and Early Finish Dates

Late Start and Late Finish Date

Total Float


Performance Percent Complete

Display logic and target bars in the Gantt bar chart view

f. Each schedule shall include activities representing manufacturing, fabrication or

ordering lead time for materials, equipment or other items for which Design

Consultant is required to review submittals, shop drawings, product data or

samples.

g. Each schedule, other than the initial schedule, shall:

i. Indicate the activities, or portions thereof, which have been completed;

ii. Reflect the actual time for completion of such activities; and

iii. Reflect any changes to the sequence or planned duration of all activities

h. If any updated schedule exceeds the time limits set forth in the Contract

Documents for Substantial Completion of the Work, Contractor shall include,

along with its updated schedule, a statement of the reasons for the anticipated

delay in achieving Substantial Completion of the Work and Contractor’s planned

course of action for completing the Work within the time limits set forth in the

Contract Documents. If Contractor asserts the failure of City or Design

Consultant to provide requested and required information to Contractor as the

reason for anticipated delay in completion, Contractor also shall specify what

information has been requested and is required from City or Design Consultant.

i. Neither City nor Contractor shall have exclusive ownership of float time in the

schedule and all float time shall inure to the benefit of the Project.

j. Submission of any schedule under this Contract constitutes a representation by

Contractor, as of the date of the submittal,:

i. The schedule represents the sequence in which Contractor intends to

prosecute the remaining Work;

ii. The schedule represents the actual sequence and duration used to prosecute

the completed Work;

iii. To the best of its knowledge and belief, Contractor is able to complete the

remaining Work in the sequence and time indicated; and

iv. Contractor intends to complete the remaining work in the sequence and time

indicated.


v. If Contractor desires to make major changes in the Project Schedule,

Contractor shall notify City in writing and submit the proposed schedule

revision. The written notification shall include the reason for the proposed

revision, what the revision is composed of and how the revision was

incorporated into the schedule. Major changes are hereby defined as those

affecting compliance with the contract requirements and/or those that

change the Project’s critical path. All other changes may be accomplished

through the monthly updating process without written notification.

III.10.10 COMPLETION OF WORK.

a. Contractor is accountable for substantially completing the Work in the Contract

Time or as otherwise amended by Change Order.

b. If, in the sole judgment of City, the Schedule update reflects Work is behind

schedule and the rate of performance of Work is inadequate to regain scheduled

progress to insure Contractor achieving any Project Milestones (including, but not

limited to, Substantial Completion) in accordance with the Project Schedule, City

may, at its sole option, give written notice to Contractor and direct Contractor, at

Contractor’s sole expense, to propose and adopt a plan to accelerate the Work so

the Work conforms to the Project Schedule and Project Milestones previously

agreed upon. Contractor may, but is not limited to, propose:

i. Increasing Project work forces;

ii. Increasing Project equipment or tools;

iii. Increasing the hours of work or number of shifts per day;

iv. Expediting the delivery of Project materials;

v. Changing, with the approval of City, the schedule logic and Work

sequences; or

vi. Taking some other action as Contractor may proposes, if acceptable to City

c. Within ten (10) calendar days after such notice from City, Contractor shall notify

City in writing of the specific measures taken and/or planned to be taken to

increase the rate of progress of Work on the Project. Contractor shall include an

estimate as to the date of scheduled full progress recovery and an updated Project

Schedule, illustrating Contractor's plan for achieving timely completion of the

Project Milestone’s and the Project’s Substantial Completion.

d. Should City deem Contractor’s plan of action inadequate to achieve the desired

acceleration to bring the Work back on the Project Schedule and achieve

Substantial Completion on time, City shall have the right to order Contractor, at


Contractor’s sole expense, to take any corrective measures City deems necessary

to expedite the progress of Work including, without limitations:

i. Increasing work forces and hours, to include Contractor working additional

shifts of overtime;

ii. Supplying additional manpower, equipment and facilities;

iii. Re-sequencing the Work;

iv. Expediting the fabrication and supply of materials; and/or

v. Other similar measures City may direct (hereafter (1) – (5) above

collectively referred to as “Extraordinary Measures”).

Such Extraordinary Measures City directs shall continue until the progress of the

Work complies with the Milestone required by the Contract Documents.

e. City’s right to require Extraordinary Measures solely is for the purpose of

ensuring Project Milestones and Substantial Completion of the Work is achieved

within the Contract Time. Contractor shall not be entitled to an adjustment in the

Contract Sum in connection with Extraordinary Measures required by City under

or pursuant to this ARTICLE III.10, except as may be provided under the

provisions of ARTICLE IV.2.11.

f. City may exercise the rights furnished pursuant to ARTICLE III.10 as frequently

as City deems necessary to ensure Contractor’s performance of the Work is in

compliance with any milestone date or completion date(s) set forth in the Contract

Documents.

g. If reasonably required by City, Contractor also shall prepare and furnish Project

cash flow projections, manning data for critical activities and schedules for the

purchase and delivery of all critical equipment and material, together with

periodic updating thereof.

h. Contractor shall recommend to City and Design Consultant a schedule for

procurement of long-lead time items, which shall constitute part of the Work as

required meeting the Project Schedule.

III.10.11PROJECT SCHEDULE TIME IMPACT ANALYSIS.

a. Contractor shall notify City when an impact may justify an extension of Contract

time or adjustment of milestone dates. Said notice shall be made by Contractor in

writing as soon as possible, but no later than the end of the next estimate period

after the commencement of an impact or the notice for a change is given to

Contractor. Not providing notice to City within twenty (20) calendar days after


receipt shall indicate Contractor’s approval of the time charges as shown on that

time statement. Future consideration of that statement shall not be permitted and

Contractor forfeits its right to subsequently request a time extension or time

suspension, unless the circumstances prove Contractor could not reasonably have

knowledge of the impact by the end of the next estimate period.

b. When changes are initiated or impacts are experienced, Contractor shall submit to

City a written Time Impact Analysis describing the influence of each change or

impact. A “TIME IMPACT ANALYSIS” is an evaluation of the effects of changes

in the construction sequence, contract, Plans or site conditions on Contractor's

plan for constructing the Project, as represented by the schedule. The purpose of

the Time Impact Analysis is to determine if the overall Project has been delayed

and, if necessary, to provide Contractor and City a basis for making adjustments

to the Contract.

c. A TIME IMPACT ANALYSIS shall consist of one or all of the steps listed below:

STEP 1 Establish the status of the Project before the impact using the most

recent Project Schedule Update prior to the impact occurrence.

STEP 2 Predict the effect of the impact on the most recent Project Schedule

Update prior to the impact occurrence. This requires estimating the

duration of the impact and inserting the impact into the schedule update.

Any other changes made to the schedule including modifications to the

calendars or constraints shall be noted.

STEP 3 Track the effects of the impact on the schedule during its occurrence.

Note any changes in sequencing and mitigation efforts.

STEP 4 Compare the status of the work prior to the impact (STEP 1) to the

prediction of the effect of the impact (STEP 2), and to the status of the

work during and after the effects of the impact are over (STEP 3). Note:

if an impact causes a lack of access to a portion of the Project, the

effects of the impact may extend to include a reasonable period for

remobilization.

d. The TIME IMPACT ANALYSIS shall be electronically submitted to City. If the

Project Schedule is revised after the submittal of a TIME IMPACT ANALYSIS but

prior to its approval, Contractor promptly shall indicate in writing to City the need

for any modification to its TIME IMPACT ANALYSIS. One (1) copy of each TIME

IMPACT ANALYSIS shall be submitted within fourteen (14) calendar days after the

completion of an impact. City may require STEP 1 and STEP 2 in the TIME

IMPACT ANALYSIS to be submitted at the commencement of the impact, if needed

to make a decision regarding the suspension of Contract time. Approval or

rejection of each TIME IMPACT ANALYSIS by City shall be made within fourteen


(14) calendar days after receipt, unless subsequent meetings and negotiations are

necessary.

III.11 DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES AT THE SITE.

III.11.1 Contractor shall maintain, on Site and for City’s use, one record copy of the Drawings,

Specifications, Addenda, Change Orders and other Amendments, in good order and

currently marked, to record field changes and selections made during construction, along

with one record copy of approved Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar

required submittals. These record copies also shall be available to Design Consultant and

shall be delivered to Design Consultant for submittal to City upon completion of the

Work.

III.11.2 Contractor shall at all times maintain job records including, but not limited to, invoices,

payment records, payroll records, daily reports, logs, diaries and job meeting minutes

applicable to the Project. Contractor shall make such reports and records available for

inspection by City, Design Consultant and/or their respective agents, during normal

business hours if requested by City.

III.12 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES.

III.12.1 Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals are not Contract

Documents. The purpose of their submittals is to demonstrate, for those portions of the

Work for which submittals are required by the Contract Documents, the way by which

Contractor proposes to conform to the information given and the design concept

expressed in the Contract Documents. Review by Design Consultant is subject to the

limitations of ARTICLE IV.1.8. Informational submittals, upon which Design Consultant

is not expected to take responsive action, may be so identified in the Contract

Documents. Submittals which are not required by the Contract Documents may be

returned by the Design Consultant without action.

III.12.2 Contractor shall review for compliance with the Contract Documents, approve and

submit to Design Consultant Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar

submittals required by the Contract Documents with reasonable promptness and in such

sequence as to cause no delay in the Work or in the activities of City or of separate

contractors. Submittals which are not marked as reviewed for compliance with the

Contract Documents and approved by Contractor may be returned by Design Consultant

without action.

III.12.3 By approving and submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar

submittals, Contractor represents it has determined and verified materials, field

measurements and filed construction criteria related thereto, or shall do so, and has

checked and coordinated the information contained within such submittals with the

requirements of the Work and of the Contract Documents.


III.12.4 Contractor shall perform no portion of the Work for which the Contract Documents

require submittal and review of Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar

submittals until the respective submittal and review has been approved by Design

Consultant. Design Consultant shall review and return such submittals within ten (10)

calendar days or within a reasonable period so as to not delay the project.

III.12.5 The Work shall be in accordance with approved submittals, except Contractor shall not

be relieved of responsibility for deviations from requirements of the Contract Documents

by Design Consultant’s approval of Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar

submittals unless Contractor specifically has informed Design Consultant in writing of

such deviation at the time of submittal and:

a. Design Consultant has given written approval in the specific

deviation as a minor change in the Work; or

b. A Change Order or Field Work Directive has been issued the deviation.

Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for errors or omissions in Shop

Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals by Design

c. Consultant’s approval thereof.

III.12.6 Contractor shall direct specific attention, in writing or on resubmitted Shop Drawings,

Product Data, Samples or similar submittals, to revisions other than those requested by

Design Consultant on previous submittals. In the absence of such written notice, Design

Consultant’s approval of a resubmission shall not apply to such revisions.

III.12.7 Contractor shall not be required to provide professional services which constitute the

practice of architecture or engineering unless such services specifically are required by

the Contract Documents for a portion of the Work or unless Contractor needs to provide

such services in order to carry out Contractor’s responsibilities for construction means,

methods, techniques, sequences and procedures. Contractor shall not be required to

provide professional services in violation of applicable law. If professional design

services or certifications by a design professional related to systems, materials or

equipment specifically are required of Contractor by the Contract Documents, City and

Design Consultant shall specify all performance and design criteria such services must

satisfy. Contractor shall cause such services or certifications to be provided by a properly

Texas-licensed design professional, whose signature and seal shall appear on all

drawings, calculations, Specifications, certifications, Shop Drawings and other submittals

prepared by such professional. Shop Drawings and other submittals related to the Work

designed or certified by such professional, if prepared by others, shall bear such

professional’s written approval when submitted to Design Consultant. City and Design

Consultant shall be entitled to rely upon the adequacy, accuracy and completeness of the

services, certifications or approvals performed by such design professionals, provided

City and Design Consultant have specified to Contractor all performance and design

criteria such identified services must satisfy. Design Consultant shall review, approve or

take other appropriate action on submittals only for the limited purpose of checking of


conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract

Documents. Contractor shall not be responsible for the adequacy of the performance or

design criteria required by the Contract Documents.

III.13 USE OF SITE.

III.13.1 Contractor shall confine construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment

and the operations of workers to areas permitted by law, ordinances, permits or the

requirements of the Contract Documents and shall not unreasonably encumber the

premises with construction equipment or other materials or equipment.

III.13.2 Contractor shall not load nor permit any part of any structure to be loaded in any manner

that shall endanger the structure, nor shall Contractor subject any part of the Work or

adjacent property to stresses or pressures that shall endanger it.

III.13.3 Contractor shall abide by all applicable rules and regulations of City with respect to

conduct, including smoking, parking of vehicles, security regulations and entry into

adjacent facilities owned by City.

III.13.4 Contractor shall provide access to residents and businesses affected by the construction

of this Project to the greatest extent possible, including providing temporary base and

asphalt as needed.

III.13.5 Contractor shall erect and maintain on Site a Project Bulletin Board, accessible to all

Contractor and Subcontractor employees, upon which Contractor shall post and maintain,

throughout the Project’s duration, all employment and safety information required by

law. Contractor further shall post complete Payment and Performance Bond information

on the Project Bulletin Board, listing Contractor’s bonding and insurance

agencies/providers, to include agency contact names, address and telephone numbers.

III.13.6 As applicable, City shall have appropriate Temporary Bench Marks (hereafter referred

to as “TBM”) and a baseline (for both horizontal and vertical projects, as applicable)

established. As of the date of the Notice To Proceed, it is Contractor’s responsibility to

protect, preserve and reestablish (if required) the TBM and/or baseline. Construction

staking and tolerances shall be in accordance with the “Manual of Practice for Land

Surveying in the State of Texas Category 5”.

III.3.7 As applicable, Contractor shall layout its work from an established baseline and TBM

indicated on the drawings and shall be responsible for all measurements in connection

with the layout. Contractor shall furnish, at its own expense, all stakes, templates,

platforms, equipment, tools, materials and labor required to layout any part of the work.

Contractor shall provide cut sheets to City’s inspector at minimum seven (7) calendar

days prior to construction of street and drainage work. Contractor shall establish the

necessary offsets, hubs and guards marked showing control designation and offsets for

San Antonio Water System (SAWS) Work, if present. Contractor shall provide cut

sheets for improvements where Sewer profiles are provided for various phases of the


project and cut sheets for Water profiles, if applicable. Contractor shall provide staking

and preparation of cut sheets after receiving notice to proceed from City. If present,

Contractor shall provide SAWS with cut sheets at minimum (7) calendar days prior to

commence of SAWS work. Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining and

preserving a baseline and TBM indicated on the drawings for duration of construction. If

such marks are destroyed, Contractor shall replace them at its own expense. At the end

of construction of the Project, Contractor shall provide City a grade certificate prepared

by a Registered Professional Land Surveyor. This certificate shall state the infrastructure

is constructed in accordance to the construction documents or as approved by City and

the Engineer of Record, which is noted on the record plan set.

III.14 CUTTING AND PATCHING.

III.14.1 Contractor shall be responsible for all cutting, fitting or patching required to complete

the Work or to make its parts fit together properly.

III.14.2 Contractor shall not damage or endanger a portion of the Work or a fully or partially

completed construction by either City or separate contractors by cutting, patching or

otherwise altering such construction, or by excavation. Contractor shall not cut or

otherwise alter such construction by City or a separate contractor except with written

consent of City and, if City so designates, of such separate contractor and said consent

shall not be unreasonably withheld. Contractor unreasonably shall not withhold from

City or City’s separate contractor Contractor’s consent to cutting or otherwise altering the

Work.

III.14.3 Any part of the Work damaged by Contractor, either during installation or prior to

Substantial Completion of the Work (or such earlier date established in ARTICLE IX.9,

shall be repaired by Contractor so as to be equal in quality, appearance, serviceability and

other respects to an undamaged item or part of the Work. Where this repair cannot fully

be accomplished, a damaged item or part shall be replaced by Contactor.

III.15 CLEANING UP.

III.15.1 During the progress of the Work, Contractor shall keep the Project Site and surrounding

area including, but not limited to, creeks, drainage channels, easements and private

property free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish and other debris resulting

from the Work. As applicable, Contractor shall clean, sweep, mop, brush and polish, as

appropriate, the interior of the improvements and/or renovated areas including, but not

limited to, any floors, carpeting, ducts, fixtures and ventilation units operated during

construction, and shall clean exterior gutters, drainage, walkways, driveways and roofs of

debris. If Contractor fails to clean up as provided in the Contract Documents, City may

elect to do so and all costs incurred by City shall be paid by Contractor.

III.15.2 Prior to Substantial Completion of the Work, Contractor shall remove all waste

materials, rubbish and debris from and about the premises, as well as all tools, appliances,

construction equipment and machinery and surplus materials, and shall leave the Project


Site clean and ready for occupancy by City. As applicable, Contractor shall clean, sweep,

mop, brush and polish, to City’s satisfaction, the interior of the improvements and/or

renovated areas including, but not limited to, any floors, carpeting, ducts, fixtures and

ventilation units operated during construction, and shall clean exterior gutters, drainage,

walkways, driveways and roofs of debris. Contractor shall restore to their original

condition those portions of the Site not designated for alteration by the Contract

Documents. If Contractor fails to clean up the premises as provided in the Contract

Documents, City may elect to do so and all costs incurred by City shall be paid by

Contractor.

III.16 ACCESS TO WORK.

Contractor shall provide City and Design Consultant access to Work in preparation and in

progress, wherever located.

III.17 PATENT FEES AND ROYALTIES.

Contractor shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use of the

performance of the Work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process,

product or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. If a particular

invention, design, process, product or device is specified in the Contract Documents for use in the

performance of the Work and if to the actual knowledge of City its use is subject to patent rights

or copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or royalty to others, the existence of such

rights shall be disclosed by City in the Contract Documents.

III.18 INDEMNITY PROVISIONS.

III.18.1 Contractor covenants and agrees to FULLY INDEMNIFY, DEFEND and HOLD

HARMLESS, City and its elected officials, employees, officers, directors, volunteers and

representatives of City, individually and collectively, from and against any and all costs,

claims (including third-party claims), liens, damages, losses, expenses, fees, fines,

penalties, proceedings, actions, demands, causes of action, liability and suits of any kind

and nature, including but not limited to, personal or bodily injury, death and property

damage, made upon City directly or indirectly arising out of, resulting from or related to

Contractor’s activities under this Contract, including any acts or omissions of Contractor,

any agent, officer, director, representative, employee, consultant or Subcontractor of

Contractor and Contractor’s and its Subcontractor’s respective officers, agents

employees, directors and representatives while in the exercise of the rights or

performance of the duties under this Contract. The indemnity provided for in this

paragraph shall not apply to any liability resulting from the negligence of City, its

officers or its employees in instances where such negligence causes personal injury,

death, or property damage. IN THE EVENT CONTRACTOR AND CITY ARE

FOUND JOINTLY LIABLE BY A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION,

LIABILITY SHALL BE APPORTIONED COMPARATIVELY IN

ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS FOR THE STATE OF TEXAS, WITHOUT,

HOWEVER, WAIVING ANY GOVERNMENTAL IMMUNITY AVAILABLE TO


CITY UNDER TEXAS LAW AND WITHOUT WAIVING ANY DEFENSES OF

THE PARTIES UNDER TEXAS LAW.

III.18.2 The provisions of this Indemnity solely are for the benefit of the Parties hereto and not

intended to create or grant any rights, contractual or otherwise, to any other person or

entity. Contractor shall advise City in writing within twenty four (24) hours of any claim

or demand against City or Contractor known to Contractor related to or arising out of

Contractor’s activities under this Contract and shall see to the investigation and defense

of such claim or demand at Contractor’s sole cost. City shall have the right, at its option

and at its own expense, to participate in such defense without relieving Contractor of any

of its obligations under this ARTICLE III.10.18.

III.18.3 INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY INDEMNIFICATION.

Contractor shall protect, indemnify, and defend and/or handle at its own cost and expense

any claim or action against City, its elected officials, employees, officers, directors,

volunteers and representatives of City, individually or collectively, for infringement of

any United States Patent, copyright or similar property right including, but not limited to,

misappropriation of trade secrets and any infringement by Contractor and its employee or

its Subcontractors and their agents, servants and employees, based on any deliverable or

any other materials furnished hereunder by Contractor and used by either City or

Contractor within the scope of this Contract (unless said infringement results directly

from Contractor’s compliance with City’s written standards or Specifications).

Contractor does not warrant against infringement by reason of City's or Design Consultant’s

design of articles or their use in combination with other materials or in the operation of any

process. Contractor shall have the sole right to conduct the defense of any such claim or

action and all negotiations for its settlement or compromise, unless otherwise mutually

agreed upon, expressed in writing and signed by the Parties hereto. Contractor agrees to

consult with City’s City Attorney during such defense or negotiations and make good

faith efforts to avoid any position adverse to the interest of City. City shall make

available to Contractor any deliverables and/or works made for hire by Contractor

necessary to the defense of Contractor against any claim of infringement for the duration

of Contractor’s legal defense.

III.18.4 If such infringement claim or action has occurred or, in Contractor’s judgment, is likely

to occur, City shall allow Contractor, at Contractor’s option and expense, (unless such

infringement results directly from Contractor’s compliance with City’s written standards

or Specifications or by reason of City’s or Design Consultants’ design of articles or their

use in combination with other materials or in the operation of any process for which City

shall be liable) to elect to:

a. Procure for City the right to continue using said deliverable

and/or materials;

b. Modify such deliverable and/or materials to become non-

infringing (provided such modification does not adversely


affect City’s intended use of the deliverable and/or materials as contemplated

hereunder);

c. Replace said deliverable and/or materials with an equally suitable, compatible and

functionally equivalent non-infringing deliverable and/or materials at no

additional charge to City; or

d. If none of the foregoing alternatives is reasonably available to Contractor, upon

written request, City shall return the deliverable and/or materials in question to

Contractor and Contractor shall refund all monies paid by City, with respect to

such deliverable and/or materials, and accept return of same. If any such cure

provided for in this ARTICLE III.10.18 shall fail to satisfy the third-party

claimant, these actions shall not relieve Contractor from its defense and indemnity

obligations set forth in this ARTICLE III.10.18.

III.18.5 The Indemnification obligations under this ARTICLE III.10.18 shall not be limited in

any way by the limits of any insurance coverage or any limitation on the amount or type

of damages, compensation or benefits payable by, for or to Contractor or any

Subcontractor, supplier or any other individual or entity under any insurance policy,

workers’ compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefits acts.

III.18.6 WORKER SAFETY.

The Indemnification hereunder shall include, without limiting the generality of the

foregoing, liability which could arise to City, its agents, Consultants and/or

representatives or Design Consultant pursuant to State statutes for the safety of workers

and, in addition, all Federal statutes and rules existing there under for protection,

occupational safety and health to workers. It is agreed the primary obligation of

Contractor is to comply with these statutes in the performance by Contractor of the Work

and the obligations of City, its agents, Consultants and representatives under said statutes

are secondary to that of Contractor.

III.18.7 DEFENSE COUNSEL.

City shall have the right to approve defense counsel, of which approval shall not be

unreasonably withheld, to be retained by Contractor in fulfilling its obligation hereunder

to defend and indemnify City, unless such right is expressly waived by City in writing.

Contractor shall retain City-approved defense counsel within ten (10) calendar days of

City’s written notice City is invoking its right to Indemnification under this Contract. If

Contractor fails to retain counsel within such time period, City shall have the right to

retain defense counsel on its own behalf and Contractor shall be liable for all costs

incurred by City. City also shall have the right, at its option, to be represented by

advisory counsel of its own selection and at its own expense, without waiving the

foregoing.


III.19 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

Contractor represents and warrants the following to City (in addition to the other representations

and warranties contained in the Contract Documents), as an inducement to City to execute this

Contract, which representations and warranties shall survive the execution and delivery of the

Contract and the Final Completion of the Work, Contractor:

III.19.1 is financially solvent, able to pay its debts as they mature and possessed of sufficient

working capital to complete the Work and perform its obligations under the Contract

Documents;

III.19.2 is able to furnish the plant, tools, materials, supplies, equipment and labor required to

complete the Work and perform its obligations hereunder and has sufficient experience

and competence to do so;

III.19.3 is authorized to do business in the State of Texas and properly is licensed by all

necessary governmental, public and quasi-public authorities having jurisdiction over it,

the Work and the site of the Project;

III.19.4 is acting within its duly authorized powers to execute this Contract and execute the

performance and obligations thereof; and

III.19.5 had directed its duly authorized representative(s) to visit the Site of the Work,

familiarize itself with the local conditions under which the Work is to be performed and

correlated its observations with the requirements of the Contract Documents.

III.20 BUSINESS STANDARDS.

Contractor, in performing its obligations under this Contract, shall establish and maintain

appropriate business standards, procedures and controls, including those necessary to avoid any

real or apparent impropriety or adverse impact on the interest of City or affiliates. Contractor

shall review with City, at a reasonable frequency during the performance of the Work hereunder,

such business standards and procedures including, without limitation, those related to the

activities of Contractor's employees, Subcontractors and agents in their relations with City's

employees, Consultants, agents, representatives, vendors, Subcontractors, other third parties and

those relating to the placement and administration of purchase orders and subcontracts.

END OF ARTICLE III


ARTICLE IV. ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT

IV.1 ROLES IN ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT.

IV.1.1 City and Design Consultant shall provide administration of the Contract, as described in

the Contract Documents, and Design Consultant shall be City’s representative:

a. During construction;

b. Until final payment is due; and

c. With City’s concurrence, from time to time during the one- year period for

correction of Work described in ARTICLE XII

Design Consultant only shall have authority to act on behalf of City to the extent

provided in the Contract Documents, unless otherwise modified in writing by City in

accordance with other provisions of the Contract Documents.

IV.1.2 City's instruction to Contractor may be issued through Design Consultant and City

reserves the right to issue instructions directly to Contractor or through other designated

City representatives. Contractor understands City may modify the authority of such

Design Consultant as provided in the terms of its contractual relationship with Design

Consultant, and City shall, in such event, be vested with powers formerly exercised by

such Design Consultant, provided written notice of such modification immediately shall

be served on Contractor. Nothing shall authorize independent agreements between

Contractor and Design Consultant, nor shall Design Consultant be deemed to have a

legal relationship with Contractor.

IV.1.3 Neither Design Consultant nor City shall have control over, charge of nor be

responsible for the construction means, methods or techniques, or for the safety

precautions, quality control program and other programs in connection with the Work,

since these solely are Contractor’s rights and responsibilities under the Contract

Documents. Sequencing and procedures shall be coordinated and agreed upon by City,

Design Consultant and Contractor and shall remain the responsibility of Contractor for

implementation.

IV.1.4 Design Consultant shall not be responsible for Contractor’s failure to perform the Work

in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Design Consultant

shall not have control over, charge of and shall not be responsible for acts or omissions

of Contractor, Subcontractor, their respective agents, employees or any other persons or

entities performing portions of the Work.

IV.1.5 City and Contractor shall endeavor to communicate with each other directly, through

Design Consultant and/or through the ODR about matters arising out of or relating to

the Contract. Communications by and with Design Consultant’s Consultants shall be


through Design Consultant. Communications by City and Design Consultant with

Contractor’s employees Subcontractors and material suppliers shall be through

Contractor. All communications by and with City’s separate contractors shall be

through City.

IV.1.6 Design Consultant shall review and approve or take other appropriate action upon

Contractor’s submittals such as Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples, but only

for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the

design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. Design Consultant shall perform

these reviews in a timely fashion so as to not delay the Work. Design Consultant

promptly shall respond to submittals such as Shop Drawings, Product Data and

Samples pursuant to the procedures set forth in the Project Specifications. Review of

such submittals is not conducted for the purpose of determining the accuracy and

completeness of equipment or systems, all of which remain the responsibility of

Contractor as required by the Contract Documents. Design Consultant’s review of

Contractor’s submittals shall not relieve the Contractor of the obligations under

ARTICLE(S) III.3, III.5 and III.12. Design Consultant’s review shall not constitute

approval of safety precautions or, unless otherwise specifically stated by Design

Consultant, any construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures.

Design Consultant’s approval of a specific item shall not indicate approval of an

assembly of which the item is a component.

IV.1.7 Upon written request of City or Contractor, Design Consultant shall issue its

interpretation of the requirements of the Plans and Specifications. Design Consultant’s

response to such requests shall be made in writing within a time limit agreed upon or

otherwise with reasonable promptness. If no agreement is made concerning the time

within which interpretations required of Design Consultant shall be furnished in

compliance with this ARTICLE IV.1, then no delay shall be recognized on account of

any failure by Design Consultant to furnish such interpretations except for actual

substantiated delays, for which Contractor is not responsible, occurring more than

fifteen (15) calendar days after written request is made for the interpretations.

IV.1.8 Interpretations and decisions of Design Consultant shall be consistent with the intent of

and reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents and shall be in writing or in the

form of drawings.

IV.1.9 Design Consultant’s decisions on matters relating to aesthetic effect shall be final if

consistent with the intent expressed in the Contract Documents and not expressly

overruled in writing by City.

IV.2 CLAIMS AND DISPUTES

IV2.1 Except as contemplated by ARTICLE VIII.2, every Claim of Contractor, whether for

additional compensation, additional time or other relief including, but not limited to,

claims arising from concealed conditions, shall be signed and sworn to by an authorized

corporate officer (if not a corporation, then an official of the company authorized to


bind Contractor by his/her signature) of Contractor, verifying the truth and accuracy of

the Claim. The responsibility to substantiate a Claim shall rest with the Party making

the Claim.

IV.2.2 TIME LIMIT ON CLAIMS.

Except for those Claims resulting from unusually severe weather, as addressed in

ARTICLE IV.2.6, Contractor Claims must be initiated within fifteen (15) calendar days

after occurrence of the event giving rise to such Claim. Claims by Contractor must be

submitted by written notice to both City and Design Consultant. Claims by City must

be submitted by written notice to Contractor. Failure by Contractor to submit written

notice of the claim within fifteen (15) calendar days shall constitute a waiver of such

claim.

IV.2.3 CONTINUING CONTRACT PERFORMANCE.

Pending final resolution of a Claim, except as otherwise agreed in writing or as

provided in ARTICLE IV.4.1, ARTICLE IX.7 and ARTICLE XIV, Contractor shall

proceed diligently with performance of the Contract and City shall continue to make

payments in accordance with the Contract Documents.

IV.2.4 CLAIMS FOR CONCEALED OR UNKNOWN CONDITIONS.

If conditions are encountered at the Site which either are subsurface or are otherwise

concealed physical conditions which were not known to Contractor and which differ

materially from those indicated in the Contract Documents or in the reports of

investigations and tests of subsurface and latent physical conditions provided by City to

Contractor prior to the preparation by Contractor of its Bid, as referred to above, or are

unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature, which differ materially from those

ordinarily found to exist and generally recognized as inherent in construction activities

of the character provided for in the Contract Documents in the general vicinity of the

Project site, then Contractor promptly shall notify City and Design Consultant of such

conditions before conditions are disturbed, and in no event more than three (3)

workdays after first observation of the conditions. Upon notification by Contractor,

Design Consultant promptly shall investigate such conditions and report its findings to

City. If City and Contractor cannot agree on an adjustment to the Contract Sum or

Contract Time, the adjustment shall be subject to dispute resolution pursuant to

ARTICLE IV.4.

IV.2.5 CLAIMS FOR ADDITIONAL COST.

If Contractor wishes to make a Claim for an increase in the Contract Sum, written

notice as provided in this ARTICLE IV.2.5 shall be given and accepted by City before

proceeding to execute the Work, provided prior notice is not required for Claims

relating to an emergency endangering life or property. Contractor shall file a Claim in


accordance with this ARTICLE IV.2.5 if Contractor believes additional cost is involved

for reasons including, but not limited to:

a. A written interpretation from Design Consultant;

b. An order by City to stop the Work where Contractor was not at fault;

c. A written order for a minor change in the Work issued by Design Consultant;

d. Failure of payment by City;

e. Termination of the Contract by City for convenience;

f. City’s suspension; or

g. Other reasonable grounds.

IV.2.6 CLAIMS FOR ADDITIONAL TIME.

a. If Contractor wishes to make Claim for an increase in the Contract Time, written

notice, as required in this ARTICLE IV.2 shall be given. Contractor’s Claim shall

include an estimate of probable impact of delay on progress of the Work in

accordance with ARTICLE III.10.11. In the case of a continuing delay, only one

Claim is necessary.

b. Contractor shall be entitled to an extension of the Contract Time for delays or

disruptions due to unusually severe weather in excess of weather normally

experienced at the job site, as determined from climatological data set forth by

National Weather Service and which affects the Project’s critical path. Contractor

shall bear the entire economic risk of all weather delays and disruptions.

Contractor shall not be entitled to any increase in the Contract Sum by reason of

such delays or disruptions. With regard to Vertical projects with City, requests

for an extension of time, pursuant to this ARTICLE IV.2.6, shall be submitted to

City and Design Consultant not later than the fifteenth (15th

) calendar day of the

month following the month during which the delays or disruptions occurred and

shall include documentation and all details reasonably available, demonstrating

the nature and duration of the delays or disruptions and their effect on the critical

path of the Schedule. With regard to Horizontal projects with City, upon

Contractor reaching Substantial Completion, City and Contractor shall look back

at the entire duration of the calendar day Project and review the totality of what

Contractor claims were unusually severe weather disruptions. If the Project was

delayed or disrupted due to unusually severe weather in excess of weather

normally experienced over the entire duration of the Project, Contractor may

make a Claim for an extension of the Contract Time for delays or disruptions due

to unusually severe weather in excess of weather normally experienced at the job

site, as determined from climatological data set forth by National Weather Service


and which affects the Project’s critical path. Any time extension granted to

Contractor for either Vertical or Horizontal projects under ARTICLE IV.2.6 shall

be non-compensatory.

IV.2.7 INJURY OR DAMAGE TO PERSON OR PROPERTY.

If either Party to the Contract suffers injury or damage to person or property because of

an act or omission of the other Party or an act or omission of others for whose acts such

other Party legally is responsible (including, with respect to City, the acts or omissions

of City’s separate contractors), written notice of such injury or damage, whether or not

insured, shall be given to the other Party within a reasonable time not exceeding three

(3) calendar days after the discovery of the injury or damage. The written notice shall

provide sufficient detail to enable the other Party to investigate the injury or damage.

IV.2.8 CHANGE IN UNIT PRICES.

As applicable, if unit prices are stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently are

agreed upon by City and Contractor and if quantities originally contemplated are

materially changed in a proposed Change Order or Field Work Directive, such that the

application of such unit prices to quantities of Work proposed shall cause substantial

inequity to City or Contractor, the applicable unit prices shall be equitably adjusted.

IV.2.9 CLAIMS FOR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES.

Except as otherwise provided in this Contract, in calculating the amount of any Claim

or any measure of damages for breach of contract (such provision to survive any

termination following such breach), the following standards shall apply both to Claims

by Contractor and to Claims by City:

a. No consequential, indirect, incidental, punitive or exemplary damages shall be

allowed, whether or not foreseeable, regardless of whether based on breach of

contract, tort (including negligence), indemnity, strict liability or other bases of

liability.

b. No recovery shall be based on a comparison of planned expenditures to total

actual expenditures, on estimated losses of labor efficiency, on a comparison of

planned man loading to actual man loading or on any other similar analysis used

to show total cost or other damages.

c. Damages are limited to extra costs specifically shown to directly have been

caused by a proven wrong for which the other Party is claimed to be responsible.

d. The maximum amount of any recovery for delay, to the extent damages for delay

are not otherwise disallowed by the terms of the Contract Documents, shall be as

is provided in ARTICLE VIII.


e. No damages shall be allowed for home office overhead or other home office

charges or any Eichleay formula calculation, except or unless as expressly

authorized by the Contract Documents.

f. No profit shall be allowed on any damage Claim, except or unless as expressly

authorized by the Contract Documents.

IV.2.10 SUBCONTRACTOR PASS-THROUGH CLAIMS.

In the event any Subcontractor of Contractor asserts a Claim to Contractor that

Contractor seeks to pass through to City under the Contract Documents, any entitlement

to submit and assert the Claim as to City shall be subject to:

a. The requirements of ARTICLE IV.2.6 of these General Conditions; and

b. The following additional three (3) requirements listed below, all three of said

additional requirements shall be conditions precedent to the entitlement of

Contractor to seek and assert such Claim against City:

i. Contractor shall:

Have direct legal liability as a matter of contract,

common law or statutory law to Subcontractor for the claim

Subcontractor is asserting; or

Have entered into a written liquidating agreement with Subcontractor,

prior to the Claim’s occurrence, under which Contractor has agreed to

be legally responsible to the Subcontractor for pursing the assertion of

such Claim against City under said Contract and for paying to

Subcontractor any amount that may be recovered, less Contractor’s

included markup (subject to the limits in the Contract Documents for

any markup). The relationship, liability or responsibilities shall be

identified in writing by Contractor to City at the time such Claim is

submitted to City and a copy of any liquidating agreement shall be

included by Contractor in the Claim submittal materials.

ii. Contractor shall have reviewed the Claim of the Subcontractor prior to its

submittal to City and independently shall have evaluated such Claim in good

faith to determine the extent to which the Claim is believed in good faith to

be valid. Contractor shall inform City it has made a review, evaluation and

determination the Claim is being made in good faith and the claim is

believed to be valid.

iii. Subcontractor making the Claim to Contractor shall certify to both

Contractor and City Subcontractor has compiled, reviewed and evaluated

the merits of such Claim and the Claim is believed in good faith by


Subcontractor to be valid. A copy of the certification by Subcontractor shall

be included by Contractor in the Claim submittal materials.

c. Any failure of Contractor to comply with any of the foregoing requirements and

conditions precedent with regard to any such Claim shall constitute a waiver of

any entitlement to submit or pursue such Claim.

d. Receipt and review of a Claim by City under this ARTICLE IV.2.6 shall not be

construed as a waiver of any defenses to the Claim available to City under the

Contract Documents or at law.

IV.2.11 CITY’S RIGHT TO ORDER ACCELERATION AND TO DENY CLAIMED AND

APPROPRIATE TIME EXTENSIONS, IN WHOLE OR IN PART.

Contractor acknowledges and agrees Substantial Completion of the Work by or before

the Scheduled Completion Date is of substantial importance to City. The following

provisions, therefore, shall apply:

a. If Contractor falls behind the approved construction schedule for whatever reason,

City shall have the right, in City’s sole discretion, to order Contractor to develop a

schedule recovery plan to alter its work sequences or to otherwise accelerate its

progress in such a manner as to achieve Substantial Completion on or before the

Contract Time completion date or such other date as City reasonably may direct.

Upon receipt, Contractor shall take any and all action necessary to comply with

City’s order. In such event, any possible right, if any, of Contractor to additional

compensation for any acceleration shall be subject to the terms of this ARTICLE

IV.2.11.

b. In the event City agrees Contractor is entitled to an extension of Contract Time

and Contractor properly has initiated a Claim for a time extension, City shall have

the right, in City’s sole discretion, to deny any portion of Contractor’s Claim for

an extension of Contract Time and order Contractor to exercise its commercially

reasonable efforts to achieve Substantial Completion on or before the contractual

date established, but for the existence of the event giving rise to the Claim, by

giving written notice to Contractor provided within fifteen (15) calendar days

after receipt of Contractor's Claim. If City denies Contractor's claim for an

extension of Contract Time, either in whole or in part, Contractor shall proceed to

prosecute the Work in such a manner as to achieve Substantial Completion on or

before the then-existing Scheduled Completion Date. If, after initiating good faith

acceleration efforts and it is shown, through no fault of Contractor, Contractor fell

behind on the approved construction schedule and Contractor still is unable to

achieve Substantial Completion within the originally scheduled Contract Time,

City shall not be entitled to Liquidated Damages.

c. If City orders Contractor to accelerate the Work, Contractor may be entitled to a

time extension for a reason specifically allowed under the Contract Documents.

Contractor may initiate a Claim for schedule recovery or acceleration costs. Any


resulting Claim for these costs properly initiated by Contractor shall be limited to

those reasonable and documented direct costs of labor, materials, equipment and

supervision solely and directly attributable to the actual recovery or acceleration

activity necessary for Contractor to bring the Work back within the then existing

approved construction schedule. Direct costs of Contractor include, but are not

limited to; the premium portion of overtime pay for additional crew, shift, or

equipment costs, if requested in advance by Contractor and approved in writing

by City. A percentage markup for the prorated cost of premium on the existing

performance and payment bonds and required insurance, profit and field

overhead, not to exceed the markups permitted by this Contract, shall be allowed

on the claimed costs. NO OTHER MARKUP FOR PROFIT, OVERHEAD

(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, HOME OFFICE OVERHEAD)

OR ANY OTHER COSTS SHALL BE ALLOWED ON ANY

ACCELERATION CLAIM. City shall not be liable for any costs related to an

acceleration claim other than those described in this ARTICLE IV.2.11.

IV.2.12 NO WAIVER OF GOVERNMENTAL IMMUNITY.

Nothing in this contract shall be construed to waive City’s Governmental Immunity

from a lawsuit, which Immunity is expressly retained to the extent it is not clearly and

unambiguously waived by State law.

IV.3 RESOLUTION OF CLAIMS AND DISPUTES.

IV.3.1 Claims by Contractor against City and Claims by City against Contractor, including

those alleging an error or omission by Design Consultant but excluding those arising

under ARTICLE X, shall be referred initially to Design Consultant for consideration and

recommendation to City.

IV.3.2 An initial recommendation by Design Consultant shall be required as a condition

precedent to mediation or litigation of all Claims by the Parties arising prior to the date

final payment is due, unless thirty (30) calendar days have passed after the Claim has

been referred to Design Consultant with no recommendation having been rendered by

Design Consultant.

IV.3.3 Design Consultant shall review Claims and, within ten (10) work days of receipt of a

Claim, take one or more of the following actions:

a. Request additional supporting data from the Party making the Claim;

b. Issue an initial recommendation;

c. Suggest a compromise; or

d. Advise the Parties that Design Consultant is unable to issue an initial

Recommendation, due to a lack of sufficient information or conflict of interest.


IV.3.4 Following receipt of Design Consultant’s initial recommendation regarding a Claim,

City and Contractor shall attempt to reach agreement as to any adjustment to the

Contract Sum and/or Contract Time. If no agreement is reached, either Party may

request mediation of the dispute, pursuant to ARTICLE IV.4.

IV.3.5 If Design Consultant requests either or any Party to provide a response to a Claim or to

furnish additional supporting data, such requested Party shall provide a response or the

requested supporting data to Design Consultant, advise Design Consultant when the

response or supporting data shall be furnished or advise Design Consultant that no

response of supporting data shall be furnished.

IV3.6 With receipt of all information requested by Design Consultant, Design Consultant

shall review the Claim and all received information within ten (10) calendar days of

receipt of the information and shall take one of the following actions:

a. Issue a recommendation;

b. Suggest a compromise; or

c. Advise the Parties Design Consultant is unable to issue a recommendation due to

lack information or conflict of interest.

IV.3.7 Upon Design Consultant’s action or inaction, the Parties may agree to accept

recommendations made by either Party or may request mediation of the dispute

pursuant to ARTICLE IV.4.

IV.3.8 WAIVER OF LIEN.

It is understood that, by virtue of this Contract, no mechanic, contractor, material man,

artisan or laborer, whether skilled or unskilled, ever shall, in any manner, have a claim

or acquire any lien upon the building or any of the improvements of whatever nature or

kind so erected or to be erected by virtue of this Contract, nor upon any of the land

upon which said building or any of the improvements are so erected, built or situated.

IV.4 ALTERNATIVE DISPUTE RESOLUTION.

IV.4.1 CONTINUATION OF WORK PENDING DISPUTE RESOLUTION.

Each Party is required to continue to perform its obligations under this Contract

pending the final resolution of any dispute arising out of or relating to this Contract,

unless it would be impossible or impracticable under the circumstances then present.


IV.4.2 REQUIREMENT FOR SENIOR LEVEL NEGOTIATIONS.

Before invoking mediation or any other alternative dispute process, the Parties to this

Contract agree that they first shall try to resolve any dispute arising out of or related to

this Contract through discussions directly between those senior management

representatives within their respective organizations who have overall managerial

responsibility for similar projects. Both City and Contractor agree that this step shall be

a condition precedent to use of any other alternative dispute resolution process. If the

Parties’ senior management representatives cannot resolve the dispute within thirty (30)

calendar days after a Party delivers a written notice of such dispute to the other, then

the Parties shall proceed with the alternative dispute resolution process. All

negotiations pursuant to ARTICLE IV.4 are confidential and shall be treated as

compromise and settlement negotiations for purposes of applicable rules of evidence.

IV.4.3 MEDIATION.

In the event that City and/or Contractor contend that the other has committed a material

breach of this Contract, or the Parties cannot reach a resolution of a claim or dispute

pursuant to ARTICLE IV.4, as a condition preceding to filing a lawsuit, either Party

shall request mediation of the dispute with the following requirements:

a. Request for mediation shall be in writing, and shall request that the mediation

commence not less than thirty (30) or more than ninety (90) calendar days

following the date of the request, except upon agreement of both Parties.

b. In the event City and Contractor are unable to agree to a date for the mediation or

to the identity of the mediator(s) within thirty (30) calendar days following the

date of the request for mediation, all conditions precedent in this ARTICLE IV.4

shall be deemed to have occurred.

c. The Parties shall share the mediator’s fee and any mediation filing fees equally.

Venue for any mediation or lawsuit arising under this Contract shall be in Bexar

County, Texas. Any agreement reached in mediation shall be enforceable as a

settlement agreement in any court having jurisdiction thereof. No provision of

this Contract shall waive any immunity or defense. No provision of this Contract

is consent to a suit.

IV.4.4 INTERNET-BASED PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS.

At its option, City may administer its design and construction management through an

Internet-based Project Management system (also referred to as “PRIMELink”). In such

cases, Contractor shall conduct communication through this medium and perform all

Project-related functions utilizing this management system, to include all

correspondences, submittals, Requests for Information, vouchers, payment requests and

processing, Amendments, Change Orders and other administrative activities. When

such a management system is employed, City shall administer the software, provide


training to Project Team Members and shall make the software accessible via the

Internet to all Project Team Members.

END OF ARTICLE IV


ARTICLE V. SUBCONTRACTORS

V.1 AWARD OF SUBCONTRACTS AND OTHER CONTRACTS FOR PORTIONS OF THE WORK.

V.1.1 Contractor shall, prior to entering into an agreement with such Subcontractor, notify

City in writing of the names of all proposed first-tier Subcontractors for the Work.

V.1.2 Contractor shall not employ any Subcontractor or other person or organization

(including those who are to furnish the principal items of materials or equipment),

whether initially or as a substitute, against whom City may have reasonable objection.

A Subcontractor or other person or organization identified in writing to City, prior to

the Notice of Award and not objected to in writing by City prior to the Notice of

Award, shall be deemed acceptable to City. Acceptance of any Subcontractor, other

person or organization by City shall not constitute a waiver of any right of City to reject

defective Work. If City, after due investigation, has reasonable objection to any

Subcontractor, other person or organization proposed by Contractor after the Notice of

Award, Contractor shall be required to submit an acceptable substitute. Contractor

shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, other person or organization against

whom Contractor has reasonable objection.

V.1.3 Contractor fully shall be responsible to City for all acts and omissions of its

Subcontractors, persons and organizations directly or indirectly employed by them and

persons and organizations for whose acts any of them may be liable to the same extent

that Contractor is responsible for the acts and omissions of persons directly employed

by Contractor. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall create any contractual

relationship between City and any Subcontractor or other person or organization having

a direct contract with Contractor, nor shall it create any obligation on the part of City to

pay or to see to the payment of any moneys due any Subcontractor or other person or

organization, except as may otherwise be required by law. City may furnish to any

Subcontractor or other person or organization, to the extent practicable, evidence of

amounts paid to Contractor on account of specific Work done.

V.1.4 All Work performed for Contractor by a Subcontractor shall be performed pursuant to

an appropriate agreement between Contractor and Subcontractor which specifically

binds Subcontractor to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents

for the benefit of City.

V.1.5 SBEDA/DBE REPORTING AND AUDITING.

During the term of the contract, Contractor must report the actual payments to all

SBEDA or DBE (as applicable) Subcontractors and Suppliers in the time intervals and

format prescribed by City. City reserves the right, at any time during the term of this

Contract, to request additional information, documentation or verification of payments

made to such Subcontractors and suppliers in connection with this Contract.

Verification of amounts being reported may take the form of requesting copies of


canceled checks paid to SBEDA or DBE Subcontractors and suppliers and/or

confirmation inquiries directly to the SBEDA or DBE participants. Proof of payments,

such as copies of canceled checks, properly must identify the Project name or Project

number to substantiate a SBEDA or DBE payment for the Project.

V.1.6 SMALL BUSINESS SUBCONTRACTOR SUBSTITUTIONS.

Contractor shall reference SBEDA or DBE Requirements in the Project’s

Supplementary Conditions for Substitution of Subcontractors. Failure to follow such

procedures is an event of default by Contractor under its Contract and may be grounds

for termination.

V.2 SUB-CONTRACTUAL RELATIONS.

By appropriate agreement, written where legally required for validity, Contractor shall require

each Subcontractor, to the extent of the Work to be performed by Subcontractor, to be bound to

Contractor by the same terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. Through that binding

commitment, Subcontractor shall assume all the obligations and responsibilities, including the

responsibility for safety of Subcontractor’s Work and workers, which Contractor, by these

Documents, assumes toward City and Design Consultant. Each Subcontractor agreement shall

preserve and protect the rights of City and Design Consultant under the Contract Documents,

with respect to the Work to be performed by Subcontractor, so that subcontracting thereof shall

not prejudice such rights. Where appropriate, Contractor shall require each Subcontractor to

enter into similar agreements with Sub-Subcontractors. Contractor shall make available to each

proposed Subcontractor, prior to the execution of all Subcontractor agreement(s), copies of the

Contract Documents to which Subcontractor(s) shall be bound. Subcontractors similarly shall

make copies of applicable portions of such documents available to their respective proposed

Sub-Subcontractors.

V.3 CONTINGENT ASSIGNMENT OF SUBCONTRACTS.

Each Subcontractor agreement for a portion of the Work assigned by Contractor to City shall

provide:

V.3.1 An assignment is effective only after termination of the Contract by City and only for

those Subcontractor agreements which City accepts by notifying Subcontractor and

Contractor in writing; and

V.3.2 An assignment is subject to the prior rights of the Surety, if any, obligated under bond

relating to the Contract.

V.3.3 Upon any such assignment, if the Work has been suspended for more than thirty (30)

calendar days, Subcontractor’s compensation equally shall be adjusted for increase in

cost resulting from the suspension.

END OF ARTICLE V


ARTICLE VI. CONSTRUCTION BY CITY OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTS

VI.1 CITY’S RIGHT TO PERFORM CONSTRUCTION AND TO AWARD SEPARATE CONTRACTS.

VI.1.1 City reserves the right to perform construction or operations related to the Project with

City’s own forces and to award separate contracts in connection with other portions of

the Project or other construction or operations on the Site under General Conditions of

the Contract identical or substantially similar to these. If Contractor claims that a delay

or additional cost is involved, due to such action by City, Contractor shall make a

Claim as provided in ARTICLE IV.2.6.

VI.1.2 When separate contracts are awarded for different portions of the Project or for other

construction or operations on the Project Site, the term “Contractor” in the Contract

Documents in each case shall mean the Contractor that executes each separate City-

Contractor contract.

VI.1.3 City shall provide for coordination of the activities of City’s own forces and of each

separate contractor with the Work of Contractor and Contractor fully shall cooperate

with said coordination. Contractor shall participate with other separate contractors and

City in reviewing all construction schedules when directed by City to do so. Contractor

shall make any revisions to its construction schedule deemed necessary after said joint

review and mutual agreement. The revised construction schedules then shall constitute

the schedules to be used by Contractor, separate contractors and City until subsequently

revised.

VI.1.4 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, when City and City’s own

forces perform construction or operation related to the Project, City shall be subject to

the same obligations and to have the same rights that apply to Contractor under these

General Conditions and the Contract Documents.

VI.2 MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY

VI.2.1 Contractor shall afford City and City’s separate contractor(s) reasonable opportunity for

the introduction and storage of materials and equipment, the performance of their

activities and the coordination of Contractor’s construction and operations with theirs,

as required by the Contract Documents.

VI.2.2 If part of Contractor’s Work depends upon the construction or operations by City or a

separate contractor for the proper execution or results, Contractor shall, prior to

proceeding with that portion of the Work, promptly report to City apparent

discrepancies or defects in such other construction that would render it unsuitable for

such proper execution and results. Failure of Contractor to so report shall constitute an

acknowledgment that City’s separate contractor’s completed or partially completed


construction is fit and proper to receive Contractor’s Work, except as to defects not

then reasonably discoverable.

VI.2.3 City shall be reimbursed by Contractor for costs incurred by City which are payable to

a separate contractor because of delays, improperly timed activities or defective

construction of Contractor. City shall be responsible to Contractor for costs incurred by

Contractor because of delays, improperly timed activities and damage to the Work or

defective construction of City’s separate contractor(s).

VI.2.4 Contractor promptly shall remedy any damage wrongfully caused by Contractor or its

Subcontractor(s) to any completed or partially completed construction or to property of

City or City’s separate contractor(s).

VI.2.5 City and each separate contractor shall have the same responsibilities for cutting and

patching as are described for Contractor in ARTICLE III.14.

VI.3 CITY’S RIGHT TO CLEAN UP.

If a dispute arises among or between Contractor, City’s separate contractor(s) and City, as to the

responsibility under their respective contracts for maintaining the premises and surrounding area

free from waste materials and rubbish, City may clean up and those costs shall be allocated

amongst those parties responsible.

END OF ARTICLE VI


ARTICLE VII. CHANGES IN THE WORK

VII.1 GENERAL

VII.1.1 Changes in the Work may be accomplished, after the execution of the Contract and

without invalidating the Contract, by Change Order, Field Work Directive/Force

Account or order for a minor change in the Work that does not affect the Contract Time

or the Contract Sum, subject to the limitations stated in this ARTICLE VII and

elsewhere in the Contract Documents.

VII.1.2 A Change Order shall be based upon agreement between City and Contractor; a Field

Work Directive requires a directive by City and, if necessary, Design Consultant and

may or may not be agreed to by Contractor; and an order for a minor change in the

Work that does not affect the Contract Time or the Contract Sum may be issued by

City.

VII.1.3 Changes in the Work shall be performed under applicable provisions of the Contract

Documents and Contractor promptly shall proceed with the changed Work, unless

otherwise provided in a Change Order, Field Work Directive or order for a minor

change in the Work or in this ARTICLE VII.

VII.1.4 Changes resulting from Change Orders, Field Work Directives or orders for minor

changes shall be recorded by Contractor on the As-Built record documents.

VII.2 CHANGE ORDERS

VII.2.1 Methods used in determining adjustments to the Contract Sum may include those listed

in ARTICLE VII.3.4.

VII.2.2 Acceptance of a Change Order by Contractor shall constitute a full accord and

satisfaction for any and all claims and costs of any kind, whether direct or indirect,

including, but not limited to impact, delay or acceleration damages arising from the

subject matter of the Change Order. Each Change Order shall be specific and final as

to prices and any extensions of time, with no reservations or other provisions allowing

for future additional money or time as a result of the particular changes identified and

fully compensated in the Change Order. The execution of a Change Order by

Contractor shall constitute conclusive evidence of Contractor’s agreement to the

ordered changes in the Work, cost and additional time, if any. This Contract, as

amended, forever releases any Claim against City for additional time or compensation

for matters relating to or arising out of or resulting from the Work included within or

affected by the executed Change Order. This release of any Claim applies to Claims

related to the cumulative impact of all Change Orders and to any Claim related to the

effect of a change on unchanged Work.


VII.2.3 City or Design Consultant shall prepare Change Orders and Field Work Directives and

shall have authority to order minor changes in the Work not involving an adjustment in

the Contract Sum or an extension of the Contract Time. Such changes shall be effected

by written order, which Contractor promptly shall carry out and record on the As-Built

record documents.

VII.2.4 Contractor and Subcontractors shall be entitled to include overhead and profit in any

Change Order only as provided by Project Specifications.

VII.3 FIELD WORK DIRECTIVES

VII.3.1 A Field Work Directive is a written directive signed by City and, if necessary, Design

Consultant directing a change in the Work prior to agreement on an adjustment, if any, in

the Contract Sum or Contract time, or both. City may, by Field Work Directive and

without invalidating the Contract, order changes in the Work within the general scope of

the Contract consisting of additions, deletions or other revisions, with any changes to the

Contract Sum and/or the Contract Time to be adjusted according to the terms of this

ARTICLE VII.3.

VII.3.2 A Field Work Directive shall be used in the absence of total agreement on the terms of a

Change Order. City shall issue a Field Work Directive to Contractor with a defined Not-

To-Exceed dollar amount for the scope of Work defined.

VII.3.3 Upon receipt of a Field Work Directive, Contractor promptly shall proceed with the

change in the Work involved and, in writing, advise City of the Contractor’s agreement

or disagreement with the method, if any, provided in the Field Work Directive for

determining the proposed adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time.

VII.3.4 If the Field Work Directive provides for an adjustment to the Contract Sum, the

adjustment shall be based on one of the following methods, as applicable:

a. Mutual acceptance of a lump sum properly itemized and supported by sufficient

substantiating data to permit evaluation;

b. Prices, including unit prices, stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently

agreed upon;

c. Cost to be determined in a manner agreed upon by City and Contractor and a

mutually acceptable fixed or percentage fee; or

VII.3.5 If Contractor does not respond promptly or disagrees with the method for adjustment in

the Contract Sum, the method and the adjustment shall initially be determined by

Design Consultant on the basis of reasonable costs and savings attributable to the

change including, in case of an increase in the Contract Sum, as applicable, a

reasonable allowance for overhead and profit. In such case, and also under ARTICLE

VII.3.4.c, Contractor shall keep and present, in such form as City may prescribe, an


itemized and detailed accounting together with appropriate supporting data. Unless

otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, costs for the purposes of this ARTICLE

VII.3.5 shall be limited to the following:

a. Costs of all labor, including social security, old age and unemployment insurance,

fringe benefits required by Law, agreement or custom, and workers’

compensation insurance;

b. Costs of all materials, supplies and equipment, including cost of transportation,

storage installation, maintenance, dismantling and removal, whether incorporated

or consumed;

c. Rental costs of all machinery and equipment, exclusive of hand tools, whether

rented from Contractor or others, including costs of transportation, installation,

minor repairs and replacements, dismantling and removal;

d. Expenses incurred in accordance with Contractor’s standard personnel policy for

travel approved in writing by City in advance;

e. Costs of premiums for all bonds and insurance, permit fees and allowable sales,

use or similar taxes related to the Work;

f. All additional costs of supervision and field office personnel directly attributable

to the change; and

g. All payments made by the Contractor to Subcontractors.

h. The amount of credit to be allowed by Contractor to City for a deletion or change

which results in a net decrease in the Contract Sum shall be actual net cost of the

deleted or change Work, plus Contractor’s allocated percent for profit and

overhead, as confirmed by Design Consultant, subject to any equitable adjustment

recommended by Design Consultant and approved by City. When both additions

and credits covering related Work or substitutions are involved in a change, the

allowance for overhead and profit shall be figured on the basis of net increase or

decrease, if any, with respect to that change.

i. If City and Contractor agree with the determination made by Design Consultant

concerning the adjustments in the Contract Sum and Contract Time, or otherwise

reach agreement upon the adjustments, such agreement shall be effective

immediately and shall be recorded by preparation and execution of an appropriate

Change Order.

j. If City and Contractor cannot reach an agreement on either an adjustment on the

Contract Sum and Contract Time, pursuant to an issued Field Work Directive,

City and Contractor shall execute a Change Order for the adjustment on the

Contract Sum or Contract Time, if any, the Parties do agree upon for the Work


performed and Contractor reserves the right to file a Claim for any disagreements

in Contract Sum or Contract Time not addressed in the Change Order, pursuant to

ARTICLE IV.3. If City and Contractor cannot agree on both the adjustment in the

Contract Sum and the Contract Time associated with an issued Field Work

Directive, City unilaterally shall file a Change Order listing City’s adjustments in

the Contract Sum and/or Contract Time and Contractor reserves the right to file a

Claim for payment and/or time, pursuant to ARTICLE IV.3.

VII.4 MINOR CHANGES TO THE WORK.

City or Design Consultant both shall have authority to order minor changes in the Work not

involving adjustment in the Contract Sum or extension of the Contract Time and not inconsistent

with the intent of the Contract Documents. Such changes shall be effected by written order and

shall be binding on City and Contractor. Contractor promptly shall carry out such written orders

and record such changes in the As-Built drawings.

VII.5 TIME REQUIRED TO PROCESS CHANGE ORDERS.

VII.5.1 All responses by Contractor to proposal requests from City or Design Consultant shall

be accompanied by a complete itemized breakdown of costs. Responses to proposal

requests shall be submitted sufficiently in advance of the required work to allow City

and Design Consultant a minimum of thirty (30) calendar days after receipt by City to

review the itemized breakdown and to prepare or distribute additional documents as

may be necessary. Each of Contractor's responses to proposal requests shall include a

statement that the cost and additional time described and requested in Contractor’s

response represents the complete, total and final cost and additional Contract Time

associated with the extra work, change, addition to, omission, deviation, substitution or

other grounds for seeking extra compensation or additional time under the Contract

Documents, without reservation or further recourse.

VII.5.2 All Change Orders require written approval by either City or City Council or, where

authorized by the state law and City ordinance, by City’s City Manager or designee,

pursuant to Administrative Action. The approval process requires a minimum of forty-

five (45) calendar days after submission to City in final form with all supporting data.

Receipt of a submission by City does not constitute acceptance or approval of a

proposal, nor does it constitute a warranty that the proposal shall be authorized by City

or City Council Resolution or Administrative Action. THE TIME REQUIRED FOR

THE APPROVAL PROCESS SHALL NOT BE CONSIDERED A DELAY AND

NO EXTENSIONS TO THE CONTRACT TIME OR INCREASE IN THE

CONTRACT SUM SHALL BE CONSIDERED OR GRANTED AS A RESULT

OF THIS PROCESS. Pending the approval of a Change Order as described above,

Contractor shall proceed with the work under a pending Change Order only if directed

in writing to do so by CITY.

END OF ARTICLE VII


ARTICLE VIII. TIME

VIII.1 PROGRESS AND COMPLETION.

VIII.1.1 TIME LIMITS STATED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ARE OF THE ESSENCE OF THE

CONTRACT.

By executing the Contract, Contractor confirms that the Contract Time is a reasonable

period for performing the Work.

VIII.1.2 Contractor shall proceed with the Work expeditiously using adequate forces and shall

achieve Substantial Completion within the Contract Time.

VIII.1.3 For Projects not affecting City traffic, a determination made solely by City on a project-

by-project basis, and a Working Day, as defined in ARTICLE I, is measured from

sunrise to sundown Monday through Friday, nothing in this ARTICLE VIII shall be

construed as prohibiting Contractor from working on Saturdays if it so desires and

giving City at least the prerequisite forty-eight (48) hours written notice of intent to

perform Work on Saturday, Sunday and holidays so that City’s representative may be

scheduled to observe/inspect said Work and only if Contractor has performed work on

the Project during the same week of the requested Saturday, Sunday or holiday.

VIII.1.4 On Projects affecting City traffic, a determination made solely by City on a project-by-

project basis, Contractor shall work sunrise to sundown Monday through Saturday.

VIII.2 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME.

VIII.2.1 Neither City nor Contractor, except as provided for in this ARTICLE VIII.2.1, shall be

liable to the other for any delay to Contractor’s Work by reason of fire, act of God, riot,

strike or any other cause beyond City’s control. Should any of these listed factors delay

the Work’s critical path, as evidenced by a Time Impact Analysis developed by

Contractor and verified by Design Consultant, Program Manager and City, Contractor

shall receive an extension of the Contract Times equal to the delay if a written claim is

made within five (5) calendar days of the delaying event and granted by City. Under no

circumstances shall City be liable to pay Contractor any compensation for such delays.

Note that any request for an extension of time due to delays or disruption caused by

unusually severe weather are addressed in ARTICLE IV.2.6.b.

VIII.2.2 Should Contractor be delayed solely by the act, negligence or default of City or Design

Consultant, and should any of these factors delay the Project’s critical path, as

evidenced by a Time Impact Analysis developed by Contractor and verified by Design

Consultant, Program Manager and City, Contractor shall receive an extension of the

Contract Time equal to the verified delay or portion thereof if a written claim is made

within five (5) calendar days of the act, negligence or default of City or Design

Consultant and granted by City. In addition, Contractor, upon timely notice to City,


with substantiation by City and Design Consultant and upon approval of City, shall be

compensated for its Project facilities and field management expenses on a per diem

basis (said per diem includes the costs incurred by Contractor to administer its Work

and does not include costs associated for any tier of Subcontractor or supplier to

administer their Work. Compensation for Subcontractor’s and supplier’s compensable

delay affecting the Project critical path shall be separate and apart from the per diem

cost due and payable to the Contractor) for the particular Project delayed and for the

period of the critical path delay attributable to a City-caused event. In no event shall

Contractor be entitled to home office or other off-site expenses or damages.

VIII.2.3 Claims relating to time shall be made in accordance with applicable provisions of

ARTICLE IV.2.6.

VIII.2.4 This Contract does not permit the recovery of damages by Contractor for delay,

disruption or acceleration, other than those described in ARTICLE VIII.8.2, as provided

under ARTICLE IV.2.11(c) and those justified by a Time Impact Analysis. Contractor

agrees that it fully shall be compensated for all delays solely by an extension of non-

compensatory time or as contemplated in ARTICLE VIII.8.2.

END OF ARTICLE VIII


ARTICLE IX. PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION

IX.1 CONTRACT SUM.

The Contract Sum is stated in the Contract and, including authorized adjustments, is the total

maximum not-to-exceed amount payable by City to Contractor for performance of the Work

under the Contract Documents. Contractor accepts and agrees that all payments pursuant to this

Contract are subject to the availability and appropriation of funds by the San Antonio City

Council. If funds are not available and/or appropriated, this Contract shall immediately be

terminated with no liability to any Party to this Contract.

IX.2 SCHEDULE OF VALUES.

IX.2.1 A Schedule of Values for all of the Work shall be submitted by Contractor and shall

include quantities and prices of items which, when added together, equal a contract

Price and subdivides the Work into component parts in sufficient detail to serve as the

basis for progress payments during performance of the Work. Where applicable,

overhead and profit shall be included as a separate line item.

IX.2.2 Before the first Application for Payment, Contractor shall submit to City and Design

Consultant a schedule of values allocated to various portions of the Work, prepared in

such form and supported by such data to substantiate its accuracy as City and Design

Consultant may require. This schedule, unless objected to by Design Consultant or

City, shall be used as a basis for reviewing Contractor’s Applications for Payment.

IX.3 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT.

IX.3.1 Contractor shall submit Applications for Payment to City electronically, at minimum,

every thirty (30) days throughout the duration of the Project. Contractor electronically

shall attach to its Application for Payment all data substantiating Contractor’s right to

payment as City or Design Consultant may require, such as copies of requisitions from

Subcontractors and material suppliers reflecting retainage, if provided for in the

Contract Documents, and reflecting a deduction for Liquidated Damages, if applicable.

Applications for Payment shall not include requests for payment for portions of the

Work which Contractor does not intend to pay to a Subcontractor or material supplier,

unless such Work has been performed by others whom Contractor intends to pay.

IX.3.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, payments shall be made on

account of materials and equipment delivered and suitably stored at the Site for

subsequent incorporation in the Work and verified by City. If approved in advance in

writing by City, payment similarly may be made for materials and equipment suitably

stored off the Site at a location agreed upon in writing and verified by City. Payment

for materials and equipment stored on or off the Site shall be conditioned upon

compliance by Contractor with procedures reasonably satisfactory to City to establish

City’s title to such materials and equipment or otherwise protect City’s interest.


Contractor solely shall be responsible for payment of all costs of applicable insurance,

storage and transportation to the site for materials and equipment stored off the site.

IX.3.3 Contractor warrants that, upon submittal of an Application for Payment, all Work for

which payment previously has been received from City shall, to the best of Contractor’s

knowledge, information and belief, be free and clear of liens, claims, security interests

or encumbrances in favor of Contractor, Subcontractors, material suppliers or other

persons or entities making a claim by reason of having provided labor, materials and

equipment relating to the Work. CONTRACTOR SHALL INDEMNIFY AND

HOLD CITY HARMLESS FROM ANY LIENS, CLAIMS, SECURITY

INTEREST OR ENCUMBRANCES FILED BY CONTRACTOR,

SUBCONTRACTORS OR ANYONE CLAIMING BY, THROUGH OR UNDER

CONTRACTOR OR SUBCONTRACTOR(S) FOR ITEMS COVERED BY

PAYMENTS MADE BY CITY TO CONTRACTOR.

IX.3.4 By submission of an Application for Payment, Contractor certifies that there are no

known liens or bond claims outstanding as of the date of said Application for Payment,

that all due and payable bills with respect to the Work have been paid to date or are

included in the amount requested in the current application and, except for such bills

not paid but so included, there is no known basis for the filing of any liens or bond

claims relating to the Work and that releases from all Subcontractors and Contractor’s

material men have been obtained in such form as to constitute an effective release of

lien or claim under the laws of the State of Texas covering all Work theretofore

performed and for which payment has been made by City to Contractor; provided if any

of the foregoing is not true and cannot be certified, Contractor shall revise the

certificate as appropriate and identify all exceptions to the requested certifications.

IX.4 PAY APPLICATION APPROVAL.

IX.4.1 Design Consultant shall, within five (5) business days after the electronic receipt of

Contractor’s Application for Payment through PRIMELink, either approve the

Application for Payment or reject the Application for Payment and state on the

electronic notification to Contractor and City the Design Consultant’s reasons for

withholding approval, as provided in ARTICLE IX.5.1.

IX.4.2 The certification of an Application for Payment shall constitute a representation by

Design Consultant to City, based on Design Consultant’s evaluation of the Work and

the data comprising the Application for Payment, that the Work has progressed to the

point indicated and that, to the best of Design Consultant’s knowledge, information and

belief, the quality of the Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents. The

foregoing representations are subject to an evaluation of the Work for conformance

with the Contract Documents upon Substantial Completion, to results of subsequent

tests and inspections, to correction of minor deviations from the Contract Documents

prior to completion and to any specific qualifications expressed by Design Consultant.

The issuance of a Certificate for Payment further shall constitute a representation that


Contractor is entitled to payment in the amount certified. However, the issuance of a

Certificate for Payment shall not be a representation Design Consultant has:

a. Made exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality or quantity

of the Work;

b. Reviewed construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or

procedures;

c. Reviewed copies of requisitions received from Subcontractors and material

suppliers and other data requested by City to substantiate Contractor’s right to

payment; or

d. Made an examination to ascertain how or for what purpose Contractor has used

money previously paid on account of the Contract Sum.

IX.5 DECISIONS TO REJECT APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT.

IX.5.1 The Application for Payment may be rejected to protect City for any of the following

reasons:

a. Work not performed or defective ;

b. Third party claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating a probable filing of

such claims for which Contractor is responsible hereunder unless security

acceptable to City is provided by Contractor;

c. Failure of Contractor to make payments properly to Subcontractors or for labor,

materials or equipment;

d. Reasonable evidence that the Work cannot be completed for the unpaid balance of

the Contract Sum and Contractor has failed to provide City adequate assurance of

its continued performance within a reasonable time after demand;

e. Damage to City or another contractor;

f. Reasonable evidence that the Work shall not be completed within the Contract

Time, and that the unpaid balance would not be adequate to cover actual or

Liquidated Damages for the anticipated delay;

g. Persistent failure by Contractor to carry out the Work in accordance with the

Contract Documents;

h. The applicable Liquidated Damages were not included in the Application for

Payment;


i. Billing for unapproved/unverified materials stored off Site; or

j. A current schedule update has not been submitted by Contractor.

IX.5.2 City shall not be deemed in default by reason of rejecting Application for Payment as

provided for in ARTICLE XI.5.1.

IX.6 PROGRESS PAYMENTS.

IX.6.1 After the final approval of the Application for Payment, City may make payment in the

manner and within the time provided in the Contract Documents.

IX.6.2 During the latter part of each month, as the Work progresses on all City Contracts

regardless of Contract Sum, City and Contractor shall determine the cost of the labor and

materials incorporated into the Work during that month and actual invoiced cost of

Contractor-acquired materials stored on the Project Site, and/or within off-site storage

facilities either owned or leased by Contractor. Upon receipt of a complete and

mathematically accurate Application for Payment from Contractor, City shall make

payments, in accordance with ARTICLE IX, to Contractor within thirty (30) calendar days

on Contracts totaling four hundred thousand dollars ($400,000.00) or less, based upon

such cost determination and at the Contract prices in a sum equivalent to ninety percent

(90%) of each such invoice. The remaining ten percent (10%) retainage shall be held by

City until the Final Completion. However, where the Contract amount exceeds four

hundred thousand dollars ($400,000.00), installments shall be paid to Contractor at the

rate of ninety-five percent (95%) of each monthly invoice within thirty (30) calendar days

of City receipt of a complete and mathematically accurate Application for Payment from

the Contractor, and the retainage held until Final Completion shall be five percent (5%).

IX.6.3 City's payment of installments shall not, in any way, be deemed to be a final acceptance

by City of any part of the Work, shall not prejudice City in the final settlement of the

Contract account or shall not relieve Contractor from completion of the Work provided.

IX.6.4 Contractor shall, within ten (10) calendar days following receipt of payment from City,

pay all bills for labor and materials performed and furnished by others in connection

with the construction, furnishing and equipping of the improvements and the

performance of the work, and shall, if requested, provide City with written evidence of

such payment. Contractor’s failure to make payments or provide written evidence of

such payments within such time shall constitute a material breach of this contract,

unless Contractor is able to demonstrate to City bona fide disputes associated with the

unpaid Subcontractor(s) or supplier(s) and its/their work. Contractor shall include a

provision in each of its subcontracts imposing the same written documentation of

payment obligations on its Subcontractors as are applicable to Contractor hereunder,

and if City so requests, shall provide copies of such Subcontractor payments to City. If

Contractor has failed to make payment promptly to Contractor’s Subcontractors or for

materials or labor used in the Work for which City has made payment to the Contractor,

City shall be entitled to withhold payment to Contractor to the extent necessary to

protect City.


IX.6.5 City and/or Design Consultant shall, if practicable and upon request, furnish to

Subcontractor information regarding percentages of completion or amounts applied for

by Contractor and action taken thereon by City and Design Consultant on account of

portions of the Work done by such Subcontractor.

IX.6.6 Neither City nor Design Consultant shall have an obligation to pay or to see to the

payment of money to a Subcontractor, except as may otherwise be required by law, if

any.

IX.6.7 Payments to material suppliers shall be treated in a manner similar to that provided in

ARTICLE(S) IX.6.2, IX.6.3 and IX.6.4 regarding Subcontractors.

IX.6.8 A Certificate for Payment, a progress payment or a partial or entire use or occupancy of

the Project by City shall not constitute acceptance of Work that was not performed or

furnished in accordance with the Contract Documents.

IX.7 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION.

IX.7.1 When Contractor considers that the Work, or a portion thereof which City agrees to

accept separately, is Substantially Complete, Contractor shall prepare and submit to

City and Design Consultant a preliminary comprehensive list of items to be completed

or corrected prior to Final Completion and final payment. Failure to include an item on

such list does not alter the responsibility of the Contractor to complete all Work in

accordance with the Contract Documents.

IX.7.2 Upon receipt of Contractor’s list of items to be completed or corrected, City and Design

Consultant shall make a Site inspection to determine whether the Work or designated

portion thereof is Substantially Complete. If City’s or Design Consultant’s inspection

discloses any item, whether or not it was included on Contractor’s list of items to be

completed or corrected, which is not sufficiently complete or correct in accordance with

the Contract Documents so that City may occupy or utilize the Work or designated

portion thereof for its intended use, Contractor shall, before issuance of the Certificate

of Substantial Completion, complete or correct such item upon written notification by

City or Design Consultant. In such case, Contractor then shall submit a request for

another inspection by City and Design Consultant to determine Substantial Completion

and Contractor shall be responsible for all costs incurred and associated with re-

inspection.

IX.7.3 When the Work – or the designated portion thereof which City agrees to accept

separately – is Substantially Complete, Design Consultant or City shall prepare a

Certificate of Substantial Completion (Vertical Projects) or a Letter of Conditional

Approval (Horizontal Projects) which shall:


a. Establish the date of Substantial Completion (which shall be the date on which the

Work met the requirements under the Contract Documents for Substantial

Completion);

b. Establish responsibilities of City and Contractor, as agreed to by City and

Contractor, for security, maintenance, heat, utilities, damage to the Work and

insurance; and

c. Confirm the time limit by which Contractor shall complete all items on the list

accompanying the Certificate.

Warranties required by the Contract Documents shall commence on the date of

Substantial Completion of the Work, or the designated portion thereof, unless otherwise

provided in the Certificate of Substantial Completion.

IX.8 PARTIAL OCCUPANCY OR USE

IX.8.1 City may occupy or use any completed or partially completed portion of the Work at

any stage of the Work when such partially completed portion is designated by separate

agreement with Contractor, provided such occupancy or use is consented to by the

insurer, as required and authorized by public authorities having jurisdiction over the

Work. Such partial occupancy or use may commence whether or not the portion is

Substantially Complete, provided City and Contractor have accepted in writing the

responsibilities assigned to each of them for security, maintenance, heat, utilities,

damage to the Work and insurance and have agreed in writing concerning the period for

correction of the Work and commencement of warranties required by the Contract

Documents. When Contractor considers a portion of the Work to be Substantially

Complete, Contractor shall prepare and submit a list of items to be completed or

corrected prior to Final Completion and final payment and submit such list to City and

Design Consultant, as provided under ARTICLE IX.8.2. Consent of Contractor to

partial occupancy or use shall not be unreasonably withheld. The state of the progress

of the Work shall be determined by written agreement between City and Contractor or,

if no agreement is reached, by the decision of Design Consultant.

IX.8.2 Immediately prior to such partial occupancy or use, City, Contractor and Design

Consultant collectively shall inspect the area to be occupied or portion of the Work to

be used in order to determine and record the condition of the Work.

IX.8.3 Unless expressly agreed upon in writing, partial occupancy or use of a portion or

portions of the Work shall not constitute acceptance of Work not complying with the

requirements of the Contract Documents.

IX.8.4 Upon such partial occupancy or use, and upon Substantial Completion, City may

assume responsibility for maintenance, security and insuring that portion of the Work

that it has put into use.


IX.8.5 Partial occupancy or use by City does not constitute substantial completion and does

not start any warranty period(s).

IX.9 FINAL COMPLETION AND FINAL PAYMENT

IX.9.1 When all of the Work finally is completed and ready for final inspection, Contractor

shall notify City and Design Consultant thereof in writing. Thereupon, City and Design

Consultant shall make final inspection of the Work and, if the Work is complete in full

accordance with this Contract and this Contract has been fully performed, the final

Application for Payment may be submitted. If City and Design Consultant are unable

to approve the final Application for Payment for reasons for which Contractor is

responsible and City and Design Consultant are required to repeat a final inspection of

the Work, Contractor shall be responsible for all costs incurred and associated with

such repeat final inspection(s) and said costs may be deducted by City from the

Contractor’s retainage.

IX.9.2 Contractor shall not be entitled to payment of retainage unless and until it submits to

City its affidavit that the payrolls, invoices for materials and equipment, and other

liabilities, to include Liquidated Damages, connected with the Work for which City or

City’s property might be responsible fully have been paid or otherwise satisfied or shall

be paid from final payment; releases and waivers of liens from all Subcontractors of

Contractor and of any and all other parties required by Design Consultant or City that

either are unconditional or conditional on receipt of final payment; Certificates of

insurance showing continuation of required insurance coverage; such other documents

as City may request; and consent of Surety to final payment. A Retainage Checklist

shall be provided by City to Contractor upon request.

IX.9.3 If, after Substantial Completion of the Work, Final Completion of the Work materially

is delayed through no fault of Contractor nor by Issuance of Change Orders affecting

Final Completion of the Work, and Design Consultant so confirms, City shall, upon

application by Contractor and certification by Design Consultant and without

terminating the Contract, make payment of the balance due Contractor for that portion

of the work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance for Work not fully

completed or corrected is less than retainage stipulated in the Contract Documents, and

if bonds have been furnished, the written consent of Surety to payment of the balance

due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by

Contractor to Design Consultant, prior to certification of such payment. Such payment

shall be made under the terms and conditions governing final payment, except that it

shall not constitute a waiver of claims.

IX.9.4 Request for final payment by Contractor shall constitute a waiver of all claims against

City, except those previously made in writing and identified by that payee as unsettled

at the time of final Application for Payment.


IX.10 ADDITIONAL INSPECTIONS.

In addition to any Liquidated Damages accrued by and payable to City by Contractor, City shall

be entitled to deduct from the Contract Sum amounts due to Contractor by City to compensate

Design Consultant for any additional inspections or services provided by Design Consultant,

provided Design Consultant undertook these additional inspections or services due to the fault or

negligence of Contractor if:

IX.10.1 Design Consultant is required to make more than one inspection to determine if

Substantial Completion has been achieved by Contractor;

IX.10.2 Design Consultant is required to make more than one inspection to determine if Final

Completion has been achieved by Contractor; or

IX.10.3 the Work is not substantially complete within thirty (30) calendar days after the date

established for the Work’s Substantial Completion, as stated in the Contract

Documents.

END OF ARTICLE IX


ARTICLE X. PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY

X.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND PROGRAMS.

X.1.1 Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety

precautions and programs in connection with the performance of the Contract.

Contractor shall develop a safety program applicable to each job site and to the Work to

be done, review such program with City in advance of beginning the Work, and enforce

such program at all times. Further, Contractor shall comply with all applicable laws

and regulations including, but not limited to, the standards and regulations promulgated

by the Secretary of Labor under the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970

(OSHA) and any other legislation enacted for the safety and health of Contractor

employees. City shall have the right, but not the obligation, to inspect and verify

Contractor’s compliance with Contractor’s responsibility for protecting the safety and

health of its employees and Subcontractor.

X.1.2 Contractor shall notify City immediately, by telephone with prompt confirmation in

writing, of all injuries and fatalities including, but not limited to, copies of all reports

and other documents filed or provided to Contractor’s insurers and the State of Texas in

connection with such injuries or fatalities.

X.1.3 Contractor has adopted or shall adopt its own policy to assure a drug and alcohol free

work place while performing the Work. Contractor's employees, agents, and

Subcontractors shall not perform any service for City while under the influence of

alcohol or any controlled substance. Contractor, its employees, agents and

Subcontractors shall not use, possess, distribute or sell illegal, illicit and/or prescribed

controlled drugs or drug paraphernalia or misuse legitimate prescription drugs while on

Site or performing the Work. Contractor, its employees, agents and Subcontractors

shall not use, possess, distribute or sell alcoholic beverages while performing the Work

or while on Site or performing the Work. Contractor shall remove any of its employees

or Subcontractor employees from performing the Work or from the Site any time there

is suspicion of alcohol and/or drug use, possession or impairment involving such

employee and at any time an incident occurs where drug or alcohol use could have been

a contributing factor. City has the right to require Contractor to remove employees or

Subcontractor employees from performing the Work or from the Site any time cause

exists to suspect alcohol or drug use. In such cases, Contractor's or Subcontractor’s

employees only may be considered for return to work after Contractor certifies, as a

result of a for-cause test conducted immediately following a removal, said employee

was in compliance with this Contract. Contractor shall not employ any individual, or

shall not accept any Subcontractor employees, to perform the Work who either refuses

to take or tests positive in any alcohol or drug test.

X.1.4 Contractor shall comply with all applicable federal, state and local drug and alcohol

related laws and regulations (e.g., Department of Transportation regulations,

Department of Defense Drug-free Work-free Workforce Policy, Drug-Free Workplace


Act of 1988). The presence of any firearms or other lethal weapons by any person is

prohibited on the Project site, regardless of whether there exists a valid permit for

carrying a weapon.

X.1.5 Both City and Contractor agree that these safety and health terms are of the highest

importance and that a breach or violation of any of the terms of this ARTICLE X by

Contractor or a Subcontractor shall be a material and substantial breach of this

Contract. In the event that City shall determine that Contractor has breached or violated

the terms of this Section, then City shall determine, immediately upon written notice to

Contractor, whether the Work shall be suspended as a result thereof. If the Work is

suspended, the Work shall not recommence until City is satisfied that the safety

provisions hereof shall not be breached or violated thereafter. If City terminates the

Contract as a result of such breach or violation, City and Contractor shall complete their

obligations hereunder to one another in accordance with ARTICLE XIV.2.

X.1.6 Nothing contained in this ARTICLE X shall be interpreted as creating or altering the

legal duty of City to Contractor or to Contractor’s agents, employees, Subcontractors or

third parties, or altering the status of Contractor as an independent contractor.

X.1.7 Notwithstanding either of the above provisions, or whether City exercises its rights,

City neither warrants nor represents to Contractor, Contractor’s employees or agents,

any Subcontractors or any other third party that Contractor’s safety policy meets the

requirements of any applicable law, code, rule or regulation, nor does City warrant that

the proper enforcement of Contractor’s policy shall insure that no accidents or injuries

shall occur. In addition, any action by City under these provisions in no way diminishes

any of Contractor’s obligations under applicable law or the contract documents.

X.2 SAFETY OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY.

X.2.1 Contractor shall take reasonable precautions for the safety and training and shall

provide reasonable protection, to to prevent damage, injury or loss to:

a. Employees performing the Work and other persons who may be affected thereby;

b. The Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in

storage on or off the site, under the care, custody or control of Contractor or

Contractor's Subcontractors or Sub-Subcontractors;

c. Other property at the site or adjacent thereto, such as trees, shrubs, lawns, walks,

pavements, roadways, structures and utilities not designated for removal,

relocation or replacement in the course of Construction; and

d. The contents of a building or structure, when Contractor is working in, on or

around an existing/operating City facility.


X.2.2 Contractor shall give notices and comply with applicable laws, ordinances, rules,

regulations and lawful orders of public authorities bearing on safety of persons or

property or their protection from damage, injury or loss.

X.2.3 Contractor shall erect and maintain, as required by existing conditions and performance

of the Contract, reasonable safeguards for safety and protection, including posting

danger signs and other warnings against hazards, promulgating safety regulations and

notifying City and users of adjacent sites and utilities.

X.2.4 When use or storage of explosives or other hazardous materials or equipment or

unusual methods are necessary for the execution of the Work, Contractor shall exercise

extraordinary care and shall carry on such activities under the direct supervision of

properly qualified personnel. Prior to the use of any explosives, Contractor shall

submit a written blasting plan, shall obtain City’s approval and shall comply with

City’s requirements for such use.

X.2.5 Contractor shall designate a responsible member of Contractor's organization at the site

whose duty shall be the coordination of safety. This person shall be Contractor's

superintendent unless otherwise designated by Contractor in writing to City and Design

Consultant.

X.2.6 Contractor shall not load or permit any part of the construction or site to be loaded so as

to endanger its safety.

X.2.7 Notwithstanding the delivery of a survey or other documents by City, Contractor shall

use reasonable efforts to perform all Work in such a manner so as to avoid damaging

any utility lines, cables, pipes or pipelines on the property. Contractor acknowledges

and accepts that the location of underground utilities (both public and private) reflected

on any City-provided Plans are not guaranteed and may not be completely accurate.

Contractor shall locate and verify any and all utilities and associated service lines prior

to beginning any Work. Contractor shall be responsible for and shall repair, at

Contractor’s own expense, any damage done to lines, cables, pipes and pipelines

identified or not identified to Contractor.

X.3 EMERGENCIES.

X.3.1 In an emergency affecting safety of persons or property, Contractor shall exercise its

best efforts to act to prevent or minimize threatened damage, injury or loss. Additional

compensation or extension of time claimed by Contractor on account of an emergency

shall be determined, as provided in ARTICLE IV.2.6 and ARTICLE VII.

X.3.2 If Contractor causes damage resulting in an issue of safety and/or security to a property

City, Contractor immediately shall repair any damage caused. If Contractor does not or

shall not act immediately to repair the damage caused by Contractor to eliminate the

resulting safety and/or security issue(s), City shall act to repair the damage caused and

deduct all costs associated with the repair from any money due Contractor.


X.4 PUBLIC CONVENIENCE AND SAFETY

X.4.1 Contractor shall place materials stored at the Project site and shall conduct the Work at

all times in a manner that causes no greater obstruction to the public than is considered

necessary by City. Sidewalks or streets shall not be obstructed, except by special

permission of City. Materials excavated and construction materials or plants used in the

performance of the Work shall be placed in a manner that does not endanger the Work

or prevent free access to all fire hydrants, water mains and appurtenances, water valves,

gas valves, manholes for the telephone, telegraph signal or electric conduits,

wastewater mains and appurtenances and fire alarm or police call boxes in the vicinity.

X.4.2 City reserves the right to remedy any neglect on the part of Contractor, in regard to

public convenience and safety, which may come to City's attention after twenty-four

(24) hours notice in writing to Contractor. In case of an emergency, City shall have the

right immediately to remedy any neglect without notice. In either case, the cost of any

work done by or for City to remedy Contractor’s neglect shall be deducted by City from

Contractor’s Contract Sum. Contractor shall notify City, City’s Traffic Control

Department and Design Consultant when any street is to be closed or obstructed. The

notice shall, in the case of major thoroughfares or street upon which transit lines

operate, be given at least forty-eight (48) hours in advance. City reserves the right to

postpone and/or prohibit any closure or obstruction of any streets or thoroughfares, to

the extent necessary for the safety and benefit of the traveling public. Contractor shall,

when directed by City or Design Consultant, keep any street or streets in condition for

unobstructed use by City departments. When Contractor is required to construct

temporary bridges or make other arrangements for crossing over ditches or around

structures, Contractor’s responsibility for accidents shall include the roadway

approaches as well as the crossing structures.

X.4.3 Contractor shall limit airborne dust and debris throughout the Project site and its

duration. Contractor shall apply the necessary amounts of water or other appropriate

substance required to maintain sufficient moisture content for dust control. For City

horizontal projects, Contractor shall apply appropriate amounts of water or other

appropriate substance to the base on streets under construction and on detours required

to maintain sufficient moisture control in the surface layer for dust control.

X.4.4 City’s Office of Sustainability continues to work on City’s Air Quality Control

Strategies Plan in its ongoing efforts to lower emissions throughout the City, including

City’s Project sites. In an effort to assist City in these goals, Contractor shall strive to:

a. Reduce fuel use by directing its employees and its Subcontractors to reduce

vehicle idling, maintaining equipment utilized on the Project and replacing or

repowering equipment with current technologies;

b. Conserve electricity used to provide power to Contractor’s offices and throughout

the Project site, to include Project lighting, tools and Contractor’s Project

construction trailer; and


c. Recycle Project site materials such as asphalt, steel, other metals and concrete.

d. All costs associated with Contractor’s and its Sub-Consultants’ and

Subcontractors’ acquisition and installation of emission control technology shall

be considered incidental costs of the Project; as such, no additional compensation

shall be provided Contractor by City.

X.5 BARRICADES, LIGHTS AND WATCHMEN.

If the Work is carried on, in or adjacent to any street, alley or public place, Contractor shall, at

Contractor’s own cost and expense, furnish, erect and maintain sufficient barricades, fences,

lights and danger signals, provide sufficient watchmen and take such other precautionary

measures as are necessary for the protection of persons or property and of the Work. All

barricades shall be painted in a color that shall be visible at night, and shall be illuminated by

lights as required under City’s Barricades Specifications. The term “lights,” as used in this

ARTICLE X.5, shall mean flares, flashers or other illuminated devices. A sufficient number of

barricades with adequate markings and directional devices also shall be erected to keep vehicles

from being driven on or into any Work under construction. Contractor shall be held responsible

for all damage to the Work due to failure of barricades, signs, lights and/or watchmen necessary

to protect the Work. Whenever evidence is found of such damage, City or Design Consultant

may order the damaged portion immediately removed and replaced by Contractor at Contractor's

sole cost and expense. Contractor's responsibility for maintenance of barricades, signs, lights,

and for providing watchmen, as required under this ARTICLE X.5, shall not cease until the

Project has been finally accepted by City.

X.6 PUBLIC UTILITIES AND OTHER PROPERTIES TO BE CHANGED.

In case it is necessary for Contractor to change or move the property of City or of any

telecommunications or public utility, such property shall not be touched, removed or interfered

with until ordered to do so by City. City reserves the right to grant any public or private utility

personnel the authority to enter upon the Project site for the purpose of making such changes or

repairs to their property that may become necessary during the performance of the Work. City

reserves the right of entry upon the Project site at any time and for any purpose, including

repairing or relaying sewer and water lines and appurtenances, repairing structures and for

making other repairs, changes, or extensions to any of City's property. City's actions shall

conform to Contractor's current and approved schedule for the performance of the Work,

provided that proper notification of schedule requirements has been given to City by Contractor.

X.7 TEMPORARY STORM SEWER AND DRAIN CONNECTIONS.

When existing storm sewers or drains have to be taken up or removed, Contractor shall, at its

expense, provide and maintain temporary outlets and connections for all public and private storm

sewers and drains. Contractor also shall provide for all storm sewage and drainage which shall

be received from these storm drains and sewers. For this purpose, Contractor shall provide and

maintain, at Contractor’s own expense, adequate pumping facilities and temporary outlets or


diversions. Contractor shall, at Contractor’s own expense, construct such troughs, pipes or other

structures that may be necessary and shall be prepared at all times to dispose of storm drainage

and sewage received from these temporary connections until such time as the permanent

connections are built and are in service. The existing storm sewers and connections shall be kept

in service and maintained under the Contract, except where specified or ordered to be abandoned

by Design Consultant. All storm water and sewage shall be disposed of in a satisfactory and

lawful manner so that no nuisance is created and that the Work under construction shall be

adequately protected.

X.8 ADDITIONAL UTILITY ARRANGEMENTS AND CHARGES

X.8.1 When Contractor desires to use City's water in connection with the Work, Contractor

shall make complete and satisfactory arrangements with the San Antonio Water System

and shall be responsible for the cost of the water Contractor uses. Where meters are

required and used, the charge shall be at the regular established rate; where no meters

are required and used, the charge shall be as prescribed by City ordinance, or where no

ordinance applies, payment shall be based on estimates made by the representatives of

the San Antonio Water System.

X.8.2 Contractor shall make complete and satisfactory arrangements for electricity and

metered electrical connections with City or with any retail electric provider, in the

event that separately metered electrical connections are required for the Project.

Contractor shall pay for all electricity used in the performance of the Work through

separate metered electrical connections obtained by Contractor through a retail electric

provider.

X.8.3 If Contractor elects or is required by City to place and operate out of a construction

trailer or office on the Project site, for which all related costs shall be borne by

Contractor, Contractor shall provide for an electronic device to exchange data

wirelessly via a local area computer network, to include high-speed internet

connections (commonly known as “Wi Fi access”), for City personnel’s use while on

the Project site for the duration of the Project.

X.9 USE OF FIRE HYDRANTS.

Contractor, Subcontractors and any other person working on the Project shall not open, turn off,

interfere with, attach any pipe or hose to or connect anything with any fire hydrant, stop valve or

stop cock, or tap any water main belonging to City, unless duly authorized in writing to do so by

City.

X.10 ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE

X.10.1 Contractor and its Subcontractors are deemed to have made themselves familiar with

and at all times shall comply with any and all applicable federal, state or local laws,

rules, regulations, ordinances and rules of common law now in effect (including any

amendments now in effect), relating to the environment, Hazardous Substances or

exposure to Hazardous Substances including, but not limited to, the Comprehensive


Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, 42 U.S.C.A. §§

9601, et seq.; the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, 49 U.S.C.A. §§ 1801, et

seq.; the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, 42 U.S.C.A. §§ 6901, et

seq.; the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, 33 U.S.C.A §§ 1201, et seq.; the Toxic

Substances Control Act, 15 U.S.C.A. §§ 2601, et seq.; the Clean Air Act, 42 U.S.C.A.

§§ 7401, et seq.; the Safe Drinking Water Act, 42 U.S.C.A. §§ 3808, et seq., and any

current judicial or administrative interpretation of these laws, rules, regulations,

ordinances or rules of common law including, but not limited to, any judicial or

administrative order, consent decree or judgment affecting the Project.

X.10.2 In the event Contractor encounters on the Project Site materials reasonably believed to be

a Hazardous Substance that have not been rendered harmless, and the removal of such

materials is not a part of the scope of Work required under the Contract Documents,

Contractor immediately shall stop Work in the affected area and report in writing the

facts of such encounter to City and Design Consultant. Work in the affected area shall

not thereafter be resumed except by written order of City and written consent of

Contractor, unless and until the material is determined not to be a Hazardous Substance

or the Hazardous Substance is remediated. Unless removal of such materials is a part of

the scope of Work required under the Contract Documents, City shall remediate the

Hazardous Substance with a separate contractor or through a Change Order with

Contractor. If the Hazardous Substance exists in the affected area due to the fault or

negligence of Contractor or any of its Subcontractors, Contractor shall be responsible for

remediating the condition at the sole expense of Contractor. If applicable, such

remediation shall be in accordance with Contractor’s Spill Remediation Plan. An

extension of the Contract Time for any delay in the progress schedule caused as a result

of the discovery and remediation of a Hazardous Substance may be granted by City only

if the Project critical path is affected and Contractor is not the source of the Hazardous

Substance. Any request for an extension of the Contract Time related to the discovery

and remediation of a Hazardous Substance is subject to the provisions of ARTICLE

IV.2.6 and ARTICLE VIII.

X.10.3 Contractor shall be responsible for identification, abatement, cleanup, control, removal,

remediation and disposal of any Hazardous Substance brought into or onto the site by

Contractor or any Subcontractor or Contractor’s Supplier. Contractor shall obtain any

and all permits necessary for the legal and proper handling, transportation and disposal of

the Hazardous Substance and shall, prior to undertaking any abatement, cleanup, control,

removal, remediation and/or disposal, notify City and Design Consultant so that they may

observe the activities; provided, however, that it shall be Contractor’s sole responsibility

to comply with all applicable laws, rules, regulations or ordinances governing said

activities.

X.10.4 Contractor shall be responsible for complying with TCI’s Capital Project Soil

Relocation Policy and Communication Plan for all capital improvements projects as set

forth in Contract Documents. Contractor shall provide no more than three (3) soil

disposal sites to the City fourteen (14) days prior to commencement of hauling any

excess soil or fill material. Contractor shall provide required documentation regarding

disposal or reuse sites, flood plain verification, storm water pollution measures


information, and compliance with applicable federal, state and local regulations.

Contractor shall not proceed with hauling activities of excess soils until they receive

approval from City. Projects performed on Aviation grounds shall comply with

Aviation’s Soil Management Policy.

END OF ARTICLE X


ARTICLE XI. INSURANCE AND BONDS

X1.1 CONTRACTOR'S LIABILITY INSURANCE.

XI.1.1 Prior to the commencement of any work under this Contract, Contractor shall furnish

copies of all required endorsements and completed Certificate(s) of Insurance to City’s

Transportation & Capital Improvements Department (hereafter referred to as “TCI”),

which shall be clearly labeled “insert name of project/contract” in the Description of

Operations block of the Certificate. The Certificate(s) shall be completed by an agent

and signed by a person authorized by that insurer to bind coverage on its behalf. City

shall not accept a Memorandum of Insurance or Binder as proof of insurance. The

Certificate(s) shall be signed by the Authorized Representative of the insurance carrier

and shall include the agent’s original signature and telephone number. The

Certificate(s) shall be mailed, with copies of all applicable endorsements, directly from

the insurer’s authorized representative to City. City shall have no duty to pay or

perform its obligations under this Contract until such Certificate(s) and endorsements

have been received and approved by City’s TCI Department. No officer or employee of

City, other than the City of San Antonio’s Risk Manager, shall have authority to waive

this requirement.

XI.1.2 City reserves the right to review the insurance requirements of this ARTICLE XI during

the effective period of this Contract and to modify insurance coverages and limits when

deemed necessary and prudent by the City of San Antonio’s Risk Manager based upon

changes in statutory law, court decisions, or circumstances surrounding this Contract.

In no instance will City allow modification whereby City may incur increased risk.

XI.1.3 Contractor’s financial integrity is of interest to City; therefore, subject to Contractor’s

right to maintain reasonable deductibles in such amounts as are approved by City,

Contractor shall obtain and maintain in full force and effect, for the duration of this

Contract and at Contractor’s sole expense, insurance coverage written on an occurrence

basis, unless otherwise indicated, by companies authorized to do business in the State

of Texas and with an A.M Best’s rating of no less than A- (VII), in the following types

and for an amount not less than the amount listed below:

TABLE ON FOLLOWING PAGE


TYPE AMOUNTS

1. Workers' Compensation

2. Employers' Liability

Statutory

$1,000,000.00/$1,000,000.00/

$1,000,000.00

3. Commercial General Liability

Insurance to include coverage for the

following:

a. Premises/Operations

b. Products/Completed Operations

c. Personal/Advertising Injury

*d. Environmental Impairment/ Impact

– sufficiently broad to cover disposal

liability.

*e. Explosion, Collapse, Underground

For Bodily Injury and Property

Damage of:

$1,000,000.00 per occurrence;

$2,000,000.00 General Aggregate, or

its equivalent in Umbrella or Excess

Liability Coverage

4. Business Automobile Liability:

a. Owned/leased vehicles

b. Non-owned vehicles

c. Hired Vehicles

Combined Single Limit for Bodily

Injury and Property Damage of

$1,000,000.00 per occurrence

5. *Professional Liability (Claims-made

basis)

To be maintained and in effect

for no less than two years

subsequent to the completion of

the professional service.

$1,000,000.00 per claim, to pay on

behalf of the insured all sums which

the insured shall become legally

obligated to pay as damages by

reason of any act, malpractice, error,

or omission in professional services.

6. Umbrella or Excess Liability

Coverage

$5,000,000.00 per occurrence

combined limit Bodily Injury

(including death) and

Property Damage.

7. *Builder’s Risk

All Risk Policy written on an

occurrence basis for 100%

replacement cost during

construction phase of any

new or existing structure.

*if applicable

XI.1.4 Contractor agrees to require, by written contract, all Subcontractors providing goods or

services pursuant to performance on the Project obtain the same categories of insurance


coverage required of Contractor and provide a Certificate of Insurance and endorsement

that names Contractor and City as additional insureds. Policy limits of the coverages

carried by Subcontractors shall be determined as a business decision of Contractor.

Contractor shall provide City with said Certificate and endorsement prior to the

commencement of any work by the Subcontractor. This Subcontractor insurance

provision may be modified by the City of San Antonio’s Risk Manager, without

subsequent San Antonio City Council approval, when deemed necessary and prudent,

based upon changes in statutory law, court decisions, or circumstances surrounding this

Contract. Such insurance coverage modification may be enacted by letter signed by the

City of San Antonio’s Risk Manager, which shall become a part of this Contract for all

purposes.

XI.1.5 As they apply to the limits required by City, City shall be entitled, upon request and

without expense, to receive copies of all insurance policies, declaration pages and all

required endorsements associated with this Work. Contractor shall be required to

comply with any such requests and shall submit requested documents to City at the

address provided below within ten (10) calendar days. Contractor shall pay any and all

costs incurred resulting from provision of said documents to City.

City of San Antonio

Attn: TCI Department

Contract Services Division

P.O. Box 839966

San Antonio, Texas 78283-3966

XI.1.6 Contractor agrees that with respect to the above required insurance, all insurance

policies are to contain or be endorsed to contain the following provisions:

a. Name City, its officers, officials, employees, volunteers, and elected

representatives as additional insured(s) by endorsement, with respect to operations

and activities of, or on behalf of, the named insured performing under this

Contract with City, with the exception of the workers’ compensation and

professional liability policies;

b. Provide for an endorsement reflecting the “other insurance” clause shall not apply

to the City of San Antonio where City is an additional insured shown on the

policy;

c. Workers’ compensation, employers’ liability, general liability and automobile

liability policies will provide a waiver of subrogation in favor of City.

d. Provide advance written notice directly to City, at the address cited above, of any

suspension or non-renewal in coverage of Contractor’s insurance policy/policies

associated with this Work and not less than ten (10) calendar days in advance

notice for Contractor’s nonpayment of premium(s).


XI.1.7 Within five (5) calendar days of a suspension, cancellation or non-renewal of insurance

coverage associated with this Work, Contractor shall provide a replacement

Certificate(s) of Insurance and applicable endorsement(s) to City. City shall have the

option to suspend Contractor’s performance should there be a lapse in coverage at any

time during this contract. Failure to provide and to maintain the required insurance

shall constitute a material breach of this Contract.

XI.1.8 In addition to any other remedies City may have upon Contractor’s failure to provide

and maintain any insurance and/or policy endorsements to the extent and within the

time required, City shall have the right to order Contractor to stop work hereunder

and/or withhold any payment(s) which become due to Contractor hereunder until

Contractor demonstrates compliance with the insurance requirements hereof.

XI.1.9 Nothing contained herein shall be construed as limiting in any way the extent to which

Contractor may be held responsible for payments of damages to persons or property

resulting from Contractor’s or its Subcontractors’ performance of the Work covered

under this Contract.

XI.1.10 Contractor accepts and agrees Contractor’s insurance shall be deemed primary and non-

contributory, with respect to any insurance or self insurance carried by City, for liability

arising out of Contractor’s operations under this Contract.

XI.1.11 Contractor understands, accepts and agrees the insurance required of Contractor by this

Contract is in addition to and separate from any other obligation contained in this

Contract and no claim or action by or on behalf of City shall be limited to insurance

coverage provided.

XI.1.12 Contractor and any of Contractor’s Subcontractors are responsible for any and all

damage to their own equipment and/or property.

XI.1.13 Without limiting any of the other obligations or liabilities of Contractor under the

Contract Documents, Contractor shall purchase and maintain, during the term of the

Contract and at Contractor’s own expense, the minimum liability insurance coverage

described below with insurance companies duly authorized or approved to do business

in the State of Texas and otherwise satisfactory to City. Contractor also shall require

each Subcontractor performing work under the Contract, at Subcontractor’s own

expense, to maintain levels of insurance necessary and appropriate for the Work

performed during the term of the Contract, said levels of insurance comply with all

applicable laws. Subcontractor’s liability insurance shall name Contractor, City and

Design Consultant as additional insureds by using endorsement CG 20 26 or broader.

Certificates of insurance complying with the requirements prescribed in ARTICLE

XI.1.2 shall show the existence of each policy, together with copies of all policy

endorsements showing City and Design Consultant as an additional insured, and shall

be delivered to City before any Work is started. Contractor promptly shall furnish, upon

the request of and without expense to City, a copy of each policy required, including all

endorsements, which shall indicate:


a. Workers' Compensation, with statutory limits, with the policy endorsed to provide

a waiver of subrogation as to City; Employer's Liability Insurance of not less than

$1,000,000.00 for each accident, $1,000,000.00 disease for each employee and

$1,000,000.00 disease policy limit;

b. Commercial General Liability Insurance, Personal Injury Liability,

Independent Contractor's Liability and Products and Completed Operations and

Contractual Liability covering, but not limited to, the liability assumed under the

indemnification provisions of this Contract, fully insuring Contractor's (and/or

Subcontractor's) liability for injury to or death of City's employees and all third

parties, and for damage to property of third parties, with a combined bodily injury

(including death) and property damage minimum limit of $1,000,000.00 per

occurrence, $2,000,000.00 annual aggregate. If coverage is written on a claims-

made basis, coverage shall be continuous (by renewal or extended reporting

period) for no less than sixty (60) months following completion of the contract

and acceptance of work by City. Coverage, including any renewals, shall have

the same retroactive date as the original policy applicable to the Project. City

shall be named as additional insured by using endorsement CG 20 26 or broader.

The general liability policy shall include coverage extended to apply to completed

operations and XCU hazards. The Completed Operations coverage must be

maintained for a minimum of one (1) year after final completion and acceptance

of the Work, with evidence of same filed with City. The policy shall include an

endorsement CG2503 amendment of limits (designated project or premises) in

order to extend the policy's limits specifically to the Project in question.

c. Business Automobile Liability Insurance, covering owned, hired and non-owned

vehicles, with a combined bodily injury (including death) and property damage

minimum limit of $1,000,000 per occurrence. Such insurance shall include

coverage for loading and unloading hazards.

d. Five (5) calendar days prior to a suspension, cancellation or non-renewal of any

required line of insurance coverage, Contractor shall provide City a replacement

certificate of insurance with all applicable endorsements included. City shall have

the option to suspend Contractor.

XI.1.14 If any insurance company providing insurance coverage(s) required under the Contract

Documents for Contractor becomes insolvent or becomes the subject of any

rehabilitation, conservatorship, liquidation or similar proceeding, Contractor

immediately shall procure, upon first notice to Contractor or City of such occurrence

and without cost to City, replacement insurance coverage before continuing the

performance of the Work at the Project. Any failure to provide such replacement

insurance coverage shall constitute a material breach of the Contract.


XI.2 PROPERTY INSURANCE

XI.2.1 As stated in ARTICLE XI.1 Contractor shall obtain at its expense and maintain throughout

the duration of the Project, All-Risk Builder's Risk Insurance, if the Project involves

complete construction of a new building, or an All-Risk Installation Floater policy, if the

Project involves materials and supplies needed for additions to, renovations or

remodeling of an existing building. Coverage on either policy shall be All-Risk,

including, but not limited to, Fire, Extended Coverage, Vandalism and Malicious

Mischief, Flood (if located in a flood zone) and Theft, in an amount equal to one hundred

percent (100%) of the insurable value of the Project for the Installation Floater policy,

and one hundred percent (100%) of the replacement cost of the Project for the Builder’s

Risk policy. If an Installation Floater policy is provided, City shall be shown as a Joint

Named Insured with respect to the Project. If a Builder’s Risk policy is provided, the

policy shall be written on a Completed Value Form, including materials delivered and

labor performed for the Project. This policy shall be in the name of Contractor and

naming City, Design Consultant and Subcontractors, as well as any Sub-Subcontractors,

as additional insureds as their interests may appear. The policy shall have endorsements

as follows:

a. This insurance shall be specific as to coverage and not contributing insurance with

any permanent insurance maintained on the property.

b. Loss, if any, shall be adjusted with and made payable to Contractor or City and

Contractor as trustee for the insureds as their interests may appear.

XI.2.2 BOILER AND MACHINERY INSURANCE.

If applicable, City shall purchase and maintain Boiler and Machinery Insurance required

by the Contract Documents or by law, which specifically shall cover such insured objects

during installation and until final acceptance by City. This insurance shall include the

interests of City, Contractor, Subcontractors and Sub-Subcontractors in the Work, and

City and Contractor shall be named insureds.

XI.2.3 LOSS OF USE INSURANCE.

City, at City's option, may purchase and maintain such insurance as shall insure City

against loss of use of City's property due to fire or other hazards, however caused. City

waives all rights of action against Contractor that it may now have or have in the future

for loss or damage to City's property howsoever arising, including consequential losses

due to fire or other hazards however caused.

XI.2.4 Contractor shall provide to City a Certificate of Insurance evidencing all property

insurance policies procured under this ARTICLE XI.2 and all endorsements thereto,

before any exposure to loss may occur.

XI.2.5 Partial occupancy or use in accordance with ARTICLE IX.9 shall not commence until the

insurance company/companies providing property insurance have consented to such


partial occupancy or use by endorsement or otherwise. City and Contractor shall take

reasonable steps to obtain consent of the insurance company/companies and shall take no

action without mutual written consent with respect to partial occupancy or use that would

cause cancellation, lapse or reduction of insurance.

XI.2.6 Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to ensure no damage shall result from

operations to private or public property. All damages shall be repaired or replaced by

Contractor at no additional cost to City.

XI.3 PERFORMANCE BONDS AND PAYMENT BONDS.

XI.3.1 Subject to the provisions of ARTICLE XI.3.2, Contractor shall, with the execution and

delivery of the Contract, furnish and file with City, in the amounts required in this

ARTICLE XI, the Surety Bonds described in ARTICLE XI.3.1.a and ARTICLE XI.3.1.b,

with said Surety Bonds in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 2253, Texas

Government Code, as amended. Each Surety Bond shall be signed by Contractor, as

the Principal, as well as by an established corporate surety bonding company as surety,

meeting the requirements of ARTICLE XI.3.3 and approved by City. The Surety Bonds

shall be accompanied by an appropriate Power-of-Attorney clearly establishing the

extent and limitations of the authority of each signer to so sign and shall include:

a. PERFORMANCE BOND.

A good and sufficient Performance Bond in an amount equal to one hundred

percent (100%) of the total Contract Sum, guaranteeing the full and faithful

execution of the Work and performance of the Contract in accordance with Plans,

Specifications and all other Contract Documents, including any extensions

thereof, for the protection of City. This Performance Bond also shall provide for

the repair and maintenance of all defects due to faulty materials and workmanship

that appear within a period of one (1) year from the date of final Completion or

acceptance of the Work by City, or lesser or longer periods as otherwise may be

designated in the Contract Documents.

b. PAYMENT BOND.

A good and sufficient Payment Bond in an amount equal to 100% of the total

Contract Sum, guaranteeing the full and prompt payment of all claimants

supplying labor or materials in the prosecution of the Work provided for in the

Contract, and for the use and protection of each claimant.

XI.3.2 If the Contract Sum, including City-accepted Alternates and allowances, if any, is

greater than $100,000.00, a Payment Bond and a Performance Bond equaling one

hundred percent (100%) of the Contract Sum are mandatory and shall be provided by

Contractor. If the Contract Sum is greater than $50,000.00 but less than or equal to

$100,000.00 only a Payment Bond equaling one hundred percent (100%) of the

Contract amount is mandatory; provided, however, Contractor also may elect to furnish

a Performance Bond in the same amount if Contractor so chooses. If the Contract Sum


is less than or equal to $25,000.00, Contractor may elect not to provide Performance

and Payment Bonds; provided, in such event, no money shall be paid by City to

Contractor until Final Completion of all Work. If Contractor elects to provide the

required Performance Bond and Payment Bond, the Contract Sum shall be payable to

Contractor through progress payments in accordance with these General Conditions.

XI.3.3 No surety shall be accepted by City that is in default, delinquent on any bonds or that is

a party to any litigation against City. All bonds shall be made and executed on City's

standard forms, shall be approved by City and shall be executed by not less than one (1)

corporate surety that is authorized and admitted to do business in the State of Texas, is

licensed by the State of Texas to issue surety bonds, is listed in the most current United

States Department of the Treasury List of Acceptable Sureties and is otherwise

acceptable to City. Each bond shall be executed by Contractor and the surety and shall

specify that legal venue for enforcement of each bond exclusively shall lie in Bexar

County, Texas. Each surety shall designate an agent resident in Bexar County, Texas to

which any requisite statutory notices may be delivered and on which service of process

may be had in matters arising out of the surety ship.

XI.3.4 The person or persons, partnership, company, firm, Limited Liability Company,

association, corporation or other business entity to whom the Contract is awarded shall,

within ten (10) days after such award, sign the required Contract with City and provide

the necessary surety bonds and evidence of insurance as required under the Contract

Documents. No Contract shall be binding on City until:

a. It has been approved as to form by City’s City Attorney;

b. It has been executed by City’s City Manager (if required);

c. The Payment Bond and Performance Bond and evidence of the required insurance

have been furnished to City by Contractor, as required by the Contract

Documents; and

d. A fully executed Contract has been delivered to Contractor (if required).

XI.3.5 The failure of Contractor to execute the Contract (if required) and deliver the required

Bonds and evidence of insurance within ten (10) days after the Contract is awarded, or

as soon thereafter as City can assemble and deliver the Contract and by the time the

City-scheduled Pre-Construction meeting is held, shall, at City's option, constitute a

material breach of Contractor’s bid proposal and City may rescind the Contract award

and collect or retain the proceeds of the bid security. By reason of the uncertainty of

the market prices for materials and labor and it being impracticable and difficult to

determine accurately the amount of damages occurring to City by reason of

Contractor's failure to execute the Contract within ten (10) days and deliver bonds and

insurance by the City-scheduled Pre-Construction meeting, the filing of a bid proposal

shall constitute an acceptance of this ARTICLE XI.3.5. In the event City should re-

advertise for bids, the defaulting Contractor shall not be eligible to bid and the lowest


responsible bid obtained in the re-advertisement shall be the bid referred to in this

ARTICLE XI.3.

XI.4 ‘UMBRELLA’ LIABILITY INSURANCE.

Contractor shall obtain, pay for and maintain Umbrella Liability Insurance during the Contract

term, insuring Contractor for an amount of not less than $5,000,000 per occurrence combined

limit Bodily Injury (including death) and Property Damage, that follows form and applies in

excess of the primary coverage required hereinabove. City and Design Consultant shall be

named as additional insureds using endorsement CG 20 26 or broader. No aggregate shall be

permitted for this type of coverage. The Umbrella Liability Insurance policy shall provide “drop

down” coverage, where the underlying primary insurance coverage limits are insufficient or

exhausted.

XI.5 POLICY ENDORSEMENTS AND SPECIAL CONDITIONS.

XI.5.1 Each insurance policy to be furnished by Contractor shall address the following

required provisions within the certificate of insurance, which shall be reflected in the

body of the insurance contract and/or by endorsement to the policy:

a. City and Design Consultant shall be named as additional insureds on all liability

coverages, using endorsement CG 20 26 or broader. When City employs a

Construction Manager on the Project, Contractor and Subcontractor(s) shall

include the Construction Manager on all liability insurance policies to the same

extent as City and Design Consultant are required to be named as additional

insureds.

b. Within five (5) calendar days of a suspension, cancellation or non-renewal of any

required line of insurance coverage, Contractor shall provide City a replacement

certificate of insurance with all applicable endorsements included. City shall have

the option to suspend Contractor’s performance should there be a lapse in

coverage at any time during the Contract.

c. The terms “Owner,” “City” or “City of San Antonio” shall include all authorities,

boards, bureaus, commissions, divisions, departments and offices of City and the

individual members, employees and agents thereof in their official capacities,

while acting on behalf of City.

d. The policy phrase or clause “Other Insurance” shall not apply to City where City

is an additional insured on the policy. The required insurance coverage furnished

by Contractor shall be the primary insurance for all purposes for the Project, as

well as the primary insurance for the additional insureds named in the required

policies.

e. All provisions of the Contract Documents concerning liability, duty and standard

of care, together with the indemnification provision, shall, to the maximum extent


allowable in the insurance market, be underwritten with contractual liability

coverage(s) sufficient to include such obligations with the applicable liability

policies.

XI.5.2 Concerning the insurance to be furnished by the Contractor, it is a condition precedent

to acceptability which:

a. All policies must comply with the applicable requirements and special provisions

of this ARTICLE II.

b. Any policy evidenced by a Certificate of Insurance shall not be subject to

limitations, conditions or restrictions deemed inconsistent with the intent of the

insurance requirements set forth herein, and City’s decision regarding whether

any policy contains such provisions and contrary to this requirement shall be

final.

c. All policies required are to be written through companies duly authorized and

approved to transact that class of insurance in the State of Texas and that

otherwise are acceptable to City.

XI.5.3 Contractor agrees to the following special provisions:

a. Contractor hereby waives subrogation rights for loss or damage to the extent same

are covered by insurance. Insurers shall have no right of recovery or subrogation

against City, it being the intention that the insurance policies shall protect the

Parties to the Contract and be primary coverage for all losses covered by the

policies. This waiver of subrogation shall be included, by endorsement or

otherwise, as a provision of all policies required under this ARTICLE XI.

b. Insurance companies issuing the insurance policies and Contractor shall have no

recourse whatsoever against City for payment of any premiums or assessments for

any deductibles, as all such premiums and assessments solely are the

responsibility and risk of Contractor.

c. Approval, disapproval or failure to act by City, regarding any insurance supplied

by Contractor or any Subcontractor(s), shall not relieve Contractor of any

responsibility or liability for damage or accidents as set forth in the Contract

Documents. The bankruptcy, insolvency or denial of liability of or by

Contractor’s insurance company shall likewise not exonerate or relieve Contractor

from liability.

d. City reserves the right to review the insurance requirements of this ARTICLE XI

during the effective period of this Contract and to adjust insurance coverage and

insurance limits when deemed necessary and prudent by City’s Risk Management

Division, based upon changes in statutory law, court decisions or the claims

history of Contractor and Subcontractors. Contractor agrees to make any

reasonable request for deletion, revision or modification of particular policy


terms, conditions, limitations or exclusions, except where policy provisions are

established by law or regulation binding upon either Party to this Contract or upon

the underwriter of any such policy provisions. Upon request by City, Contractor

shall exercise reasonable efforts to accomplish such changes in policy coverage.

e. No special payments shall be made for any insurance policies that Contractor and

Subcontractors are required to carry. Except as provided in ARTICLE XI.5.3.d, all

amounts payable regarding the insurance policies required under the Contract

Documents are included in the Contract Sum.

f. Any insurance policies required under this ARTICLE XI may be written in

combination with any of the other policies, where legally permitted, but none of

the specified limits neither may be lowered or otherwise negatively impacted by

doing so, nor may any of the requirements or special provisions of this ARTICLE

XI be limited or circumvented by doing so.

END OF ARTICLE XI


ARTICLE XII. INSPECTING, UNCOVERING AND CORRECTING OF WORK

XII.1 INSPECTING WORK.

City and Design Consultant shall have authority to reject Work that does not conform to the

Contract Documents. Whenever City or Design Consultant considers it necessary or advisable,

City and/or Design Consultant shall have authority to require inspection or testing of the Work in

accordance with this ARTICLE XII, whether or not such Work is fabricated, installed or

completed.

XII.2 UNCOVERING WORK.

XI.2.1 If a portion of the Work is covered, concealed and/or obstructed, contrary to City's or

Design Consultant's requirements specifically expressed in the Contract Documents, it

must be uncovered for City's or Design Consultant's inspection and properly be

replaced at Contractor's expense without any change in the Contract Time or Sum.

XI.2.2 If a portion of the Work has been covered, concealed and/or obstructed and Design

Consultant or City has not inspected the Work prior to its being covered, concealed

and/or obstructed, City and Design Consultant retain the right to inspect such Work

and, when directed by City, Contractor shall uncover it. If said Work is found to be in

accordance with the Contract Documents, the costs for uncovering and replacement

shall, by appropriate Change Order, be paid by City. If such Work uncovered is found

to not be in accordance with the Contract Documents, Contractor shall pay all costs

associated with the uncovering, correction and replacement of the Work, unless the

condition found was caused by City or City’s separate contractor, in which event City

shall be responsible for payment of actual costs incurred by Contractor.

XII.3 CORRECTING WORK.

XII.3.1 Contractor promptly shall correct any Work rejected by City or Design Consultant as

failing to conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents, whether inspected

before or after Substantial Completion and whether or not fabricated, installed or

completed. Contractor shall bear costs of correcting such rejected Work, along with all

costs for additional testing, inspections and compensation for Design Consultant's

services and expenses made necessary thereby.

XII.3.2 In addition to Contractor’s warranty obligations, if any of the Work is found to be

defective or nonconforming with the requirements of the Contract Documents,

including, but not limited to these General Conditions, Contractor shall correct it

promptly after receipt of written notice from City or Design Consultant to correct

unless City previously has given Contractor a written acceptance or waiver of the defect

or nonconformity. Contractor’s obligation to correct defective or nonconforming Work

remains in effect for:


a. One (1) year after the date of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated

portion of the Work;

b. One (1) year after the date for commencement of warranties established by

agreement in connection with partial occupancy under ARTICLE IX.1 hereto; or

c. The stipulated duration of any applicable special warranty required by the

Contract Documents.

XII.3.3 The one (1) year period, described in ARTICLE XII.3.2.a, ARTICLE XII.3.2.b and

ARTICLE XII.3.2.3, shall be extended, with respect to portions of the Work first

performed after Substantial Completion, by the period of time between Substantial

Completion and the actual completion of the Work.

XII.3.4 The obligations of Contractor under ARTICLE III.5 and this ARTICLE XII.3 shall

survive final acceptance of the Work and termination of this Contract. City shall give

notice to Contractor promptly after discovery of a defective or nonconforming

condition in the Work. The one (1) year period stated in this ARTICLE XII.3 does not

limit the ability of City to require Contractor to correct latent defects or

nonconformities in the Work, which defects or nonconformities could not have been

discovered through reasonable diligence by City or Design Consultant at the time the

Work was performed or at the time of inspection for certification of Substantial

Completion or Final Completion. The one (1) year period also does not relieve

Contractor from liability for any defects or deficiencies in the Work that may be

discovered after the expiration of the one (1) year correction period.

XII.3.5 Contractor shall remove from the Project Site portions of the Work which are not in

accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents and are neither corrected

by Contractor nor accepted by City.

XII.3.6 If Contractor fails to correct any defective or nonconforming Work within what City

deems a reasonable time after City or Design Consultant gives written notice of

rejection to Contractor, City may correct the defective or nonconforming Work in

accordance with this ARTICLE XII.3. If Contractor promptly does not proceed with

correction of any defective or nonconforming Work within a reasonable time fixed by

written notice from City or Design Consultant, City may remove or replace the

defective or nonconforming Work and store the salvageable materials or equipment at

Contractor’s expense. If Contractor does not pay the costs of removal and storage

within ten (10) calendar days after written notice by City or Design Consultant, City

may, upon ten (10) additional calendar days written notice, sell the materials and

equipment at auction or at private sale and shall account to Contractor for the proceeds,

after deducting all costs and damages that should have been borne by Contractor to

correct the defective work, including all compensation for Design Consultant’s services

and expenses made necessary as a result of the sale, removal and storage. If the

proceeds of sale do not cover the costs that Contractor should have borne, the Contract

Sum shall be reduced by the deficiency. If payments due to Contractor then or


thereafter are not sufficient to cover the deficiency, Contractor shall pay the difference

to City.

XII.3.7 Contractor shall bear the cost of correcting destroyed or damaged construction of City

or City’s separate contractors, whether the construction is completed or partially

completed, caused by Contractor’s correction or removal of Work which is not in

accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents.

XII.3.8 Nothing contained in this ARTICLE XII.3 shall be construed to establish a period of

limitation with respect to other obligations which Contractor might have under the

Contract Documents. The establishment of the one (1) year time period, as described in

ARTICLE XII.3.2 relates only to the specific obligation of Contractor to correct the

Work and has no relationship to the time within which the obligation to comply with

the Contract Documents may be sought to be enforced or to the time within which

proceedings may be commenced to establish Contractor’s liability with respect to

Contractor’s obligations other than specifically to correct the Work.

XII.3.9 Any Work repaired or replaced, pursuant to this ARTICLE XII, shall be subject to the

provisions of ARTICLE XII to the same extent as Work originally performed or

installed.

XII.4 ACCEPTANCE OF NONCONFORMING WORK.

City may, in City’s sole discretion, accept Work that is not in accordance with the requirements

of the Contract Documents instead of requiring its removal and correction. Upon that

occurrence, the Contract Sum shall be reduced as appropriate and equitable, as solely determined

by City. Any adjustment shall be accomplished whether or not final payment has been made.

END OF ARTICLE XII


ARTICLE XIII. COMPLETION OF THE CONTRACT; TERMINATION; TEMPORARY

SUSPENSION

XIII.1 FINAL COMPLETION OF CONTRACT.

The Contract shall be considered completed, except as provided in any warranty or maintenance

stipulations, bond or by law, when all the Work has been finally completed, a final inspection is

made by City and Design Consultant and final acceptance and final payment is made by City.

XIII.2 WARRANTY FULFILLMENT.

Prior to the expiration of the specified warranty period provided for in the Contract Documents,

City or Design Consultant shall make a detailed inspection of the Work and shall advise

Contractor and Contractor’s Surety of the items that require correction. City or Design

Consultant shall make a subsequent inspection and, if the corrections have been properly

performed, City shall issue a letter of release on the maintenance obligations to Contractor. If,

for any reason, Contractor has not made the required corrections before the expiration of the

warranty period, the warranty provisions as provided for in the Contract Documents shall remain

in effect until the corrections have properly been performed and a letter of release from City to

Contractor is issued.

XIII.3 TERMINATION BY CITY FOR CAUSE.

XIII.3.1 Notwithstanding any other provision of these General Conditions, the Work or any

portion of the Work may be terminated immediately by City for any good cause after

giving seven (7) calendar days advance written notice and an opportunity to cure to

Contractor, including but not limited to the following causes:

a. Failure or refusal of Contractor to start the Work within ten (10) calendar days

after the date of the written Notice to Proceed is issued by City to Contractor

commence Work.

b. A reasonable belief of City or Design Consultant that the progress of the Work

being made by Contractor is insufficient to complete the Work within the

specified Contract time.

c. Failure or refusal of Contractor to provide sufficient and proper equipment or

construction forces properly to execute the Work in a timely manner.

d. A reasonable belief Contractor has abandoned the Work.

e. A reasonable belief Contractor has become insolvent, bankrupt, or

otherwise is financially unable to carry on the Work.


f. Failure or refusal on the part of Contractor to observe any material

requirements of the Contract Documents or to comply with any written

orders given by City or Design Consultant, as provided for in the

Contract Documents.

g. Failure or refusal of Contractor promptly to correct any defects in

materials or workmanship, or defects of any nature, the correction of

which has been directed to Contractor in writing by City or Design

Consultant.

h. A reasonable belief by City collusion exists or has occurred for the purpose of

illegally procuring the contract or a Subcontractor, or that a fraud is being

perpetrated on City in connection with the construction of Work under the

Contract.

i. Repeated and flagrant violation of safe working procedures.

XIII.3.2 When the Work or any portion of the Work is terminated for any of the causes itemized

in ARTICLE XIII.3.1, or for any other cause except termination for convenience

pursuant to ARTICLE XIII.3.5, Contractor shall, as of the date specified by City,

immediately discontinue the Work or portion of the Work as City shall designate,

whereupon the Surety shall, within fifteen (15) calendar days after the written Notice of

Termination by City For Cause has been served upon Contractor and the Surety or its

authorized agents, assume the obligations of Contractor for the Work or that portion of

the Work which City has ordered Contractor to discontinue and Surety may:

a. Perform the Work with forces employed by the surety;

b. With the written consent of City, tender a replacement Contractor to take over and

perform the Work, in which event the Surety shall be responsible for and pay the

amount of any costs required to be incurred or the completion of the Work that

are in excess of the amount of funds remaining under the Contract as of the time

of the termination; or

c. With the written consent of City, tender and pay to City in settlement the amount

of money necessary to finish the balance of uncompleted Work under the

Contract, correct existing defective or nonconforming work and compensate City

for any other loss sustained as a result of Contractor's default.

In the event of Termination by City For Cause involving ARTICLE XIII.3.1 and/or

ARTICLE XIII.3.2, the Surety shall assume Contractor's place in all respects and the

amount of funds remaining and unpaid under the Contract shall be paid by City for all

Work performed by the Surety or the replacement contractor in accordance with the

terms of the Contract Documents, subject to any rights of City to deduct any and all

costs, damages (liquidated or actual) City incurred including, but not limited to, any

and all additional fees and expenses of Design Consultant and any attorneys’ fees City

incurs as a result of Contractor’s default and subsequent termination.


XIII.3.3 The balance of the Contract Sum remaining at the time of Contractor’s default and

subsequent termination shall become due and payable to the Surety as the Work

progresses, subject to all of the terms, covenants and conditions of the Contract

Documents. If the Surety does not, within the time specified in ARTICLE XIII.3.2,

exercise its obligation to assume the obligations of the Contract, or that portion of the

Work which City has ordered Contractor to discontinue, then City shall have the power

to complete the Work by contract or otherwise, as City may deem necessary and elect.

Contractor agrees that City shall have the right to:

a. Take possession of or use any or all of the materials, plant, tools, equipment,

supplies and property of every kind, to be provided by Contractor for the purpose

of the Work; and

b. Procure other tools, equipment, labor and materials for the completion of the

Work at Contractor’s expense; and

c. Charge to the account of Contractor the expenses of completion and labor,

materials, tools, equipment, and incidental expenses.

XIII.3.4 All expenses incurred by City to complete the Work shall be deducted by City out of

the balance of the Contract Sum remaining unpaid to or unearned by Contractor.

Contractor and the Surety shall be liable to City for any costs incurred in excess of the

balance of the Contract Sum for the completion and correction of the Work, and for any

other costs, damages, expenses (including, but not limited to, additional fees of Design

Consultant and attorney’s fees) and liquidated or actual damages incurred as a result of

the termination.

XIII.3.5 City shall not be required to obtain the lowest bid for the Work of completing the

Contract, as described in ARTICLE XIII.3.3 herein, but the expenses to be deducted

from the Contract Sum shall be the actual cost of such Work and the other damages, as

provided in ARTICLE XIII.3.3. In case City’s costs and damages are less than the sum

which would have been payable under the Contract if the Work had been completed by

Contractor pursuant to the Contract, then City may pay Contractor (or the Surety, in the

event of a complete Termination by City For Cause) the difference, provided that

Contractor (or the Surety) shall not be entitled to any claim for damages or for loss of

anticipated profits. In case such costs for completion and damages shall exceed the

amount which would have been payable under the Contract if the Work had been

completed by Contractor pursuant to the Contract, then Contractor and its Surety shall

pay the amount of the excess to City immediately upon written notice from City to

Contractor and/or the Surety for the excess amount owed. When only a particular part

of the Work is being carried on by City, by contract or otherwise under the provisions

of this Section, Contractor shall continue the remainder of the Work in conformity with

the terms of the Contract and in such manner as not to hinder or interfere with the

performance of workers employed and provided by City.


XIII.3.6 The right to terminate this Contract for the convenience of City (including, but not

limited to, non-appropriation of funding) expressly is retained by City. In the event of a

termination for convenience by City, City shall, at least ten (10) calendar days in

advance, deliver written notice of the termination for convenience to Contractor. Upon

Contractor’s receipt of such written notice, Contractor immediately shall cease the

performance of the Work and shall take reasonable and appropriate action to secure and

protect the Work then in place. Contractor shall then be paid by City, in accordance

with the terms and provisions of the Contract Documents, an amount not to exceed the

actual labor costs incurred, the actual cost of all materials installed and the actual cost

of all materials stored at the Project site or away from the Project site, as approved in

writing by City but not yet paid for and which cannot be returned, plus applicable

overhead, profit, and actual, reasonable and documented termination costs, if any, paid

by Contractor in connection with the Work in place which is completed and in

conformance with the Contract Documents up to the date of termination for

convenience, less all amounts previously paid for the Work. No amount ever shall be

paid to Contractor for lost or anticipated profits on any part of the Work not performed.

XIII.4 TEMPORARY SUSPENSION OF THE WORK.

XIII.4.1 The Work or any portion of the Work may temporarily be suspended by City, for a time

period not to exceed ninety (90) calendar days, immediately upon written notice to

Contractor for any reason, including, but not limited to:

a. The causes described in ARTICLE XIII.3.1.a through ARTICLE XIII.3.2.i;

b. Under other provisions in the Contract Documents that require or permit

temporary suspension of the Work;

c. Situations where the Work is threatened by, contributes to or causes an

immediate threat to public health, safety, or security; or

d. Other unforeseen conditions or circumstances.

XIII.4.2 Contractor immediately shall resume the temporarily suspended Work when ordered in

writing to do so by City. City shall not, under any circumstances, be liable for any

claim of Contractor arising from a temporary suspension due to a cause described in

ARTICLE XIII.4.1; provided, however, that in the case of a temporary suspension for

any of the reasons described under ARTICLE XIII.4.1.b through ARTICLE XIII.4.1.d,

where Contractor is not a contributing cause of the suspension or where the provision

of the Contract Documents in question does not specifically provide that the suspension

is at no cost to City, City shall make an equitable adjustment for the following items,

provided that a claim properly is made by Contractor under ARTICLE IV.2.6:

e. An equitable extension of the Contract Time, not to exceed the actual delay

caused by the temporary suspension, as determined by City and Design

Consultant;


f. An equitable adjustment to the Contract Sum for the actual, necessary and

reasonable costs of properly protecting any Work finished or partially finished

during the period of the temporary suspension; provided, however, that no

payment of profit and/or overhead shall be allowed on top of these costs; and

g. If it becomes necessary to move equipment from the Project Site and then return

it to the Project Site when the Work is ordered to be resumed, an equitable

adjustment to the Contract Sum for the actual, necessary and reasonable cost of

these moves; provided, however, that no adjustment to the Contract Sum shall be

due if said equipment is moved to another Project site of City.

END OF ARTICLE XIII


ARTICLE XIV. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

XIV.1 SMALL BUSINESS ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT ADVOCACY.

Contractor shall comply with the requirements of City’s Small Business Economic Development

Advocacy Office as posted in the Project’s solicitation documents and the Contract Documents.

XIV.2 GOVERNING LAW; COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS AND REGULATIONS.

XIV.2.1 This Contract shall be governed by the laws and case decisions of the State of Texas,

without regard to conflict of law or choice of law principles of Texas or of any other

state.

XIV.2.2 This Contract is entered into subject to and controlled by the Charter and ordinances of

the City of San Antonio and all applicable laws, rules and regulations of the State of

Texas and the Government of the United States of America. Contractor shall, during the

performance of the Work, comply with all applicable City of San Antonio codes and

ordinances, as amended, and all applicable State of Texas and Federal laws, rules and

regulations, as amended.

XIV.3 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.

City and Contractor respectively bind themselves, their partners, successors, assigns and legal

representatives to the promises, covenants, terms, conditions and obligations contained in the

Contract Documents. Contractor shall not assign, transfer or convey its interest or rights in the

Contract, in part or as a whole, without the written consent of City. If Contractor attempts to

make an assignment, transfer or conveyance without City’s written consent, Contractor

nevertheless shall remain legally responsible for all obligations under the Contract Documents.

City shall not assign any portion of the Contract Sum due or to become due under this Contract

without the written consent of Contractor, except where assignment is compelled by court order,

other operation of law or the terms of these General Conditions.

XIV.4 RIGHTS AND REMEDIES; NO WAIVER OF RIGHTS BY CITY.

XIV.4.1 The duties and obligations imposed on Contractor by the Contract Documents and the

rights and remedies available to City under the Contract Documents shall be in addition

to, and not a limitation of, any duties, obligations, rights and remedies otherwise

imposed or made available by law.

XIV.4.2 No action or failure to act by City shall constitute a waiver of a right afforded City

under the Contract Documents, nor shall any action or failure to act by City constitute

approval of or acquiescence in a breach of the Contract by Contractor, except as may be

specifically agreed in writing by Change Order, Amendment or Supplemental

Agreement.


XIV.5 INTEREST.

City shall not be liable for interest on any progress or final payment to be made under the

Contract Documents, except as may be provided by the applicable provisions of the Prompt

Payment Act, Chapter 2251, Texas Government Code, as amended, subject to ARTICLE IX of

these General Conditions.

XIV.6 INDEPENDENT MATERIALS TESTING AND INSPECTION.

In some circumstances, City shall retain, independent of Contractor, the inspection services, the

testing of construction materials engineering and the verification testing services necessary for

acceptance of the Project by City. Such Consultants shall be selected in accordance with Section

2254.004 of the Government Code. The professional services, duties and responsibilities of any

independent Consultants shall be described in the agreements between City and those Consultants.

The provision of inspection services by City shall be for Quality Assurance and shall not reduce or

lessen Contractor’s responsibility for the Work or its duty to establish and implement a thorough

Quality Control Program to monitor the quality of construction and guard City against defects and

deficiencies in the Work, as required. Contractor fully and solely is responsible for constructing

the Project in strict accordance with the Construction Documents.

XIV.7 FINANCIAL INTEREST

Officers or employees of the City shall not have financial interest in any contract of the City.

Contractor acknowledges the Charter of the City of San Antonio and its Ethics Code prohibits a

City officer or employee, as those terms are defined in Section 2-52 of the Ethics Code, from

having a financial interest in any contract with City or any City agency, such as City-owned

utilities. An officer or employee has a “prohibited financial interest” in a contract with City or in

the sale to City of land, materials, supplies or service, if any of the following individual(s) or

entities is a Party to the contract or sale:

XIV.7.1 A City officer or employee; his parent, child or spouse;

XIV.7.2 A business entity in which the officer or employee, or his parent, child or spouse owns

ten (10) percent or more of the voting stock or shares value of the business entity; (3) a

business entity in which any individual or entity above listed is a Subcontractor on a

City contract, or

XIV.7.3 A partner or a parent or subsidiary business entity.

Pursuant to this ARTICLE XIV, Contractor warrants and certifies, and this Contract is made in

reliance thereon, that it, its officers, employees and/or agents are neither officers nor employees

of City. Except with City’s low-bid contract awards, Contractor warrants and certifies that it

has tendered to City a Discretionary Contracts Disclosure Statement in compliance with City’s

Ethics Code. Any violation of this article shall constitute malfeasance in office and any officer

or employee of City guilty thereof shall forfeit his/her office or position. Any violation of this

ARTICLE XIV.8, with the knowledge, express or implied, of the person, persons, partnership,


company, firm, association or corporation contracting with City shall render a Contract voidable

by City's City Manager or City Council.

XIV.8 VENUE.

This Contract is performed in Bexar County, Texas, and if legal action is necessary to enforce

this Contract, exclusive venue shall lie in Bexar County, Texas.

XIV.9 INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.

In performing the Work under this Contract, the relationship between City and Contractor is

Contractor is and shall remain an independent contractor. Contractor shall exercise independent

judgment in performing the Work and solely is responsible for setting working hours, scheduling

and/or prioritizing the Work flow and determining the means and methods of performing the

Work, subject only to the requirements of the Contract Documents. No term or provision of this

Contract shall be construed as making Contractor an agent, servant or employee of City or

making Contractor or any of Contractor’s employees, agents or servants eligible for the fringe

benefits, such as retirement, insurance and worker's compensation which City provides to its

employees.

XIV.10 NON-DISCRIMINATION.

As a Party to this Contract, Contractor understands and agrees to comply with the Non-

Discrimination Policy of the City of San Antonio contained in Chapter 2, Article X of the City

Code and further, Contractor shall not discriminate on the basis of race, color, religion, national

origin, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity, veteran status, age or disability, unless Contractor

is exempted by state or federal law, or as otherwise established. Contractor covenants that it

shall take all necessary actions to insure that, in connection with any Work under this Contract,

Contractor and its Subcontractor(s) shall not discriminate in the treatment or employment of any

individual or groups of individuals on the grounds of race, color, religion, national origin, sex,

sexual orientation, gender identity, veteran status, age or disability, either directly, indirectly or

through contractual or other arrangements. Contractor also shall comply with all applicable

requirements of the Americans with Disabilities Act, 42 U.S.C.A. §§12101-12213, as amended.

XIV.11 BENEFITS TO PUBLIC SERVANTS

XIV.11.1 City may terminate this Contract immediately if Contractor has offered, conferred or

agreed to confer any benefit on a City of San Antonio employee or official that the

employee or official is prohibited by law from accepting.

XIV.11.2 For purposes of this Article, "benefit" means anything reasonably regarded as

pecuniary gain or pecuniary advantage, including benefit to any other person in

whose welfare the beneficiary has a direct or substantial interest, but does not include

a contribution or expenditure made and reported in accordance with law.

XIV.11.3 Notwithstanding any other legal remedies, City may require Contractor to remove any

employee of Contractor, a Subcontractor or any employee of a Subcontractor from


the Project who has violated the restrictions of this ARTICLE XIV or any similar State

or Federal law and City may obtain reimbursement for any expenditures made to

Contractor as a result of an improper offer, an agreement to confer or the conferring

of a benefit to a City of San Antonio employee or official.

.

.

END OF ARTICLE XIV


ARTICLE XV. AUDIT

XV.1 RIGHT TO AUDIT CONTRACTOR’S RECORDS.

By execution of the Contract, Contractor grants City the right to audit, examine, inspect and/or

copy, at City's election at all reasonable times during the term of this Contract and for a period of

four (4) years following the completion or termination of the Work, all of Contractor's written

and electronically stored records and billings relating to the performance of the Work under the

Contract Documents. The audit, examination or inspection may be performed by a City

designee, which may include its internal auditors or an outside representative engaged by City.

Contractor agrees to retain its records for a minimum of four (4) years following termination of

the Contract, unless there is an ongoing dispute under the Contract, then, such retention period

shall extend until final resolution of the dispute, with full access allowed to authorized

representatives of City upon request, for purposes of evaluating compliance with this and other

provisions of the Contract.

XV.1.1 As used in these General Conditions, "Contractor written and electronically stored

records" shall include any and all information, materials and data of every kind and

character generated as a result of the work under this Contract. Example of Contractor

written and electronically stores records include, but are not limited to: accounting data

and reports, billings, books, general ledgers, cost ledgers, invoices, production sheets,

documents, correspondences, meeting notes, subscriptions, agreements, purchase

orders, leases, contracts, commitments, arrangements, notes, daily diaries, reports,

drawings, receipts, vouchers, memoranda, time sheets, payroll records, policies,

procedures, Subcontractor agreements, Supplier agreements, rental equipment

proposals, federal and state tax filings for any issue in question, along with any and all

other agreements, sources of information and matters that may, in City's sole judgment,

have any bearing on or pertain to any matters, rights, duties or obligations under or

covered by any Contract Documents.

XV.1.2 City agrees that it shall exercise the right to audit, examine or inspect Contractor’s

records only during regular business hours. Contractor agrees to allow City and/or

City’s designee access to all of the Contractor's Records, Contractor's facilities and

current or former employees of Contractor, deemed necessary by City or its

designee(s), to perform such audit, inspection or examination. Contractor also agrees

to provide adequate and appropriate work space necessary for City or its designees to

conduct such audits, inspections or examinations.

XV.1.3 Contractor shall include this ARTICLE XV in any Subcontractor, supplier or vendor

contract.

END OF ARTICLE XV


ARTICLE XVI. ATTORNEY FEES

The Parties hereto expressly agree, in the event of litigation, all Parties waive rights to payment of

attorneys’ fees that otherwise might be recoverable, pursuant to the Texas Civil Practice and Remedies

Code Chapter 38, Texas Local Government Code §271.153, the Prompt Payment Act, common law or

any other provision for payment of attorney’s fees.

END OF ARTICLE XVI

END OF THE GENERAL CONDITIONS


SPECIAL CONDITIONS FOR HORIZONTAL PROJECTS

1. ARTICLE III.2.5 is hereby added to ARTICLE III REVIEW OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND FIELD

CONDITIONS BY CONTRACTOR

III.2.5 DIFFERING SITE CONDITIONS

Contractor promptly shall, before such discovered conditions and/or structures are disturbed,

notify City in writing of differing site conditions. Differing site conditions are defined as

subsurface or latent physical and/or structural conditions at the Site differing materially from

those indicated in the Plans, Specifications and other Contract Documents or newly discovered

and previously unknown physical conditions at the Site of an unusual nature differing materially

from those geophysical conditions typically encountered in the type Work being performed and

generally being recognized as not indigenous to the San Antonio, Bexar County, Texas environs.

City and/or Design Consultant promptly shall investigate the reported physical and/or structural

conditions and shall determine whether or not the physical and/or structural conditions do

materially so differ and thereby cause an increase or decrease in Contractor's cost of and/or time

required for performance of any part of the Work under this Contract. In the event City

reasonably determines the physical and/or structural conditions materially so differ, a negotiated

and equitable adjustment shall be made to the Contract Time and/or Contract Sum and a Change

Order promptly shall be issued by City.

a. No claim of Contractor under this ARTICLE III.2.5 shall be allowed unless Contractor

has given the written notice called for above, prior to disturbing the discovered conditions

and/or structures.

b. No Contract adjustment shall be allowed under this ARTICLE III.2.5 for any effects

caused on unchanged work.

2. ARTICLE IV.4.5 MATERIAL TESTING is hereby added to ARTICLE IV ALTERNATIVE DISPUTE

RESOLUTION

IV.4.5 MATERIAL TESTING

Materials not meeting Contract requirements or do not produce satisfactory results shall be

rejected by City, unless City or Design Consultant approves corrective actions. Upon rejection,

Contractor immediately shall remove and replace rejected materials. If Contractor does not

comply with these requirements, City may remove and replace defective material and all costs

incurred by City for testing, removal and replacement of rejected materials shall be deducted

from any money due or owed to Contractor.

The source of supply of each of the materials shall be approved by City or Design Consultant

before delivery is started and, at the option of City, may be sampled and tested by City for

determining compliance with the governing Specifications before delivery is started. If it is


found after trial sources of supply previously approved do not produce uniform and satisfactory

products, or if the product from any source proves unacceptable at any time, Contractor shall

furnish materials from other approved sources. Only materials conforming to the requirements

of the Contract documents and approved by City shall be used by Contractor in the work. All

materials being used by Contractor are subject to inspection or test at any time during

preparation or use. Any material which has been tested and accepted at the source of supply may

be subjected to a check test after delivery and all materials which, when retested, do not meet the

requirements of the Specifications shall be rejected. No material which, after approval, has in

any way become unfit for use shall be used in the Work.

If, for any reason, Contractor selects a material which is approved for use by City or Design

Consultant by sampling, testing or other means, and Contractor decides to change to a different

material requiring additional sampling and testing by City for approval, Contractor shall pay for

any expense incurred by City for such additional sampling and testing and the costs incurred by

City shall be deducted from any money due or owed to Contractor.

3. CHANGE TO ARTICLE IV.2.8. UNIT PRICES.

Unit prices established in the Contract documents only may be modified when a Change Order

or Field Work Directive causes a material change in quantity to a Major Bid Item. A Major Bid

Item is defined as a single bid item constituting a minimum of five percent (5%) of the total

contract value. A material change in quantity is defined as an increase or decrease of twenty five

percent (25%) or more of the units of an individual bid item or an increase or decrease of twenty

five percent (25%) or more of the dollar value of a lump sum bid item. Revised unit pricing only

shall apply to the quantity of a major bid item in excess of a twenty five percent (25%) increase

or decrease of the original Contract quantity.

As applicable, if unit prices are stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently are agreed upon by

City and Contractor and if quantities originally contemplated are materially changed in a proposed

Change Order or Field Work Directive, such that the application of such unit prices to quantities of

Work proposed shall cause substantial inequity to City or Contractor, the applicable unit prices shall be

equitably adjusted.

4. ARTICLE VII.2.5 ALLOWABLE MARKUPS is hereby added to ARTICLE VII.2 CHANGE ORDERS

VII.2.5.1 Maximum allowable markups for Change Order pricing, when said pricing is not

determined through unit prices, are established as follows:

a. LABOR.

Contractor shall be allowed the documented payroll rates for each hour laborers

and foremen actually shall be engaged in the Work. Contractor shall be allowed

to receive an additional twenty five percent (25%) as compensation, based on the

total wages paid said laborers and foremen. No charge shall be made by

Contractor for organization or overhead expenses. For costs of premiums on

public liability and workers compensation insurance(s), Social Security and


unemployment insurance taxes, an amount equal to fifty five percent (55%) of the

sum of the labor cost, excluding the twenty five percent (25%) documented

payroll rate compensation allowed, shall be the established maximum allowable

labor burden cost. No charge for superintendence shall be made unless

considered necessary and approved by City or a Change Order includes an

extension of the Contract Time.

b. MATERIALS.

Contractor shall be allowed to receive the actual cost, including freight charges,

for materials used on such Work, including an additional twenty five percent

(25%) of the actual cost as compensation. When material invoices indicate an

available discount, the actual cost shall be determined as the invoiced price less

the available discount.

c. EQUIPMENT.

For Contractor-owned machinery, trucks, power tools or other equipment,

necessary for use on Change Order work, the Rental Rate Blue Book for

Construction Equipment (hereafter referred to as “Blue Book”) rate, as modified

by the following, shall be used to establish Contractor’s allowable hourly rental

rates. Equipment used shall be at the rates in effect for each section of the Blue

Book at the time of use. The following formula shall be used to compute the

hourly rates:

H = M x R1 x R2 + OP

176

Where H = Hourly Rate

M = Monthly Rate

R1 = Rate Adjustment Factor

R2 = Regional Adjustment Factor

OP = Operating Costs

If Contractor-owned machinery and/or equipment is not available and equipment

is rented from an outside source, the hourly rate shall be established by dividing

the actual invoice cost by the actual number of hours the equipment is involved in

the Work. City reserves the right to limit the hourly rate to comparable Blue

Book rates. When the invoice specifies the rental rate does not include fuel,

lubricants, repairs and servicing, the Blue Book hourly operating cost shall be

allowed to be added for each hour the equipment operates. The allowable

equipment hourly rates shall be paid for each hour the equipment is involved in

the Work and an additional maximum of fifteen percent (15%) may be added as

compensation.


d. SUBCONTRACTOR MARKUPS.

Contractor shall be allowed administrative cost only when extra Work, ordered by

City, is performed by a Subcontractor or Subcontractors. The maximum

allowable payment for administrative cost shall not exceed five percent (5%) of

the total Subcontractor work. Off-duty peace officers and patrol cruisers shall be

considered as Subcontractors, with regard to consideration of allowable contractor

markups.

5. ARTICLE XII.3.8.k DIRECTIVE ALLOWABLE MARKUPS is hereby added to ARTICLE XII.3. FIELD

WORK DIRECTIVES

Maximum allowable markups for FIELD WORK DIRECTIVES shall follow the ALLOWABLE

MARKUPS established in ARTICLE VII.2.4.

6. ARTICLE VIII.2.2.a STANDBY EQUIPMENT COSTS is hereby added to ARTICLE VIII.2 DELAYS AND

EXTENSIONS OF TIME

a. Contractor shall be entitled to standby costs only when directed to standby in writing by City.

Standby costs may include actual documented Project overhead costs of Contractor, consisting of

administrative and supervisory expenses incurred at the Project Site. Standby equipment costs

shall not be allowed during periods when the equipment would otherwise have been idle.

b. For Projects determined by City on a project-by-project basis, with Contractor working a six (6)

day work week, with a Working Day measured from sunrise to sundown Monday through

Saturday, no more than eight (8) hours of standby time shall be paid during a 24-hour day, no

more than forty eight (48) hours shall be paid per week for standby time and no more than two

hundred and eight (208) hours per month shall be paid of standby time. Standby time shall be

computed at fifty percent (50%) of the rates found in the Rental Rate Blue Book for Construction

Equipment and shall be calculated by dividing the monthly rate found in the Blue Book by 208,

then multiplying that total by the regional adjustment factor and the rate adjustment factor.

Operating costs shall not be charged by Contractor.

7. ARTICLE X.11 ROAD CLOSURES AND DETOUR ROUTES is hereby added to ARTICLE X.

PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY

Contractor shall not begin construction of the Project or close any streets until adequate

barricades and detour signs have been provided, erected and maintained in accordance with the

detour route and details shown on the Project Plans. Contractor shall notify City forty eight (48)

hours in advance of closing any street to through traffic. Local traffic shall be permitted the use

of streets under construction whenever feasible.


8. ARTICLE X.12 USE OF STREETS is hereby added to ARTICLE X. PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND

PROPERTY

Contractor shall confine the movements of all steel-tracked equipment to the limits of the Project

Site and any such equipment shall not be allowed use of City’s streets unless being transported

on pneumatic-tired vehicles. Any damage to City’s streets caused by Contractor and/or

Contractor’s equipment, either outside the limits of the Project site or within the limits of the

Project site but not within the limits of the current phase then being constructed, shall be repaired

by Contractor at its own expense and as prescribed by City’s Specifications and direction. If

Contractor cannot or refuses to repair street damage caused by Contractor and/or Contractor’s

equipment, City may perform the repairs and all expenses incurred by City in performing the

repairs shall be deducted for any money due or owed to Contractor.

9. ARTICLE X.13 MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC is hereby added to ARTICLE X. PROTECTION OF

PERSONS AND PROPERTY

In accordance with the approved traffic control plan and as specified in the Contract, Contractor

shall:

a. Keep existing roadways open to traffic or construct and maintain detours and temporary

structures for safe public travel;

b. Maintain the Work in passable condition, including proper drainage, to accommodate

traffic;

c. Provide and maintain temporary approaches and crossings of intersecting roadways in a

safe and passable condition;

d. Construct and maintain necessary access to adjoining property as shown in the Plans or as

directed by City; and

e. Furnish, install and maintain traffic control devices in accordance with the Contract.

The cost of maintaining traffic shall be subsidiary to the Project and shall not directly be paid for

by City, unless otherwise stated in the Plans and Specifications. City shall notify Contractor if

Contractor fails to meet the above traffic requirements. City may perform the work necessary for

compliance, but any action n by City shall not change the legal responsibilities of Contractor, as

set forth in the Task Order Contract Documents. Any costs incurred by City for traffic

maintenance shall be deducted from money due or owed to Contractor.

10. ARTICLE X.14 ABATEMENT AND MITIGATION OF EXCESSIVE OR UNNECESSARY

CONSTRUCTION NOISE IS hereby added to ARTICLE X. PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND

PROPERTY

Contractor shall ensure abatement and mitigation of excessive or unnecessary construction noise

to the satisfaction of City and as prescribed by all applicable state and local laws.


11. ARTICLE X.15 INCIDENTAL WORK, CONNECTIONS, AND PASSAGEWAYS is hereby added to

ARTICLE X. PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY

Contractor shall perform all incidental Work necessary to complete and comply with this

Contract including, but not limited to the following:

a. Contractor shall make and provide all suitable reconnections with existing improvements

(generally excluding new connections with or relocation of utility services, unless

specifically provided for otherwise in the Contract Documents) as are necessarily

incidental to the proper completion of the Project;

b. Contractor shall provide passageways or leave open such thoroughfares in the Work Site

as may be reasonably required by City; and

c. Contractor shall protect and guard same at its own risk and continuously shall maintain

the Work Site in a clean, safe and workmanlike manner.

(Remainder of this page intentionally left blank)


SPECIAL CONDITIONS FOR TASK ORDER CONTRACTS

1. When applying these General Conditions for City of San Antonio Construction Contracts to Task

Order contracts (also referred to Indefinite Delivery/Indefinite Quantities [IDIQ] Contracts):

1.1 ARTICLE IX.3 APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT of the City’s General Conditions for City of

San Antonio Construction Contracts hereby are “DELETED” in its entirety and is

“REPLACED” with:

IX.3 APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT/CONTRACTOR BILLING.

IX.3.1 Under an issued Task Order contract with City, Contractor shall not be

required to submit an application for payment to City for materials and

work performed. Instead, City, at City’s sole option, shall calculate the

accrual of materials utilized for the subject payment period and submit a

request for payment from City on Contractor’s behalf.

IX.3.2 City, through its on-site Project Inspector, shall calculate the daily total of

materials utilized by Contractor performing horizontal work through an

issued Task Order contract. Inspector’s daily total of utilized materials

shall be confirmed daily by Contractor. Inspector also shall keep a

monthly running total of work performed and materials utilized as agreed

upon, for each day of Work, by Contractor.

IX.3.3 Inspector, at minimum every thirty (30) days throughout the Project’s

duration, then shall submit in writing, on Contractor’s behalf, the agreed

upon total materials utilized by Contractor for the outstanding days, up to

the date of Inspector’s submittal, to City’s TCI Fiscal Department for

payment to Contractor.

IX.3.4 City’s TCI Fiscal Department then shall issue payment to Contractor,

within thirty (30) days of receipt of Inspector’s and Contractor’s agreed

upon total materials utilized, calculated at the rate for the utilized materials

reflected in Contractor’s Task Order contract with City.

IX.3.5 Unless otherwise provided in the Task Order contract documents,

payments by City shall be made on account of materials and equipment

delivered and suitably stored at the Site for subsequent incorporation in

the Work and verified by City. If approved in advance in writing by City,

payment similarly may be made for materials and equipment suitably

stored off the Site at a location agreed upon in writing and verified by

City. Payment for materials and equipment stored on or off the Site shall

be conditioned upon compliance by Contractor with procedures

reasonably satisfactory to City to establish City’s title to such materials

and equipment or otherwise protect City’s interest. Contractor solely shall


be responsible for payment of all costs of applicable insurance, storage

and transportation to the site for materials and equipment stored off the

site.

IX.3.7 Contractor warrants, upon Contractor’s approval of its Payment Request to

City, all Work for which payment previously has been received from City,

to the best of Contractor’s knowledge, information and belief, is free and

clear of liens, claims, security interests or encumbrances in favor of

Contractor, Subcontractors, material suppliers or other persons or entities

making a claim by reason of having provided labor, materials and

equipment relating to the Work. CONTRACTOR SHALL

INDEMNIFY AND HOLD CITY HARMLESS FROM ANY LIENS,

CLAIMS, SECURITY INTEREST OR ENCUMBRANCES FILED

BY CONTRACTOR, SUBCONTRACTORS OR ANYONE

CLAIMING BY, THROUGH OR UNDER CONTRACTOR OR

SUBCONTRACTOR(S) FOR ITEMS COVERED BY PAYMENTS

MADE BY CITY TO CONTRACTOR.

IX.3.8 By Contractor’s approval of its Payment Request to City and by its

concurrence with said submission, Contractor certifies there are no known

liens or bond claims outstanding as of the date of said Application for

Payment, all due and payable bills with respect to the Work have been

paid to date or are included in the amount requested in the current

application and, except for such bills not paid but so included, there is no

known basis for the filing of any liens or bond claims relating to the Work

and releases from all Subcontractors and Contractor’s material men have

been obtained in such form as to constitute an effective release of lien or

claim under the laws of the State of Texas covering all Work theretofore

performed and for which payment has been made by City to Contractor;

provided if any of the foregoing is not true and cannot be certified,

Contractor shall revise the certificate as appropriate and identify all

exceptions to the requested certifications.

IX.3.9 Contractor accepts and agrees, by its submittal of a Payment Request to

City, Contractor approves of said Payment Request and Contractor has

performed all of the Work and assumes all contractual and legal

responsibilities associated with the submittal and approval of said

Payment Request.

1.2 ARTICLE IX.4 PAY APPLICATION APPROVAL of the City’s General Conditions for City

of San Antonio Construction Contracts hereby are “DELETED” in its entirety and is



IX.4 PAYMENT APPROVAL

Contractor’s concurrence of the total daily Work performed, as recorded by the

on-site Project Inspector and subsequent confirmation by Contractor of the daily

total of materials utilized by Contractor, shall constitute a representation by

Contractor to City the Work has progressed to the point indicated and, to the best

of Contractor’s knowledge, information and belief, the quality of the Work is in

accordance with the Task Order Contract Documents. The foregoing

representations are subject to an evaluation of the Work for conformance with the

Task Order Contract Documents upon Substantial Completion, to results of

subsequent tests and inspections, to correction of minor deviations from the Task

Order Contract Documents prior to completion and to any specific qualifications

expressed by City. Contractor’s concurrence further shall constitute a

representation Contractor is entitled to payment in the amount submitted. The

issuance of a Payment to Contractor shall not be a representation City has:

IX.4.1 Made exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality or

quantity of the Work;

IX.4.2 Reviewed construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or

procedures;

IX.4.3 Reviewed copies of requisitions received from Subcontractors and

material suppliers and other data requested by City to substantiate

Contractor’s right to payment; or

IX4.4 Made any examination to ascertain how or for what purpose Contractor

has used money previously paid on account of the Contract Sum.

1.3 ARTICLE IX.5 DECISIONS TO REJECT APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT of the City’s

General Conditions for City of San Antonio Construction Contracts hereby are

“DELETED” in its entirety and is “REPLACED” with:

IX.5 DECISIONS TO REJECT PAYMENT TO CONTRACTOR

IX.5.1 A request for payment by Contractor may be rejected at any time by City

to protect City for any of the following reasons:

IX.5.2 Work not performed or is defective;

IX.5.3 Third party claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating a probable filing

of such claims for which Contractor is responsible hereunder, unless

security acceptable to City is provided by Contractor;

IX.5.4 Failure of Contractor to make payments properly to Subcontractors or for

labor, materials or equipment;


IX.5.5 Reasonable evidence the Work cannot be completed for the unpaid balance

of the Contract Sum and Contractor has failed to provide City adequate

assurance of its continued performance within a reasonable time after

demand;

IX.5.6 Damage to City or another contractor;

IX.5.7 Reasonable evidence the Work shall not be completed within the time

allotted on the issued Task Order and the unpaid balance on the issued

Task Order would not be adequate to cover actual or Liquidated Damages

for the anticipated delay;

IX.5.8 Persistent failure by Contractor to carry out the Work in accordance with

the issued Task Order and/or Contract Documents;

IX.5.9 The applicable Liquidated Damages were not included in the City-

submitted Application for Payment;

IX.5.10 Billing for unapproved/unverified materials stored off Site; or

IX.5.11 A current schedule update has not been submitted by Contractor to City.

IX.5.12 City shall not be deemed in default by reason of rejecting Application for

Payment as provided for in ARTICLE IX.5.1.

1.4 ARTICLE IX.6 PROGRESS PAYMENTS of the City’s General Conditions for City of San

Antonio Construction Contracts hereby are “DELETED” in its entirety and is “REPLACED”

with:

IX.6 PROGRESS PAYMENTS

IX.6.1 City's payment of installments shall not, in any way, be deemed to be a final

acceptance by City of any part of the Work, shall not prejudice City in the

final settlement of the Contract account or shall not relieve Contractor from

completion of the Work provided.

IX.6.2 Contractor shall, within ten (10) calendar days following receipt of

payment from City, pay all bills for labor and materials performed and

furnished by others in connection with the construction, furnishing and

equipping of the improvements and the performance of the work, and

shall, if requested, provide City with written evidence of such payment.

Contractor’s failure to make payments or provide written evidence of such

payments within such time shall constitute a material breach of this

contract, unless Contractor is able to demonstrate to City bona fide

disputes associated with the unpaid Subcontractor(s) or supplier(s) and

its/their work. Contractor shall include a provision in each of its

subcontracts imposing the same written documentation of payment


obligations on its Subcontractors as are applicable to Contractor

hereunder, and if City so requests, shall provide copies of such

Subcontractor payments to City. If Contractor has failed to make payment

promptly to Contractor’s Subcontractors or for materials or labor used in

the Work for which City has made payment to the Contractor, City shall

be entitled to withhold payment to Contractor to the extent necessary to

protect City.

IX.6.3 City shall, if practicable and upon request, furnish to Subcontractor

information regarding percentages of completion or amounts applied for

by Contractor and action taken thereon by City on account of portions of

the Work done by such Subcontractor.

IX.6.4 City shall not have any obligation to pay or to see to the payment of

money to a Subcontractor, except as otherwise may be required by law, if

any.

IX.6.5 Payments to material suppliers shall be treated in a manner similar to that

provided in ARTICLE IX.6.3 and ARTICLE IX.6.4 regarding

Subcontractors.

IX.6.6 A Certificate for Payment, a progress payment or a partial or entire use or

occupancy of the Project by City shall not constitute acceptance of Work

not performed or furnished in accordance with the Task Order Contract

Documents.

IX.6.7 Contractor shall, as a condition precedent to any obligation of City under

this Contract, provide to City payment and performance bonds in the full

penal amount of the Contract in accordance with Texas Government Code

Chapter 2253.

1.5 ARTICLE IX.9 FINAL COMPLETION AND FINAL PAYMENT of the City’s General Conditions

for City of San Antonio Construction Contracts hereby are “DELETED” in its entirety and is


IX.9 FINAL COMPLETION AND FINAL PAYMENT

IX.9.1 When all of the Work on an issued Task Order finally is complete and

ready for final inspection, Contractor shall notify City in writing.

Thereupon, City shall make final inspection of the Work and, if the Work

is complete in full accordance with the issued Task Order and, pursuant to

this Contract, fully has been performed, Contractor shall submit a final

Application for Payment. If City is unable to approve the final

Application for Payment for reasons for which Contractor is responsible

and City is required to repeat a final inspection of the Work, Contractor

shall be responsible for all costs incurred and associated with such repeat


final inspection(s) and said costs may be deducted by City from the

Contractor’s final payment.

IX.9.2 If, after Substantial Completion of the Work, Final Completion of the

Work materially is delayed through no fault of Contractor nor by Issuance

of Change Orders affecting Final Completion of the Work, and City so

confirms, City shall, upon application by Contractor and without

terminating the Contract, make payment of the balance due Contractor for

that portion of the work fully completed and accepted. Request for final

payment by Contractor shall constitute a waiver of all claims against City,

except those previously made in writing and identified by that payee as

unsettled at the time of final Application for Payment.

IX.9.3 For all payments made through an issued Task Order contract, City shall

not withhold any retainage from payments made to Contractor.

1.6 ARTICLE XI.3.1 PERFORMANCE BONDS AND PAYMENT BOND of the City’s General

Conditions for City of San Antonio Construction Contracts hereby are “DELETED” in their

entirety and collectively “REPLACED” with the following replacement ARTICLE(S):

XI.3 PERFORMANCE BONDS AND PAYMENT BONDS

XI.3.1 Subject to the provisions of ARTICLE XI.3.1, Contractor shall, with the

execution and delivery of the Task Order Contract, furnish and file with

City, in the amounts required in this ARTICLE XI, the surety bonds

described in ARTICLE XI.3.1.a herein, with said surety bonds in

accordance with the provisions of Chapter 2253, Texas Government Code,

as amended. Each surety bond shall be signed by Contractor, as the

Principal, as well as by an established corporate surety bonding company

as surety, meeting the requirements of ARTICLE XI.3.3 and approved by

City. The surety bonds shall be accompanied by an appropriate Power-of-

Attorney clearly establishing the extent and limitations of the authority of

each signer to so sign and shall include:

a. PERFORMANCE BOND. Contractor shall furnish a Performance

Bond to City. At Contractor’s option, Contractor shall furnish

either:

i. A good and sufficient Performance Bond in an amount

equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the total Task

Order Contract Sum, guaranteeing the full and faithful

execution of the Work and performance of the Contract in

accordance with issued Plans, Specifications and all other

Task Order Contract Documents, including any extensions

thereof, for the protection of City. This Performance Bond

also shall provide for the repair and maintenance of all

defects due to faulty materials and workmanship that


appear within a period of one (1) year from the date of

Final Completion or acceptance of the Task Order Work by

City, or lesser or longer periods, as may be otherwise

designated in the issued Task Order; or

ii. PAYMENT BOND.

A good and sufficient Payment Bond in an amount equal to

100% of the total Task Order Contract Sum, guaranteeing

the full and prompt payment of all claimants supplying

labor or materials in the prosecution of the Work provided

for in the Contract, and for the use and protection of each

claimant.

XI.3.2 If the Task Order Contract Sum, is greater than $100,000.00, a Payment

Bond and a Performance Bond equaling one hundred percent (100%) of

the Task Order contract sum are mandatory and shall be provided by

Contractor. If the Task Order contract sum is greater than $50,000 but

less than or equal to $100,000, only a Payment Bond equaling one

hundred percent (100%) of the Contract amount is mandatory; provided,

however, Contractor also may elect to furnish a Performance Bond in the

same amount if Contractor so chooses. If the Task Order Contract Sumis

less than or equal to $25,000, Contractor may elect not to provide

Performance and Payment Bonds; provided, in such event, no money shall

be paid by City to Contractor until Final Completion of all Work. If

Contractor elects to provide the required Performance Bond and Payment

Bond, the Task Order Contract Sum shall be payable to Contractor

through progress payments in accordance with these General Conditions.

XI.3.3 No surety shall be accepted by City that is in default, delinquent on any

bonds or that is a party to any litigation against City. All bonds shall be

made and executed on City's standard forms, shall be approved by City

and shall be executed by not less than one (1) corporate surety that is

authorized and admitted to do business in the State of Texas, is licensed by

the State of Texas to issue surety bonds, is listed in the most current

United States Department of the Treasury List of Acceptable Sureties and

is otherwise acceptable to City. Each bond shall be executed by

Contractor and the surety and shall specify that legal venue for

enforcement of each bond exclusively shall lie in Bexar County, Texas.

Each surety shall designate an agent resident in Bexar County, Texas to

which any requisite statutory notices may be delivered and on which

service of process may be had in matters arising out of the surety ship.


2.1 In addition to the General Conditions replacement Sections listed herein, the following

definitions, definitions, terms and conditions shall apply to City’s Task Order Contracts

and hereby are added to and made a part of the General Conditions for City of San

Antonio Construction Contracts:

ARTICLE XVII

ISSUANCE OF TASK ORDERS

XVII.1Unless otherwise stated in the Contract solicitation documents, Task Order Contracts

shall commence upon the date of the issuance of the first Task Order by the City of San

Antonio.

XVII.2 With the exception of emergencies, any Work required by City shall be ordered through

the issuance of a formal written Task Order containing the approved Task Order

Proposal, along with a City issued Task Order through PRIMELink.

XVII.3 Request by City for Task Order Proposals shall be submitted to City at no additional

cost. In the event Task Order Contracts are awarded to multiple Contractors, City may

elect and often shall, at its own discretion, to solicit Task Order Proposals from one or

more of the awarded Contractors, depending upon the estimated value and/or complexity

of the proposed project. Determination to solicit multiple proposals from the awarded

Contractors or from only one awarded Contractor shall be on a case- by-case, as deemed

in the best interest of City.

XVII.4 Upon review of the received Task Order Proposal(s), City shall have the right to reject

all proposals, solicit a proposal from one or more Contractors, cancel the proposed

project, rebid the Work under any permissible procedure or perform the Work utilizing

City personnel. City shall not be responsible for payment or costs incurred by the

awarded Contractor(s) for the preparation and submission of a Task Order Proposal,

regardless of project outcome.

XVII.5 In the event design services, construction drawings and/or plans are required, City either

shall obtain said professional design services from City resources or from a third party, as

deemed in City’s best interest.

XVII.6 The current RS Means Unit Price Book shall serve as a basis for establishing the

maximum price for and the value of the Work to be performed. Each selected

Contractor’s Task Order Proposal shall be submitted to City and negotiated under the

contractual agreement.

XVII.7 The Task Order Contract shall be for a fixed unit price, with an indefinite delivery and

quantity regarding the performance of a broad range of construction services, to include,

but not limited to, minor repairs, rehabilitation, reconstruction and professional

supervision on an as-needed basis. Contractor acknowledges, accepts and agrees it is not

and will not be guaranteed a minimum or maximum amount of work. Specific Work


requirements shall be identified in individual Task Orders as deemed necessary by City.

If there is an item of Work not included in the fixed unit pricing negotiated for an issued

Task Order, City and Contractor shall negotiate the cost for the non-included item and,

upon agreement of the cost for the Work, shall execute a Change Order through

PRIMELink reflecting the agreed upon cost.

XVII.8 Contractor shall be responsible for providing all labor, materials, tools, instruments,

supplies, equipment, transportation, mobilization, insurance, subcontracts, bonds,

supervision, management, reports, incidentals and quality control necessary to perform

construction management and construction for each issued and accepted Task Order,

unless otherwise authorized by City.

XVII.9 Any Task Order awarded by City shall not include professional services required by a

licensed architect or engineer, as contemplated by Chapters 1051 and 1001 of the Texas

Occupations Code.

XVII.10 Contractor shall be responsible for complying with all federal, state, county and City

laws, codes and ordinances applicable to the performance of any Work under the Task

Order contract awarded. Special attention is called to, but not limited to, local

environmental ordinances. In addition, Contractor shall comply with Texas Government

Code Chapters 2258 and 2253. Ignorance on the part of Contractor shall in no way

relieve Contractor from responsibility under this clause and contract. City may request to

see all Subcontractor bids and City may, at any time, participate in a bid opening and may

audit Task Order bid documents.

ARTICLE XVIII

SCHEDULING OF WORK ON ISSUED TASK ORDERS

XVIII.1 The first day of performance shall be the effective date specified in the Task Order. No

Work shall commence any earlier than the issuance date of the first Task Order. No

Work shall be performed by Contractor or any Subcontractor prior to the issuance of a

Task Order. Any preliminary Work started, materials ordered or purchases made, prior

to receipt of City’s Task Order Notice to Proceed, shall be at Contractor’s risk and

expense.

XVIII.2 Contractor meticulously shall prosecute the Work to completion within the time set

forth in the Task Order. The period of performance shall include allowance for the

mobilization, holidays, weekend days, inclement weather and cleanup; therefore, claims

for delay, based upon said elements, shall not be allowed.

XVIII.3 Contractor shall ensure the purchase, delivery and storage of materials and equipment

shall be made without interference to City operations and personnel.


XVIII.4 Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to ensure no damage shall result from

operations to private or public property. All damages shall be repaired or replaced by

Contractor at no additional cost to City. Contractor also shall be responsible for

providing all necessary traffic control, to include, but not limited to, street blockages,

traffic cones, flagmen, etc., as required for each Task Order. Proposed traffic control

methods shall be submitted to City for approval prior to the commencement of Work.

XVIII.5 Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining all required permits applicable to

performance under any single order placed against this contract. City shall be

responsible for the cost of any and all required City permits.

XVIII.6 Contractor shall allow authorized City personnel to inspect and audit any books,

documents, papers, data and records relating to Contractor’s performance throughout

the term of said Task Order/IDIQ contact. City reserves the right to audit and/or

examine such records at any time during the progress of this Contract and shall

withhold payment if such documentation is found by City to be incomplete or

erroneous.

END OF SPECIAL CONDITIONS FOR THE GENERAL CONDITIONS


August 18, 2017

00 7300 - 1 SUPPLEMENTARYCONDITIONS

SECTION 00 7300 - SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONSPART 1 GENERAL1.01 SUMMARY

A. These Supplementary Conditions amend and supplement the General Conditions defined inDocument 00 7200 - General Conditions and other provisions of the Contract Documents asindicated below. Provisions that are not so amended or supplemented remain in full force andeffect.

B. The terms used in these Supplementary Conditions that are defined in the General Conditionshave the meanings assigned to them in the General Conditions.


END OF SECTION

HEAVY HIGHWAY WAGE DECISION MOD #0 Published 1/6/2017 Page 1

General Decision Number: TX170016 01/06/2017 TX16

Superseded General Decision Number: TX20160016

State: Texas

Construction Types: Heavy and Highway

Counties: Atascosa, Bandera, Bastrop, Bell, Bexar, Brazos,

Burleson, Caldwell, Comal, Coryell, Guadalupe, Hays, Kendall,

Lampasas, McLennan, Medina, Robertson, Travis, Williamson and

Wilson Counties in Texas.

HEAVY (excluding tunnels and dams, not to be used for work on

Sewage or Water Treatment Plants or Lift / Pump Stations in

Bell, Coryell, McClennon and Williamson Counties) and HIGHWAY

Construction Projects

Note: Under Executive Order (EO) 13658, an hourly minimum wage

of $10.20 for calendar year 2017 applies to all contracts

subject to the Davis-Bacon Act for which the contract is awarded

(and any solicitation was issued) on or after January 1, 2015.

If this contract is covered by the EO, the contractor must pay

all workers in any classification listed on this wage

determination at least $10.20 per hour (or the applicable

wage rate listed on this wage determination, if it is higher)

for all hours spent performing on the contract in calendar

year 2017. The EO minimum wage rate will be adjusted annually.

Additional information on contractor requirements and worker

protections under the EO is available at

www.dol.gov/whd/govcontracts.

Modification Number Publication Date

0 01/06/2017


* SUTX2011-006 08/03/2011

Rates Fringes

CEMENT MASON/CONCRETE

FINISHER (Paving and

Structures)......................$ 12.56

ELECTRICIAN......................$ 26.35

FORM BUILDER/FORM SETTER

Paving & Curb...............$ 12.94

Structures..................$ 12.87

LABORER

Asphalt Raker...............$ 12.12

Flagger.....................$ 9.45

Laborer, Common.............$ 10.50

Laborer, Utility............$ 12.27

Pipelayer...................$ 12.79

Work Zone Barricade

Servicer....................$ 11.85

PAINTER (Structures).............$ 18.34

POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR:

Agricultural Tractor........$ 12.69

Asphalt Distributor.........$ 15.55

Asphalt Paving Machine......$ 14.36

Boom Truck..................$ 18.36

Broom or Sweeper............$ 11.04

Concrete Pavement

Finishing Machine...........$ 15.48

Crane, Hydraulic 80 tons

or less.....................$ 18.36

Crane, Lattice Boom 80

tons or less................$ 15.87

Crane, Lattice Boom over

80 tons.....................$ 19.38

Crawler Tractor.............$ 15.67

Directional Drilling

Locator.....................$ 11.67

Directional Drilling

Operator....................$ 17.24

Excavator 50,000 lbs or

Less........................$ 12.88

Excavator over 50,000 lbs...$ 17.71

Foundation Drill, Truck

Mounted.....................$ 16.93

Front End Loader, 3 CY or

Less........................$ 13.04

Front End Loader, Over 3 CY.$ 13.21

Loader/Backhoe..............$ 14.12

Mechanic....................$ 17.10

Milling Machine.............$ 14.18


Motor Grader, Fine Grade....$ 18.51

Motor Grader, Rough.........$ 14.63

Pavement Marking Machine....$ 19.17

Reclaimer/Pulverizer........$ 12.88

Roller, Asphalt.............$ 12.78

Roller, Other...............$ 10.50

Scraper.....................$ 12.27

Spreader Box................$ 14.04

Trenching Machine, Heavy....$ 18.48

Servicer.........................$ 14.51

Steel Worker

Reinforcing.................$ 14.00

Structural..................$ 19.29

TRAFFIC SIGNAL INSTALLER

Traffic Signal/Light Pole

Worker......................$ 16.00

TRUCK DRIVER

Lowboy-Float................$ 15.66

Off Road Hauler.............$ 11.88

Single Axle.................$ 11.79

Single or Tandem Axle Dump

Truck.......................$ 11.68

Tandem Axle Tractor w/Semi

Trailer.....................$ 12.81

WELDER...........................$ 15.97

----------------------------------------------------------------

WELDERS - Receive rate prescribed for craft performing

operation to which welding is incidental.

================================================================

Note: Executive Order (EO) 13706, Establishing Paid Sick Leave

for Federal Contractors applies to all contracts subject to the

Davis-Bacon Act for which the contract is awarded (and any

solicitation was issued) on or after January 1, 2017. If this

contract is covered by the EO, the contractor must provide

employees with 1 hour of paid sick leave for every 30 hours

they work, up to 56 hours of paid sick leave each year.

Employees must be permitted to use paid sick leave for their

own illness, injury or other health-related needs, including

preventive care; to assist a family member (or person who is

like family to the employee) who is ill, injured, or has other

health-related needs, including preventive care; or for reasons

resulting from, or to assist a family member (or person who is

like family to the employee) who is a victim of, domestic

violence, sexual assault, or stalking. Additional information

on contractor requirements and worker protections under the EO

is available at www.dol.gov/whd/govcontracts.

Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within

the scope of the classifications listed may be added after


award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses

(29CFR 5.5 (a) (1) (ii)).

----------------------------------------------------------------

The body of each wage determination lists the classification

and wage rates that have been found to be prevailing for the

cited type(s) of construction in the area covered by the wage

determination. The classifications are listed in alphabetical

order of "identifiers" that indicate whether the particular

rate is a union rate (current union negotiated rate for local),

a survey rate (weighted average rate) or a union average rate

(weighted union average rate).

Union Rate Identifiers

A four letter classification abbreviation identifier enclosed

in dotted lines beginning with characters other than "SU" or

"UAVG" denotes that the union classification and rate were

prevailing for that classification in the survey. Example:

PLUM0198-005 07/01/2014. PLUM is an abbreviation identifier of

the union which prevailed in the survey for this

classification, which in this example would be Plumbers. 0198

indicates the local union number or district council number

where applicable, i.e., Plumbers Local 0198. The next number,

005 in the example, is an internal number used in processing

the wage determination. 07/01/2014 is the effective date of the

most current negotiated rate, which in this example is July 1,

2014.

Union prevailing wage rates are updated to reflect all rate

changes in the collective bargaining agreement (CBA) governing

this classification and rate.

Survey Rate Identifiers

Classifications listed under the "SU" identifier indicate that

no one rate prevailed for this classification in the survey and

the published rate is derived by computing a weighted average

rate based on all the rates reported in the survey for that

classification. As this weighted average rate includes all

rates reported in the survey, it may include both union and

non-union rates. Example: SULA2012-007 5/13/2014. SU indicates

the rates are survey rates based on a weighted average

calculation of rates and are not majority rates. LA indicates

the State of Louisiana. 2012 is the year of survey on which

these classifications and rates are based. The next number, 007

in the example, is an internal number used in producing the

wage determination. 5/13/2014 indicates the survey completion

date for the classifications and rates under that identifier.

Survey wage rates are not updated and remain in effect until a

new survey is conducted.

Union Average Rate Identifiers


Classification(s) listed under the UAVG identifier indicate

that no single majority rate prevailed for those

classifications; however, 100% of the data reported for the

classifications was union data. EXAMPLE: UAVG-OH-0010

08/29/2014. UAVG indicates that the rate is a weighted union

average rate. OH indicates the state. The next number, 0010 in

the example, is an internal number used in producing the wage

determination. 08/29/2014 indicates the survey completion date

for the classifications and rates under that identifier.

A UAVG rate will be updated once a year, usually in January of

each year, to reflect a weighted average of the current

negotiated/CBA rate of the union locals from which the rate is

based.

----------------------------------------------------------------

WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS

1.) Has there been an initial decision in the matter? This can

be:

* an existing published wage determination

* a survey underlying a wage determination

* a Wage and Hour Division letter setting forth a position on

a wage determination matter

* a conformance (additional classification and rate) ruling

On survey related matters, initial contact, including requests

for summaries of surveys, should be with the Wage and Hour

Regional Office for the area in which the survey was conducted

because those Regional Offices have responsibility for the

Davis-Bacon survey program. If the response from this initial

contact is not satisfactory, then the process described in 2.)

and 3.) should be followed.

With regard to any other matter not yet ripe for the formal

process described here, initial contact should be with the

Branch of Construction Wage Determinations. Write to:

Branch of Construction Wage Determinations

Wage and Hour Division

U.S. Department of Labor

200 Constitution Avenue, N.W.

Washington, DC 20210

2.) If the answer to the question in 1.) is yes, then an

interested party (those affected by the action) can request

review and reconsideration from the Wage and Hour Administrator

(See 29 CFR Part 1.8 and 29 CFR Part 7). Write to:

Wage and Hour Administrator





The request should be accompanied by a full statement of the

interested party's position and by any information (wage

payment data, project description, area practice material,

etc.) that the requestor considers relevant to the issue.

3.) If the decision of the Administrator is not favorable, an

interested party may appeal directly to the Administrative

Review Board (formerly the Wage Appeals Board). Write to:

Administrative Review Board




4.) All decisions by the Administrative Review Board are final.

================================================================

END OF GENERAL DECISION


August 18, 2017

01 1000 - 1 SUMMARY

SECTION 01 1000 - SUMMARYPART 1 GENERAL1.01 PROJECT

A. Project Name: Brackenridge Park Garage ExpansionB. Owner's Name: The Witte Museum.C. Architect's Name: McFarland Architecture.D. Additional Project contact information is specified in Section - 000103 - Project Directory.E. The Project consists of the construction of addtion of new upper level to existing parking garage

and new pedestrian entry with associated sitework..1.02 CONTRACT DESCRIPTION

A. Contract Type: A single prime contract based on a Stipulated Price as described in Document00 5200 - Agreement Form.

1.03 DESCRIPTION OF ALTERATIONS WORKA. Scope of demolition and removal work is shown on drawings.B. Scope of alterations work is shown on drawings.C. Plumbing: Alter existing system and add new construction, keeping existing in operation.D. Electrical Power and Lighting: Alter existing system and add new construction, keeping existing

in operation.E. Fire Suppression Sprinklers: Alter existing system and add new construction, keeping existing

in operation.1.04 FUTURE WORK

A. Project is designed for future signage installation.1.05 OWNER OCCUPANCY

A. Owner intends to continue to occupy portions of the existing building during the entireconstruction period.

B. Owner intends to occupy the Project upon Substantial Completion.C. Owner intends to occupy a certain portion of the Project prior to the completion date for the

conduct of normal operations.D. Cooperate with Owner to minimize conflict and to facilitate Owner's operations.E. Schedule the Work to accommodate Owner occupancy.

1.06 CONTRACTOR USE OF SITE AND PREMISESA. Construction Operations: Limited to areas noted on Drawings. B. Arrange use of site and premises to allow:

1. Use of site and premises by the public.C. Provide access to and from site as required by law and by Owner:

1. Emergency Building Exits During Construction: Keep all exits required by code openduring construction period; provide temporary exit signs if exit routes are temporarilyaltered.

2. Do not obstruct roadways, sidewalks, or other public ways without permit.D. Existing building spaces may not be used for storage.E. Utility Outages and Shutdown:

1. Limit disruption of utility services to hours the building is unoccupied.2. Do not disrupt or shut down life safety systems, including but not limited to fire sprinklers

and fire alarm system, without 7 days notice to Owner and authorities having jurisdiction.


August 18, 2017

01 1000 - 2 SUMMARY

3. Prevent accidental disruption of utility services to other facilities.END OF SECTION


August 18, 2017

01 2000 - 1 PRICE AND PAYMENTPROCEDURES

SECTION 01 2000 - PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURESPART 1 GENERAL1.01 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Procedures for preparation and submittal of applications for progress payments.B. Documentation of changes in Contract Sum and Contract Time.C. Change procedures.D. Correlation of Contractor submittals based on changes.E. Procedures for preparation and submittal of application for final payment.

1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTSA. Section 00 5000 - Contracting Forms and Supplements: Forms to be used.B. Document 00 5200 - Agreement Form: Contract Sum, retainages, payment period, monetary

values of unit prices.C. Document 00 7200 - General Conditions and Document 00 7300 - Supplementary Conditions:

Additional requirements for progress payments, final payment, changes in the Work.D. Document 00 7300 - Supplementary Conditions: Percentage allowances for Contractor's

overhead and profit.E. Section 01 2100 - Allowances: Payment procedures relating to allowances.F. Section 01 2200 - Unit Prices: Monetary values of unit prices, payment and modification

procedures relating to unit prices.1.03 SCHEDULE OF VALUES

A. Electronic media printout including equivalent information will be considered in lieu of standardform specified; submit draft to Architect for approval.

B. Forms filled out by hand will not be accepted.C. Submit Schedule of Values ______ within 15 days after date of Owner-Contractor Agreement.D. Include in each line item, the amount of Allowances specified in this section. For unit cost

Allowances, identify quantities taken from Contract Documents multiplied by the unit cost toachieve the total for the item.

E. Include separately from each line item, a direct proportional amount of Contractor's overheadand profit.

F. Revise schedule to list approved Change Orders, with each Application For Payment.1.04 APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS

A. Payment Period: Submit at intervals stipulated in the Agreement.B. Electronic media printout including equivalent information will be considered in lieu of standard

form specified; submit sample to Architect for approval.C. Forms filled out by hand will not be accepted.D. For each item, provide a column for listing each of the following:

1. Item Number.2. Description of work.3. Scheduled Values.4. Previous Applications.5. Work in Place and Stored Materials under this Application.6. Authorized Change Orders.7. Total Completed and Stored to Date of Application.8. Percentage of Completion.9. Balance to Finish.10. Retainage.


August 18, 2017


E. Execute certification by signature of authorized officer.F. Use data from approved Schedule of Values. Provide dollar value in each column for each line

item for portion of work performed and for stored products.G. List each authorized Change Order as a separate line item, listing Change Order number and

dollar amount as for an original item of Work.H. Submit three copies of each Application for Payment.I. Include the following with the application:

1. Construction progress schedule, revised and current as specified in Section 01 3000.2. Current construction photographs specified in Section 01 3000.3. Partial release of liens from major Subcontractors and vendors.

J. When Architect requires substantiating information, submit data justifying dollar amounts inquestion. Provide one copy of data with cover letter for each copy of submittal. Showapplication number and date, and line item by number and description.

1.05 MODIFICATION PROCEDURESA. For minor changes not involving an adjustment to the Contract Sum or Contract Time, Architect

will issue instructions directly to Contractor.B. For other required changes, Architect will issue a document signed by Owner instructing

Contractor to proceed with the change, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order.1. The document will describe the required changes and will designate method of

determining any change in Contract Sum or Contract Time.2. Promptly execute the change.

C. For changes for which advance pricing is desired, Architect will issue a document that includesa detailed description of a proposed change with supplementary or revised drawings andspecifications, a change in Contract Time for executing the change with a stipulation of anyovertime work required and the period of time during which the requested price will beconsidered valid. Contractor shall prepare and submit a fixed price quotation within 7 days.

D. Contractor may propose a change by submitting a request for change to Architect, describingthe proposed change and its full effect on the Work, with a statement describing the reason forthe change, and the effect on the Contract Sum and Contract Time with full documentation anda statement describing the effect on Work by separate or other contractors. Document anyrequested substitutions in accordance with Section 01 6000.

E. Computation of Change in Contract Amount: As specified in the Agreement and Conditions ofthe Contract.1. For change requested by Architect for work falling under a fixed price contract, the amount

will be based on Contractor's price quotation.2. For change requested by Contractor, the amount will be based on the Contractor's request

for a Change Order as approved by Architect.3. For pre-determined unit prices and quantities, the amount will based on the fixed unit

prices.F. Substantiation of Costs: Provide full information required for evaluation.

1. On request, provide the following data:a. Quantities of products, labor, and equipment.b. Taxes, insurance, and bonds.c. Overhead and profit.d. Justification for any change in Contract Time.e. Credit for deletions from Contract, similarly documented.

2. Support each claim for additional costs with additional information:a. Origin and date of claim.b. Dates and times work was performed, and by whom.c. Time records and wage rates paid.


August 18, 2017


d. Invoices and receipts for products, equipment, and subcontracts, similarlydocumented.

G. Execution of Change Orders: Architect will issue Change Orders for signatures of parties asprovided in the Conditions of the Contract.

H. After execution of Change Order, promptly revise Schedule of Values and Application forPayment forms to record each authorized Change Order as a separate line item and adjust theContract Sum.

I. Promptly revise progress schedules to reflect any change in Contract Time, revisesub-schedules to adjust times for other items of work affected by the change, and resubmit.

J. Promptly enter changes in Project Record Documents.1.06 APPLICATION FOR FINAL PAYMENT

A. Prepare Application for Final Payment as specified for progress payments, identifying totaladjusted Contract Sum, previous payments, and sum remaining due.

B. Application for Final Payment will not be considered until the following have been accomplished:1. All closeout procedures specified in Section 01 7000.

END OF SECTION


August 18, 2017

01 2100 - 1 ALLOWANCES

SECTION 01 2100 - ALLOWANCESPART 1 GENERAL1.01 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Cash allowances.B. Contingency allowance.C. Payment and modification procedures relating to allowances.

1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTSA. Section 01 2000 - Price and Payment Procedures: Additional payment and modification

procedures.1.03 CASH ALLOWANCES

A. Costs Included in Cash Allowances: Cost of product to Contractor or subcontractor, lessapplicable trade discounts.

B. Architect Responsibilities:1. Consult with Contractor for consideration and selection of products, suppliers, and

installers.2. Select products in consultation with Owner and transmit decision to Contractor.3. Prepare Change Order.

C. Contractor Responsibilities:1. Assist Architect in selection of products, suppliers, and installers.2. Obtain proposals from suppliers and installers and offer recommendations.3. On notification of which products have been selected, execute purchase agreement with

designated supplier and installer.4. Arrange for and process shop drawings, product data, and samples. Arrange for delivery.5. Promptly inspect products upon delivery for completeness, damage, and defects. Submit

claims for transportation damage.D. Differences in costs will be adjusted by Change Order.

1.04 CONTINGENCY ALLOWANCEA. Contractor's costs for products, delivery, installation, labor, insurance, payroll, taxes, bonding,

equipment rental, overhead and profit will be included in Change Orders authorizing expenditureof funds from this Contingency Allowance.

B. Funds will be drawn from the Contingency Allowance only by Change Order.C. At closeout of Contract, funds remaining in Contingency Allowance will be credited to Owner by

Change Order.1.05 ALLOWANCES SCHEDULE

A. Signage Allowance: Include the stipulated sum/price of $7,000 for design, permitting, andinstallation of signage, including stone base at locations per drawing sheets G-1 and G-2

B. Contingency Allowance: Include the stipulated sum/price of $5,000 for use upon Owner'sinstructions.


END OF SECTION


August 18, 2017

01 2200 - 1 UNIT PRICES

SECTION 01 2200 - UNIT PRICESPART 1 GENERAL1.01 SECTION INCLUDES

A. List of unit prices, for use in preparing Bids.1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS

A. Document 00 2113 - Instructions to Bidders: Instructions for preparation of pricing for UnitPrices.

B. Document 00 4322 - Unit Prices Form: List of Unit Prices as supplement to Bid FormC. Section 01 2000 - Price and Payment Procedures: Additional payment and modification

procedures.1.03 COSTS INCLUDED

A. Unit Prices included on the Bid Form shall include full compensation for all required labor,products, tools, equipment, plant, transportation, services and incidentals; erection, applicationor installation of an item of the Work; overhead and profit.

1.04 UNIT QUANTITIES SPECIFIEDA. Quantities indicated in the Bid Form are for bidding and contract purposes only. Quantities and

measurements of actual Work will determine the payment amount.1.05 PAYMENT

A. Payment for Work governed by unit prices will be made on the basis of the actualmeasurements and quantities of Work that is incorporated in or made necessary by the Workand accepted by the Architect, multiplied by the unit price.

B. Payment will not be made for any of the following:1. Products wasted or disposed of in a manner that is not acceptable.2. Products determined as unacceptable before or after placement.3. Products not completely unloaded from the transporting vehicle.4. Products remaining on hand after completion of the Work.5. Loading, hauling, and disposing of rejected Products.

1.06 SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICESA. Item: Light Fixture Type H2B. Item: Light Fixture Type J2C. Item: Light Fixture Type S2D. Item: Light Fixture Type T4E. Item: Light Fixture Type T5F. Item: Light Fixture Type U3G. Item: Light Fixture Type X6

END OF SECTION


August 18, 2017

01 2300 - 1 ALTERNATES

SECTION 01 2300 - ALTERNATESPART 1 GENERAL1.01 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Description of Alternates.B. Procedures for pricing Alternates.C. Documentation of changes to Contract Sum and Contract Time.

1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTSA. Document 00 2113 - Instructions to Bidders: Instructions for preparation of pricing for

Alternates.B. Document 00 4323 - Alternates Form: List of Alternates as supplement to Bid Form.C. Document 00 5200 - Agreement Form: Incorporating monetary value of accepted Alternates.

1.03 ACCEPTANCE OF ALTERNATESA. Alternates quoted on Bid Forms will be reviewed and accepted or rejected at Owner's option.

Accepted Alternates will be identified in the Owner-Contractor Agreement.B. Coordinate related work and modify surrounding work to integrate the Work of each Alternate.

1.04 SCHEDULE OF ALTERNATESA. Alternate No. L1 - Replace All Existing Metal Halide Parking Garage Fixtures with LED Fixture

Type "U3": See Electrical DrawingsB. Alternate No. L2 - Replace all Lobby, Office Storage, Elevator, Stair Light Boxes, etc strip

fixtures with new LED Fixture "H2". This includes all strip fixtures, except existing "J2"emergency fixtures. The emergency fixtures are to remain as existing.: See ElectricalDrawings

C. Alternate No. L3 - Replace all existing metal halide flood lighting water tanks with new LEDfixture "T5": See Electrical Drawings

D. Alternate No. L4 - Provide unit price to replace existing pathway metal halide flood lights withnew LED fixture "T4", existing quantity unknown: See Electrical Drawings

E. Alternate No. S1 -Relocate Service Meter and Disconnect to location shown as "Option 1". Provide everything required, including extending wire/conduit, breaking and repairing concrete,etc.: See Electrical Drawings

F. Alternate No A1 - Replace existing stairwell translucent polycarbonate panels to match newpanels at stair extension to fourth level: See 01/A131 and Drawings A121, A122.


END OF SECTION


August 18, 2017

01 3000 - 1 ADMINISTRATIVEREQUIREMENTS

SECTION 01 3000 - ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTSPART 1 GENERAL1.01 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Electronic document submittal service.B. Preconstruction meeting.C. Site mobilization meeting.D. Progress meetings.E. Construction progress schedule.F. Progress photographs.G. Submittals for review, information, and project closeout.H. Number of copies of submittals.I. Submittal procedures.

1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTSA. Document 00 7200 - General Conditions: Dates for applications for payment.B. Document 00 7200 - General Conditions: Duties of the Construction Manager.C. Document 00 7300 - Supplementary Conditions: Duties of the Construction Manager.D. Section 01 7000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Additional coordination requirements.E. Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals: Project record documents.

PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USEDPART 3 EXECUTION3.01 ELECTRONIC DOCUMENT SUBMITTAL SERVICE

A. All documents transmitted for purposes of administration of the contract are to be in electronic(PDF) format and transmitted via an Internet-based submittal service that receives, logs andstores documents, provides electronic stamping and signatures, and notifies addressees viaemail.1. Besides submittals for review, information, and closeout, this procedure applies to

requests for information (RFIs), progress documentation, contract modification documents(e.g. supplementary instructions, change proposals, change orders), applications forpayment, field reports and meeting minutes, Contractor's correction punchlist, and anyother document any participant wishes to make part of the project record.

2. Contractor and Architect are required to use this service.3. It is Contractor's responsibility to submit documents in PDF format.4. Subcontractors, suppliers, and Architect's consultants are to be permitted to use the

service at no extra charge.5. Users of the service need an email address, Internet access, and PDF review software

that includes ability to mark up and apply electronic stamps (such as Adobe Acrobat,www.adobe.com, or Bluebeam PDF Revu, www.bluebeam.com), unless such softwarecapability is provided by the service provider.

6. Paper document transmittals will not be reviewed; emailed PDF documents will not bereviewed.

7. All other specified submittal and document transmission procedures apply, except thatelectronic document requirements do not apply to samples or color selection charts.

B. Cost: The cost of the service is to be paid by Contractor; include the cost of the service in thecontract sum.

C. Submittal Service: Use one of the following:1. Submittal Exchange (tel: 1-800-714-0024): www.submittalexchange.com.2. EADOC LLC (tel: 1-877-305-3844): www.eadocsoftware.com.


August 18, 2017


3. Newforma Project Cloud: www.newformaprojectcloud.com.D. Training: One, one-hour, web-based training session will be arranged for all participants, with

representatives of Architect and Contractor participating; further training is the responsibility ofthe user of the service.

E. Project Closeout: Architect will determine when to terminate the service for the project and isresponsible for obtaining archive copies of files for Owner.

3.02 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETINGA. S chedule meeting after Notice of Award.B. Attendance Required:

1. Owner.2. Architect.3. Contractor.

C. Agenda:1. Execution of Owner-Contractor Agreement.2. Submission of executed bonds and insurance certificates.3. Distribution of Contract Documents.4. Submission of list of Subcontractors, list of Products, schedule of values, and progress

schedule.5. Designation of personnel representing the parties to Contract, ________ and Architect.6. Procedures and processing of field decisions, submittals, substitutions, applications for

payments, proposal request, Change Orders, and Contract closeout procedures.7. Scheduling.

D. Record minutes and distribute copies within two days after meeting to participants, with twocopies to Architect, Owner, participants, and those affected by decisions made.

3.03 SITE MOBILIZATION MEETINGA. S chedule meeting at the Project site prior to Contractor occupancy.B. Attendance Required:

1. Contractor.2. Owner.3. Architect.4. Contractor's Superintendent.5. Major Subcontractors.

C. Agenda:1. Use of premises by Owner and Contractor.2. Owner's requirements and occupancy prior to completion.3. Construction facilities and controls provided by Owner.4. Temporary utilities provided by Owner.5. Survey and building layout.6. Security and housekeeping procedures.7. Schedules.8. Application for payment procedures.9. Procedures for testing.10. Procedures for maintaining record documents.11. Requirements for start-up of equipment.12. Inspection and acceptance of equipment put into service during construction period.

D. Record minutes and distribute copies within two days after meeting to participants, with twocopies to Architect, Owner, participants, and those affected by decisions made.


August 18, 2017


3.04 PROGRESS MEETINGSA. Schedule and administer meetings throughout progress of the Work at maximum monthly

intervals.B. Make arrangements for meetings, prepare agenda with copies for participants, preside at

meetings.C. Attendance Required:

1. Contractor.2. Owner.3. Architect.4. Contractor's Superintendent.5. Major Subcontractors.

D. Agenda:1. Review minutes of previous meetings.2. Review of Work progress.3. Field observations, problems, and decisions.4. Identification of problems that impede, or will impede, planned progress.5. Review of submittals schedule and status of submittals.6. Review of off-site fabrication and delivery schedules.7. Maintenance of progress schedule.8. Corrective measures to regain projected schedules.9. Planned progress during succeeding work period.10. Coordination of projected progress.11. Maintenance of quality and work standards.12. Effect of proposed changes on progress schedule and coordination.13. Other business relating to Work.

E. Record minutes and distribute copies within two days after meeting to participants, with twocopies to Architect, Owner, participants, and those affected by decisions made.

3.05 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULEA. Within 10 days after date of the Agreement, submit preliminary schedule defining planned

operations for the first 60 days of Work, with a general outline for remainder of Work.B. If preliminary schedule requires revision after review, submit revised schedule within 10 days.C. Within 20 days after review of preliminary schedule, submit draft of proposed complete

schedule for review.1. Include written certification that major contractors have reviewed and accepted proposed

schedule.D. Within 10 days after joint review, submit complete schedule.E. Submit updated schedule with each Application for Payment.

3.06 PROGRESS PHOTOGRAPHSA. Submit photographs with each application for payment, taken not more than 3 days prior to

submission of application for payment.B. Photography Type: Digital; electronic files.C. Provide photographs of construction throughout progress of Work produced by an experienced

photographer, acceptable to Architect.D. In addition to periodic, recurring views, take photographs of each of the following events:

1. Completion of site clearing.2. Excavations in progress.3. Foundations in progress and upon completion.4. Structural framing in progress and upon completion.


August 18, 2017


5. Final completion, minimum of ten (10) photos.E. Views:

1. Provide non-aerial photographs from four cardinal views at each specified time, until Dateof Substantial Completion.

2. Consult with Architect for instructions on views required.3. Provide factual presentation.4. Provide correct exposure and focus, high resolution and sharpness, maximum depth of

field, and minimum distortion.F. Digital Photographs: 24 bit color, minimum resolution of 1024 by 768, in JPG format; provide

files unaltered by photo editing software.1. Delivery Medium: Via email.2. File Naming: Include project identification, date and time of view, and view identification.3. PDF File: Assemble all photos into printable pages in PDF format, with 2 to 3 photos per

page, each photo labeled with file name; one PDF file per submittal. 4. Hard Copy: Printed hardcopy (grayscale) of PDF file and point of view sketch.

3.07 SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEWA. When the following are specified in individual sections, submit them for review:

1. Product data.2. Shop drawings.3. Samples for selection.4. Samples for verification.

B. Submit to Architect for review for the limited purpose of checking for conformance withinformation given and the design concept expressed in the contract documents.

C. Samples will be reviewed only for aesthetic, color, or finish selection.D. After review, provide copies and distribute in accordance with SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

article below and for record documents purposes described in Section 01 7800 - CloseoutSubmittals.

3.08 SUBMITTALS FOR INFORMATIONA. When the following are specified in individual sections, submit them for information:

1. Design data.2. Certificates.3. Test reports.4. Inspection reports.5. Manufacturer's instructions.6. Manufacturer's field reports.7. Other types indicated.

B. Submit for Architect's knowledge as contract administrator or for Owner. No action will betaken.

3.09 SUBMITTALS FOR PROJECT CLOSEOUTA. Submit Correction Punch List for Substantial Completion.B. Submit Final Correction Punch List for Substantial Completion.C. When the following are specified in individual sections, submit them at project closeout:

1. Project record documents.2. Operation and maintenance data.3. Warranties.4. Bonds.5. Other types as indicated.

D. Submit for Owner's benefit during and after project completion.


August 18, 2017


3.10 NUMBER OF COPIES OF SUBMITTALSA. Electronic Documents: Submit one electronic copy in PDF format; an electronically-marked up

file will be returned. Create PDFs at native size and right-side up; illegible files will be rejected.B. Samples: Submit the number specified in individual specification sections; one of which will be

retained by Architect.1. After review, produce duplicates.2. Retained samples will not be returned to Contractor unless specifically so stated.

3.11 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURESA. Shop Drawing Procedures:

1. Prepare accurate, drawn-to-scale, original shop drawing documentation by interpreting theContract Documents and coordinating related Work.

2. Do not reproduce the Contract Documents to create shop drawings.3. Generic, non-project specific information submitted as shop drawings do not meet the

requirements for shop drawings.B. Transmit each submittal with a copy of approved submittal form.C. Sequentially number the transmittal form. Revise submittals with original number and a

sequential alphabetic suffix.D. Identify Project, Contractor, Subcontractor or supplier; pertinent drawing and detail number, and

specification section number, as appropriate on each copy.E. Apply Contractor's stamp, signed or initialed certifying that review, approval, verification of

Products required, field dimensions, adjacent construction Work, and coordination ofinformation is in accordance with the requirements of the Work and Contract Documents.

F. Schedule submittals to expedite the Project, and coordinate submission of related items.G. For each submittal for review, allow 15 days excluding delivery time to and from the Contractor.H. Identify variations from Contract Documents and Product or system limitations that may be

detrimental to successful performance of the completed Work.I. Provide space for Contractor and Architect review stamps.J. When revised for resubmission, identify all changes made since previous submission.K. Distribute reviewed submittals as appropriate. Instruct parties to promptly report any inability to

comply with requirements.L. Submittals not requested will not be recognized or processed.

END OF SECTION


August 18, 2017

01 3216 - 1 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESSSCHEDULE

SECTION 01 3216 - CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULEPART 1 GENERAL1.01 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Preliminary schedule.B. Construction progress schedule, bar chart type.

1.02 SUBMITTALSA. Within 10 days after date of Agreement, submit preliminary schedule defining planned

operations for the first 60 days of Work, with a general outline for remainder of Work.B. If preliminary schedule requires revision after review, submit revised schedule within 3 days.C. Within 3 days after joint review, submit complete schedule.D. Submit updated schedule with each Application for Payment.

1.03 SCHEDULE FORMATA. Listings: In chronological order according to the start date for each activity. Identify each

activity with the applicable specification section number.B. Diagram Sheet Size: Maximum 22 x 17 inches (560 x 432 mm) or width required.C. Scale and Spacing: To allow for notations and revisions.

PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USEDPART 3 EXECUTION3.01 PRELIMINARY SCHEDULE

A. Prepare preliminary schedule in the form of a horizontal bar chart.3.02 CONTENT

A. Show complete sequence of construction by activity, with dates for beginning and completion ofeach element of construction.

B. Identify each item by specification section number.C. Identify work of separate stages and other logically grouped activities.D. Provide sub-schedules to define critical portions of the entire schedule.E. Show accumulated percentage of completion of each item, and total percentage of Work

completed, as of the first day of each month.F. Provide legend for symbols and abbreviations used.

3.03 BAR CHARTSA. Include a separate bar for each major portion of Work or operation.B. Identify the first work day of each week.

3.04 UPDATING SCHEDULEA. Maintain schedules to record actual start and finish dates of completed activities.B. Indicate progress of each activity to date of revision, with projected completion date of each

activity. C. Annotate diagrams to graphically depict current status of Work.D. Identify activities modified since previous submittal, major changes in Work, and other

identifiable changes.E. Indicate changes required to maintain Date of Substantial Completion.F. Submit reports required to support recommended changes.


August 18, 2017

01 3216 - 2 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESSSCHEDULE

3.05 DISTRIBUTION OF SCHEDULEA. Distribute copies of updated schedules to Contractor's project site file, to subcontractors,

suppliers, Architect, Owner, and other concerned parties.B. Instruct recipients to promptly report, in writing, problems anticipated by projections shown in

schedules.END OF SECTION


August 18, 2017

01 4000 - 1 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS

SECTION 01 4000 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTSPART 1 GENERAL1.01 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Submittals.B. Quality assurance.C. References and standards.D. Testing and inspection agencies and services.E. Control of installation.F. Defect Assessment.

1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTSA. Section 01 2100 - Allowances: Allowance for payment of testing services.B. Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements: Submittal procedures.C. Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements: Requirements for material and product quality.

1.03 SUBMITTALSA. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.B. Design Data: Submit for Architect's knowledge as contract administrator for the limited purpose

of assessing conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in thecontract documents, or for Owner's information.

C. Test Reports: After each test/inspection, promptly submit two copies of report to Architect andto Contractor.1. Include:

a. Date issued.b. Project title and number.c. Name of inspector.d. Date and time of sampling or inspection.e. Identification of product and specifications section.f. Location in the Project.g. Type of test/inspection.h. Date of test/inspection.i. Results of test/inspection.j. Conformance with Contract Documents.k. When requested by Architect, provide interpretation of results.

2. Test report submittals are for Architect's knowledge as contract administrator for thelimited purpose of assessing conformance with information given and the design conceptexpressed in the contract documents, or for Owner's information.

D. Manufacturer's Instructions: When specified in individual specification sections, submit printedinstructions for delivery, storage, assembly, installation, start-up, adjusting, and finishing, for theOwner's information. Indicate special procedures, perimeter conditions requiring specialattention, and special environmental criteria required for application or installation.

1.04 TESTING AND INSPECTION AGENCIES AND SERVICESA. Owner will employ services of an independent testing agency to perform certain specified

testing and inspection; payment for cost of services will be derived from allowance specified inSection 01 2100; see Section 01 2100 and applicable sections for description of servicesincluded in allowance.

B. Employment of agency in no way relieves Contractor of obligation to perform Work inaccordance with requirements of Contract Documents.


August 18, 2017


PART 3 EXECUTION2.01 CONTROL OF INSTALLATION

A. Monitor quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, products, services, site conditions, andworkmanship, to produce Work of specified quality.

B. Comply with manufacturers' instructions, including each step in sequence.C. Should manufacturers' instructions conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from

Architect before proceeding.D. Comply with specified standards as minimum quality for the Work except where more stringent

tolerances, codes, or specified requirements indicate higher standards or more preciseworkmanship.

E. Have Work performed by persons qualified to produce required and specified quality.F. Verify that field measurements are as indicated on shop drawings or as instructed by the

manufacturer.G. Secure products in place with positive anchorage devices designed and sized to withstand

stresses, vibration, physical distortion, and disfigurement.2.02 TESTING AND INSPECTION

A. Testing Agency Duties:1. Provide qualified personnel at site. Cooperate with Architect and Contractor in

performance of services.2. Perform specified sampling and testing of products in accordance with specified

standards.3. Ascertain compliance of materials and mixes with requirements of Contract Documents.4. Promptly notify Architect and Contractor of observed irregularities or non-conformance of

Work or products.5. Perform additional tests and inspections required by Architect.6. Submit reports of all tests/inspections specified.

B. Limits on Testing/Inspection Agency Authority:1. Agency may not release, revoke, alter, or enlarge on requirements of Contract Documents.2. Agency may not approve or accept any portion of the Work.3. Agency may not assume any duties of Contractor.4. Agency has no authority to stop the Work.

C. Contractor Responsibilities:1. Deliver to agency at designated location, adequate samples of materials proposed to be

used that require testing, along with proposed mix designs.2. Cooperate with laboratory personnel, and provide access to the Work and to

manufacturers' facilities.3. Provide incidental labor and facilities:

a. To provide access to Work to be tested/inspected.b. To obtain and handle samples at the site or at source of Products to be

tested/inspected.c. To facilitate tests/inspections.d. To provide storage and curing of test samples.

4. Notify Architect and laboratory 24 hours prior to expected time for operations requiringtesting/inspection services.

5. Employ services of an independent qualified testing laboratory and pay for additionalsamples, tests, and inspections required by Contractor beyond specified requirements.

6. Arrange with Owner's agency and pay for additional samples, tests, and inspectionsrequired by Contractor beyond specified requirements.

D. Re-testing required because of non-conformance to specified requirements shall be performedby the same agency on instructions by Architect.


August 18, 2017


E. Re-testing required because of non-conformance to specified requirements shall be paid for byContractor.

2.03 DEFECT ASSESSMENTA. Replace Work or portions of the Work not conforming to specified requirements.

END OF SECTION


August 18, 2017

01 5000 - 1 TEMPORARY FACILITIES ANDCONTROLS

SECTION 01 5000 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLSPART 1 GENERAL1.01 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Temporary utilities.B. Temporary telecommunications services.C. Temporary sanitary facilities.D. Temporary Controls: Barriers, enclosures, and fencing.E. Security requirements.F. Vehicular access and parking.G. Waste removal facilities and services.H. Project identification sign.I. Field offices.

1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTSA. Section 01 5813 - Temporary Project Signage.

1.03 TEMPORARY UTILITIESA. Owner will provide the following:

1. Electrical power , consisting of connection to existing facilities.2. Water supply, consisting of connection to existing facilities.

B. Provide and pay for all electrical power, lighting, and water required for construction purposes.C. Existing facilities may be used.D. Use trigger-operated nozzles for water hoses, to avoid waste of water.

1.04 TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICESA. Provide, maintain, and pay for telecommunications services to field office at time of project

mobilization.B. Telecommunications services shall include:

1. Windows-based personal computer dedicated to project telecommunications, withnecessary software and laser printer.

2. Internet Connections: Minimum of one; DSL modem or faster.3. Email: Account/address reserved for project use.

1.05 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIESA. Provide and maintain required facilities and enclosures. Provide at time of project mobilization.B. Maintain daily in clean and sanitary condition.

1.06 BARRIERSA. Provide barriers to prevent unauthorized entry to construction areas, to prevent access to areas

that could be hazardous to workers or the public, to allow for owner's use of site and to protectexisting facilities and adjacent properties from damage from construction operations anddemolition.

B. Provide barricades and covered walkways required by governing authorities for publicrights-of-way and for public access to existing building.

C. Provide protection for plants designated to remain. Replace damaged plants.D. Protect non-owned vehicular traffic, stored materials, site, and structures from damage.

1.07 FENCINGA. Construction: Commercial grade chain link fence.


August 18, 2017


B. Provide 6 foot (1.8 m) high fence around construction site; equip with vehicular and pedestriangates with locks.

1.08 INTERIOR ENCLOSURESA. Provide temporary partitions to separate work areas from Owner-occupied areas, to prevent

penetration of dust and moisture into Owner-occupied areas, and to prevent damage to existingmaterials and equipment.

B. Construction: Framing and reinforced polyethylene sheet materials with closed joints andsealed edges at intersections with existing surfaces:

1.09 SECURITY A. Provide security and facilities to protect Work, existing facilities, and Owner's operations from

unauthorized entry, vandalism, or theft.1.10 VEHICULAR ACCESS AND PARKING

A. Comply with regulations relating to use of streets and sidewalks, access to emergency facilities,and access for emergency vehicles.

B. Coordinate access and haul routes with governing authorities and Owner.C. Provide and maintain access to fire hydrants, free of obstructions.D. Provide means of removing mud from vehicle wheels before entering streets.E. Designated existing on-site roads may be used for construction traffic.F. Provide temporary parking areas to accommodate construction personnel. When site space is

not adequate, provide additional off-site parking.G. Existing parking areas may not be used for construction parking.H. Do not allow vehicle parking on existing pavement.

1.11 WASTE REMOVALA. Provide waste removal facilities and services as required to maintain the site in clean and

orderly condition.B. Provide containers with lids. Remove trash from site periodically.C. If materials to be recycled or re-used on the project must be stored on-site, provide suitable

non-combustible containers; locate containers holding flammable material outside the structureunless otherwise approved by the authorities having jurisdiction.

D. Open free-fall chutes are not permitted. Terminate closed chutes into appropriate containerswith lids.

1.12 PROJECT SIGNS - SEE SECTION 01 58131.13 FIELD OFFICES

A. Office: Weathertight, with lighting, electrical outlets, heating, cooling equipment, and equippedwith sturdy furniture, drawing rackand drawing display table.

B. Provide space for Project meetings, with table and chairs to accommodate 6 persons.C. Locate offices a minimum distance of 30 feet (10 m) from existing structures.

1.14 REMOVAL OF UTILITIES, FACILITIES, AND CONTROLSA. Remove temporary utilities, equipment, facilities, materials, prior to Date of Substantial

Completion inspection.B. Remove underground installations to a minimum depth of 2 feet (600 mm). Grade site as

indicated.C. Clean and repair damage caused by installation or use of temporary work.D. Restore existing facilities used during construction to original condition.


August 18, 2017



END OF SECTION


August 18, 2017

01 5713 - 1 TEMPORARY EROSION ANDSEDIMENT CONTROL

SECTION 01 5713 - TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROLPART 1 GENERAL1.01 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Prevention of erosion due to construction activities.B. Prevention of sedimentation of waterways, open drainage ways, and storm and sanitary sewers

due to construction activities.C. Restoration of areas eroded due to insufficient preventive measures.D. Performance bond.E. Compensation of Owner for fines levied by authorities having jurisdiction due to non-compliance

by Contractor.1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS

A. Section 32 1123 - Aggregate Base Courses: Temporary and permanent roadways.1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS

A. ASTM D4355/D4355M - Standard Test Method for Deterioration of Geotextiles by Exposure toLight, Moisture and Heat in a Xenon Arc Type Apparatus; 2014.

B. ASTM D4491 - Standard Test Methods for Water Permeability of Geotextiles by Permittivity;1999a (Reapproved 2014).

C. ASTM D4533/D4533M - Standard Test Method for Trapezoid Tearing Strength of Geotextiles;2015.

D. ASTM D4632/D4632M - Standard Test Method for Grab Breaking Load and Elongation ofGeotextiles; 2015a.

E. ASTM D4751 - Standard Test Method for Determining Apparent Opening Size of a Geotextile;2012.

F. ASTM D4873/D4873M - Standard Guide for Identification, Storage, and Handling ofGeosynthetic Rolls and Samples; 2016.

1.04 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTSA. Comply with all requirements of the City of San Antonio, Texas for erosion and sedimentation

control.B. Develop and follow an Erosion and Sedimentation Prevention Plan and submit periodic

inspection reports.C. Do not begin clearing, grading, or other work involving disturbance of ground surface cover until

applicable permits have been obtained; furnish all documentation required to obtain applicablepermits.

D. Provide to Owner a Performance Bond covering erosion and sedimentation preventivemeasures only, in an amount equal to 100 percent of the cost of erosion and sedimentationcontrol work.

E. Timing: Put preventive measures in place as soon as possible after disturbance of surfacecover and before precipitation occurs.

F. Storm Water Runoff: Control increased storm water runoff due to disturbance of surface coverdue to construction activities for this project.1. Prevent runoff into storm and sanitary sewer systems, including open drainage channels,

in excess of actual capacity or amount allowed by authorities having jurisdiction, whicheveris less.

2. Anticipate runoff volume due to the most extreme short term and 24-hour rainfall eventsthat might occur in 25 years.

G. Erosion On Site: Minimize wind, water, and vehicular erosion of soil on project site due toconstruction activities for this project.


August 18, 2017


1. Control movement of sediment and soil from temporary stockpiles of soil.2. Prevent development of ruts due to equipment and vehicular traffic.3. If erosion occurs due to non-compliance with these requirements, restore eroded areas at

no cost to Owner.H. Erosion Off Site: Prevent erosion of soil and deposition of sediment on other properties caused

by water leaving the project site due to construction activities for this project.1. Prevent windblown soil from leaving the project site.2. Prevent tracking of mud onto public roads outside site.3. Prevent mud and sediment from flowing onto sidewalks and pavements.4. If erosion occurs due to non-compliance with these requirements, restore eroded areas at

no cost to Owner.I. Sedimentation of Waterways On Site: Prevent sedimentation of waterways on the project site,

including rivers, streams, lakes, ponds, open drainage ways, storm sewers, and sanitarysewers.1. If sedimentation occurs, install or correct preventive measures immediately at no cost to

Owner; remove deposited sediments; comply with requirements of authorities havingjurisdiction.

2. If sediment basins are used as temporary preventive measures, pump dry and removedeposited sediment after each storm.

J. Sedimentation of Waterways Off Site: Prevent sedimentation of waterways off the project site,including rivers, streams, lakes, ponds, open drainage ways, storm sewers, and sanitarysewers.1. If sedimentation occurs, install or correct preventive measures immediately at no cost to

Owner; remove deposited sediments; comply with requirements of authorities havingjurisdiction.

K. Open Water: Prevent standing water that could become stagnant.L. Maintenance: Maintain temporary preventive measures until permanent measures have been

established.1.05 SUBMITTALS

A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.B. Erosion and Sedimentation Control Plan:

1. Include:a. Site plan identifying soils and vegetation, existing erosion problems, and areas

vulnerable to erosion due to topography, soils, vegetation, or drainage.b. Site plan showing grading; new improvements; temporary roads, traffic accesses, and

other temporary construction; and proposed preventive measures.c. Where extensive areas of soil will be disturbed, include storm water flow and volume

calculations, soil loss predictions, and proposed preventive measures.d. Schedule of temporary preventive measures, in relation to ground disturbing activities.e. Other information required by law.f. Format required by law is acceptable, provided any additional information specified is

also included.2. Obtain the approval of the Plan by authorities having jurisdiction.3. Obtain the approval of the Plan by Owner.

C. Certificate: Mill certificate for silt fence fabric attesting that fabric and factory seams comply withspecified requirements, signed by legally authorized official of manufacturer; indicate actualminimum average roll values; identify fabric by roll identification numbers.

D. Inspection Reports: Submit report of each inspection; identify each preventive measure,indicate condition, and specify maintenance or repair required and accomplished.


August 18, 2017


PART 2 PRODUCTS2.01 MATERIALS

A. Silt Fence Fabric: Polypropylene geotextile resistant to common soil chemicals, mildew, andinsects; non-biodegradable; in longest lengths possible; fabric including seams with thefollowing minimum average roll lengths:1. Average Opening Size: 30 U.S. Std. Sieve (0.600 mm), maximum, when tested in

accordance with ASTM D4751.2. Permittivity: 0.05 sec^-1, minimum, when tested in accordance with ASTM D4491.3. Ultraviolet Resistance: Retaining at least 70 percent of tensile strength, when tested in

accordance with ASTM D4355/D4355M after 500 hours exposure.4. Tensile Strength: 100 lb-f (450 N), minimum, in cross-machine direction; 124 lb-f (550 N),

minimum, in machine direction; when tested in accordance with ASTM D4632/D4632M.5. Elongation: 15 to 30 percent, when tested in accordance with ASTM D4632/D4632M.6. Tear Strength: 55 lb-f (245 N), minimum, when tested in accordance with ASTM

D4533/D4533M.7. Color: Manufacturer's standard, with embedment and fastener lines preprinted.

B. Silt Fence Posts: One of the following, minimum 5 feet (1500 mm) long:1. Steel U- or T-section, with minimum mass of 1.33 lb per linear foot (1.98 kg per linear m).

C. Gravel: See Section 32 1123 for aggregate.PART 3 EXECUTION3.01 EXAMINATION

A. Examine site and identify existing features that contribute to erosion resistance; maintain suchexisting features to greatest extent possible.

3.02 PREPARATIONA. Schedule work so that soil surfaces are left exposed for the minimum amount of time.

3.03 SCOPE OF PREVENTIVE MEASURESA. In all cases, if permanent erosion resistant measures have been installed temporary preventive

measures are not required.B. Construction Entrances: Traffic-bearing aggregate surface.

1. Width: As required; 20 feet (7 m), minimum.2. Length: 50 feet (16 m), minimum.3. Provide at each construction entrance from public right-of-way.4. Where necessary to prevent tracking of mud onto right-of-way, provide wheel washing

area out of direct traffic lane, with drain into sediment trap or basin.C. Linear Sediment Barriers: Made of silt fences.

1. Provide linear sediment barriers:a. Along downhill perimeter edge of disturbed areas, including soil stockpiles.b. Along the top of the slope or top bank of drainage channels and swales that traverse

disturbed areas.c. Along the toe of cut slopes and fill slopes.d. Perpendicular to flow across the bottom of existing and new drainage channels and

swales that traverse disturbed areas or carry runoff from disturbed areas; space atmaximum of 200 feet apart (at maximum of 60 m apart).

e. Across the entrances to culverts that receive runoff from disturbed areas.2. Space sediment barriers with the following maximum slope length upslope from barrier:

a. Slope of Less Than 2 Percent: 100 feet (30 m)..b. Slope Between 2 and 5 Percent: 75 feet (23 m).c. Slope Between 5 and 10 Percent: 50 feet (15 m).d. Slope Between 10 and 20 Percent: 25 feet (7.5 m).

https://global.ihs.com/doc_detail.cfm?rid=BSD&document_name=ASTM%20D4533/D4533M




































August 18, 2017


e. Slope Over 20 Percent: 15 feet (4.5 m).D. Storm Drain Curb Inlet Sediment Trap: Protect each curb inlet using one of the following

measures:1. Filter fabric wrapped around hollow concrete blocks blocking entire inlet face area; use one

piece of fabric wrapped at least 1-1/2 times around concrete blocks and secured toprevent dislodging; orient cores of blocks so runoff passes into inlet.

2. Straw bale row blocking entire inlet face area; anchor into pavement.E. Storm Drain Drop Inlet Sediment Traps: As detailed on drawings.F. Temporary Splash Pads: Stone aggregate over filter fabric; size to suit application; provide at

downspout outlets and storm water outlets.G. Temporary Seeding: Use where temporary vegetated cover is required.

3.04 INSTALLATIONA. Traffic-Bearing Aggregate Surface:

1. Excavate minimum of 6 inches (150 mm).2. Place geotextile fabric full width and length, with minimum 12 inch (300 mm) overlap at

joints.3. Place and compact at least 6 inches (150 mm) of 1.5 to 3.5 inch (40 to 90 mm) diameter

stone.B. Silt Fences:

1. Store and handle fabric in accordance with ASTM D4873/D4873M.2. Where slope gradient is less than 3:1 or barriers will be in place less than 6 months, use

nominal 16 inch (405 mm) high barriers with minimum 36 inch (905 mm) long postsspaced at 6 feet (1830 mm) maximum, with fabric embedded at least 4 inches (100 mm) inground.

3. Where slope gradient is steeper than 3:1 or barriers will be in place over 6 months, usenominal 28 inch (710 mm) high barriers, minimum 48 inch (1220 mm) long posts spacedat 6 feet (1830 mm) maximum, with fabric embedded at least 6 inches (150 mm) inground.

4. Where slope gradient is steeper than 3:1 and vertical height of slope between barriers ismore than 20 feet (6 m), use nominal 32 inch (810 mm) high barriers with woven wirereinforcement and steel posts spaced at 4 feet (1220 mm) maximum, with fabricembedded at least 6 inches (150 mm) in ground.

5. Install with top of fabric at nominal height and embedment as specified.6. Do not splice fabric width; minimize splices in fabric length; splice at post only, overlapping

at least 18 inches (460 mm), with extra post.7. Fasten fabric to steel posts using wire, nylon cord, or integral pockets.8. Wherever runoff will flow around end of barrier or over the top, provide temporary splash

pad or other outlet protection; at such outlets in the run of the barrier, make barrier notmore than 12 inches (300 mm) high with post spacing not more than 4 feet (1220 mm).

3.05 MAINTENANCEA. Inspect preventive measures weekly, within 24 hours after the end of any storm that produces

0.5 inches (13 mm) or more rainfall at the project site, and daily during prolonged rainfall.B. Repair deficiencies immediately.C. Silt Fences:

1. Promptly replace fabric that deteriorates unless need for fence has passed.2. Remove silt deposits that exceed one-third of the height of the fence.3. Repair fences that are undercut by runoff or otherwise damaged, whether by runoff or

other causes.D. Clean out temporary sediment control structures weekly and relocate soil on site.E. Place sediment in appropriate locations on site; do not remove from site.

























































August 18, 2017


3.06 CLEAN UPA. Remove temporary measures after permanent measures have been installed, unless permitted

to remain by Architect.B. Clean out temporary sediment control structures that are to remain as permanent measures.C. Where removal of temporary measures would leave exposed soil, shape surface to an

acceptable grade and finish to match adjacent ground surfaces.END OF SECTION














August 18, 2017

01 5813 - 1 TEMPORARY PROJECTSIGNAGE

SECTION 01 5813 - TEMPORARY PROJECT SIGNAGEPART 1 GENERAL1.01 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Project identification sign.B. Project informational signs.

1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTSA. Section 01 1000 - Summary: Responsibility to provide signs.

1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. Design sign and structure to withstand 50 miles/hr (80 km/hr) wind velocity.B. Finishes, Painting: Adequate to withstand weathering, fading, and chipping for duration of

construction.1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements for submittal procedures.B. Shop Drawing: Show content, layout, lettering, color, foundation, structure, sizes.

PART 2 PRODUCTS2.01 SIGN MATERIALS

A. Structure and Framing: New, wood, structurally adequate.B. Sign Surfaces: Exterior grade plywood with medium density overlay, minimum 3/4 inch (19

mm) thick, standard large sizes to minimize joints.C. Rough Hardware: Galvanized.D. Paint and Primers: Exterior quality, two coats; sign background of color as selected.E. Lettering: Exterior quality paint, contrasting colors.

2.02 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNA. One painted sign of construction, design, and content shown on Drawings, location designated.B. Content:

1. Project number, title, logo and name of Owner as indicated on Contract Documents.2. Names and titles of authorities.3. Names and titles of Architect and Consultants.4. Name of Prime Contractor .

C. Graphic Design, Colors, Style of Lettering: Designated by Architect.2.03 PROJECT INFORMATIONAL SIGNS

A. Painted informational signs of same colors and lettering as Project Identification sign, orstandard products; size lettering to provide legibility at 100 foot (30 m) distance.

B. Provide at each field office, storage shed, and directional signs to direct traffic into and withinsite. Relocate as Work progress requires.

PART 3 EXECUTION3.01 INSTALLATION

A. Install project identification sign within 30 days after date fixed by Notice to Proceed.B. Erect at designated location.C. Erect supports and framing on secure foundation, rigidly braced and framed to resist wind

loadings.D. Install sign surface plumb and level, with butt joints. Anchor securely.E. Paint exposed surfaces of sign, supports, and framing.


August 18, 2017

01 5813 - 2 TEMPORARY PROJECTSIGNAGE

3.02 MAINTENANCEA. Maintain signs and supports clean, repair deterioration and damage.

3.03 REMOVALA. Remove signs, framing, supports, and foundations at completion of Project and restore the

area.END OF SECTION


August 18, 2017

01 6000 - 1 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS

SECTION 01 6000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTSPART 1 GENERAL1.01 SECTION INCLUDES

A. General product requirements.B. Re-use of existing products.C. Transportation, handling, storage and protection.D. Product option requirements.E. Substitution limitations and procedures.

1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTSA. Document 00 2113 - Instructions to Bidders: Product options and substitution procedures prior

to bid date.B. Section 01 4000 - Quality Requirements: Product quality monitoring.

1.03 SUBMITTALSA. Proposed Products List: Submit list of major products proposed for use, with name of

manufacturer, trade name, and model number of each product.1. Submit within 15 days after date of Agreement.2. For products specified only by reference standards, list applicable reference standards.

B. Product Data Submittals: Submit manufacturer's standard published data. Mark each copy toidentify applicable products, models, options, and other data. Supplement manufacturers'standard data to provide information specific to this Project.

C. Shop Drawing Submittals: Prepared specifically for this Project; indicate utility and electricalcharacteristics, utility connection requirements, and location of utility outlets for service forfunctional equipment and appliances.

D. Sample Submittals: Illustrate functional and aesthetic characteristics of the product, withintegral parts and attachment devices. Coordinate sample submittals for interfacing work.1. For selection from standard finishes, submit samples of the full range of the

manufacturer's standard colors, textures, and patterns.PART 2 PRODUCTS2.01 EXISTING PRODUCTS

A. Do not use materials and equipment removed from existing premises unless specificallyrequired or permitted by the Contract Documents.

B. Unforeseen historic items encountered remain the property of the Owner; notify Owner promptlyupon discovery; protect, remove, handle, and store as directed by Owner.

C. Existing materials and equipment indicated to be removed, but not to be re-used, relocated,reinstalled, delivered to the Owner, or otherwise indicated as to remain the property of theOwner, become the property of the Contractor; remove from site.

D. Specific Products to be Reused: The reuse of certain materials and equipment already existingon the project site is required.1. See drawings for list of items required to be salvaged for reuse and relocation.

2.02 NEW PRODUCTSA. Provide new products unless specifically required or permitted by the Contract Documents.B. DO NOT USE products having any of the following characteristics:

1. Containing lead, cadmium, asbestos.C. Where all other criteria are met, Contractor shall give preference to products that:

1. If used on interior, have lower emissions, as defined in Section 01 6116.2. If wet-applied, have lower VOC content, as defined in Section 01 6116.


August 18, 2017


3. Have longer documented life span under normal use.4. Result in less construction waste.5. Have a published GreenScreen Chemical Hazard Analysis.

2.03 PRODUCT OPTIONSA. Products Specified by Reference Standards or by Description Only: Use any product meeting

those standards or description.B. Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers: Use a product of one of the

manufacturers named and meeting specifications, no options or substitutions allowed.C. Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers with a Provision for Substitutions:

Submit a request for substitution for any manufacturer not named.PART 3 EXECUTION3.01 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES

A. Instructions to Bidders specifies time restrictions for submitting requests for substitutions duringthe bidding period and the documents required. Comply with requirements specified in Section00 2113.

B. Substitutions will be considered when a product, through no fault of the Contractor, becomesunavailable or unsuitable due to regulatory change.1. Submit request for Substitution for Cause immedately upon discovery of need for

substitution, but not later than 7 days prior to time required for review and approval byArchitect.

C. Document each request with complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitutionwith Contract Documents.

D. A request for substitution constitutes a representation that the submitter:1. Has investigated proposed product and determined that it meets or exceeds the quality

level of the specified product.2. Agrees to provide the same warranty for the substitution as for the specified product.3. Agrees to coordinate installation and make changes to other Work that may be required

for the Work to be complete with no additional cost to Owner.4. Waives claims for additional costs or time extension that may subsequently become

apparent.E. Substitution Submittal Procedure (after contract award):

1. Submit substitution requests by completing the form in Section 00 6325; see this sectionfor additional information and instructions. Use only this form; other forms of submissionare unacceptable.

2. Submit three copies of request for substitution for consideration. Limit each request to oneproposed substitution.

3. Submit shop drawings, product data, and certified test results attesting to the proposedproduct equivalence. Burden of proof is on proposer.

4. Architect will notify Contractor in writing of decision to accept or reject request.3.02 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING

A. Package products for shipment in manner to prevent damage; for equipment, package to avoidloss of factory calibration.

B. If special precautions are required, attach instructions prominently and legibly on outside ofpackaging.

C. Coordinate schedule of product delivery to designated prepared areas in order to minimize sitestorage time and potential damage to stored materials.

D. Transport and handle products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.E. Transport materials in covered trucks to prevent contamination of product and littering of

surrounding areas.


August 18, 2017


F. Promptly inspect shipments to ensure that products comply with requirements, quantities arecorrect, and products are undamaged.

G. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling,disfigurement, or damage, and to minimize handling.

H. Arrange for the return of packing materials, such as wood pallets, where economically feasible.3.03 STORAGE AND PROTECTION

A. Designate receiving/storage areas for incoming products so that they are delivered according toinstallation schedule and placed convenient to work area in order to minimize waste due toexcessive materials handling and misapplication.

B. Store and protect products in accordance with manufacturers' instructions.C. Store with seals and labels intact and legible.D. Store sensitive products in weather tight, climate controlled, enclosures in an environment

favorable to product.E. For exterior storage of fabricated products, place on sloped supports above ground.F. Provide bonded off-site storage and protection when site does not permit on-site storage or

protection.G. Protect products from damage or deterioration due to construction operations, weather,

precipitation, humidity, temperature, sunlight and ultraviolet light, dirt, dust, and othercontaminants.

H. Comply with manufacturer's warranty conditions, if any.I. Do not store products directly on the ground.J. Cover products subject to deterioration with impervious sheet covering. Provide ventilation to

prevent condensation and degradation of products.K. Store loose granular materials on solid flat surfaces in a well-drained area. Prevent mixing with

foreign matter.L. Prevent contact with material that may cause corrosion, discoloration, or staining.M. Provide equipment and personnel to store products by methods to prevent soiling,

disfigurement, or damage.N. Arrange storage of products to permit access for inspection. Periodically inspect to verify

products are undamaged and are maintained in acceptable condition.END OF SECTION


August 18, 2017

01 7000 - 1 EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUTREQUIREMENTS

SECTION 01 7000 - EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTSPART 1 GENERAL1.01 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Examination, preparation, and general installation procedures.B. Requirements for alterations work, including selective demolition.C. Cutting and patching.D. Cleaning and protection.E. Closeout procedures, including Contractor's Correction Punch List, except payment procedures.F. General requirements for maintenance service.

1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTSA. Section 01 1000 - Summary: Limitations on working in existing building; continued occupancy;

work sequence; identification of salvaged and relocated materials.B. Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements: Submittals procedures, Electronic document

submittal service.C. Section 01 4000 - Quality Requirements: Testing and inspection procedures.D. Section 01 5000 - Temporary Facilities and Controls: Temporary exterior enclosures.E. Section 01 5000 - Temporary Facilities and Controls: Temporary interior partitions.F. Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals: Project record documents, operation and maintenance

data, warranties and bonds.1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS

A. NFPA 241 - Standard for Safeguarding Construction, Alteration, and Demolition Operations;2013.

1.04 SUBMITTALSA. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.B. Demolition Plan: Submit demolition plan as specified by OSHA and local authorities.

1. Indicate extent of demolition, removal sequence, bracing and shoring, and location andconstruction of barricades and fences. Include design drawings and calculations forbracing and shoring.

2. Identify demolition firm and submit qualifications.3. Include a summary of safety procedures.

C. Cutting and Patching: Submit written request in advance of cutting or alteration that affects:1. Structural integrity of any element of Project.2. Integrity of weather exposed or moisture resistant element.3. Efficiency, maintenance, or safety of any operational element.4. Visual qualities of sight exposed elements.5. Work of Owner or separate Contractor.

1.05 QUALIFICATIONSA. For design of temporary shoring and bracing, employ a Professional Engineer experienced in

design of this type of work and licensed in the State in which the Project is located.1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Use of explosives is not permitted.B. Protect site from puddling or running water. Provide water barriers as required to protect site

from soil erosion.


August 18, 2017


C. Dust Control: Execute work by methods to minimize raising dust from construction operations. Provide positive means to prevent air-borne dust from dispersing into atmosphere and overadjacent property.1. Provide dust-proof barriers between construction areas and areas continuing to be

occupied by Owner.D. Noise Control: Provide methods, means, and facilities to minimize noise produced by

construction operations.1. Outdoors: Limit conduct of especially noisy exterior work to the hours of 6 pm to 7 am.

E. Pollution Control: Provide methods, means, and facilities to prevent contamination of soil,water, and atmosphere from discharge of noxious, toxic substances, and pollutants produced byconstruction operations. Comply with federal, state, and local regulations.

1.07 COORDINATIONA. See Section 01 1000 for occupancy-related requirements.B. Coordinate scheduling, submittals, and work of the various sections of the Project Manual to

ensure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements,with provisions for accommodating items installed later.

C. Notify affected utility companies and comply with their requirements.D. Verify that utility requirements and characteristics of new operating equipment are compatible

with building utilities. Coordinate work of various sections having interdependent responsibilitiesfor installing, connecting to, and placing in service, such equipment.

E. Coordinate space requirements, supports, and installation of mechanical and electrical workthat are indicated diagrammatically on Drawings. Follow routing shown for pipes, ducts, andconduit, as closely as practicable; place runs parallel with lines of building. Utilize spacesefficiently to maximize accessibility for other installations, for maintenance, and for repairs.

F. In finished areas except as otherwise indicated, conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring within theconstruction. Coordinate locations of fixtures and outlets with finish elements.

G. Coordinate completion and clean-up of work of separate sections.H. After Owner occupancy of premises, coordinate access to site for correction of defective work

and work not in accordance with Contract Documents, to minimize disruption of Owner'sactivities.

PART 2 PRODUCTS2.01 PATCHING MATERIALS

A. New Materials: As specified in product sections; match existing products and work for patchingand extending work.

B. Type and Quality of Existing Products: Determine by inspecting and testing products wherenecessary, referring to existing work as a standard.

C. Product Substitution: For any proposed change in materials, submit request for substitutiondescribed in Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements.

PART 3 EXECUTION3.01 EXAMINATION

A. Verify that existing site conditions and substrate surfaces are acceptable for subsequent work. Start of work means acceptance of existing conditions.

B. Verify that existing substrate is capable of structural support or attachment of new work beingapplied or attached.

C. Examine and verify specific conditions described in individual specification sections.D. Take field measurements before confirming product orders or beginning fabrication, to minimize

waste due to over-ordering or misfabrication.


August 18, 2017


E. Verify that utility services are available, of the correct characteristics, and in the correctlocations.

F. Prior to Cutting: Examine existing conditions prior to commencing work, including elementssubject to damage or movement during cutting and patching. After uncovering existing work,assess conditions affecting performance of work. Beginning of cutting or patching meansacceptance of existing conditions.

3.02 PREPARATIONA. Clean substrate surfaces prior to applying next material or substance.B. Seal cracks or openings of substrate prior to applying next material or substance.C. Apply manufacturer required or recommended substrate primer, sealer, or conditioner prior to

applying any new material or substance in contact or bond.3.03 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

A. Install products as specified in individual sections, in accordance with manufacturer'sinstructions and recommendations, and so as to avoid waste due to necessity for replacement.

B. Make vertical elements plumb and horizontal elements level, unless otherwise indicated.C. Install equipment and fittings plumb and level, neatly aligned with adjacent vertical and

horizontal lines, unless otherwise indicated.D. Make consistent texture on surfaces, with seamless transitions, unless otherwise indicated.E. Make neat transitions between different surfaces, maintaining texture and appearance.

3.04 ALTERATIONSA. Drawings showing existing construction and utilities are based on casual field observation and

existing record documents only.1. Verify that construction and utility arrangements are as shown.2. Report discrepancies to Architect before disturbing existing installation.3. Beginning of alterations work constitutes acceptance of existing conditions.

B. Keep areas in which alterations are being conducted separated from other areas that are stilloccupied.1. Provide, erect, and maintain temporary dustproof partitions of construction specified in

Section 01 5000 and as required by building official and fire marshal..C. Remove existing work as indicated and as required to accomplish new work.

1. Remove items indicated on drawings.2. Relocate items indicated on drawings.3. Where new surface finishes are to be applied to existing work, perform removals, patch,

and prepare existing surfaces as required to receive new finish; remove existing finish ifnecessary for successful application of new finish.

4. Where new surface finishes are not specified or indicated, patch holes and damagedsurfaces to match adjacent finished surfaces as closely as possible.

D. Services (Including but not limited to Plumbing, Fire Protection, and Electrical): Remove,relocate, and extend existing systems to accommodate new construction.1. Maintain existing active systems that are to remain in operation; maintain access to

equipment and operational components; if necessary, modify installation to allow access orprovide access panel.

2. Where existing systems or equipment are not active and Contract Documents requirereactivation, put back into operational condition; repair supply, distribution, and equipmentas required.

3. Where existing active systems serve occupied facilities but are to be replaced with newservices, maintain existing systems in service until new systems are complete and readyfor service.


August 18, 2017


a. Disable existing systems only to make switchovers and connections; minimizeduration of outages.

b. Provide temporary connections as required to maintain existing systems in service.4. Verify that abandoned services serve only abandoned facilities.5. Remove abandoned pipe, ducts, conduits, and equipment; remove back to source of

supply where possible, otherwise cap stub and tag with identification; patch holes left byremoval using materials specified for new construction.

E. Protect existing work to remain.1. Prevent movement of structure; provide shoring and bracing if necessary.2. Perform cutting to accomplish removals neatly and as specified for cutting new work.3. Repair adjacent construction and finishes damaged during removal work.

F. Adapt existing work to fit new work: Make as neat and smooth transition as possible.1. When existing finished surfaces are cut so that a smooth transition with new work is not

possible, terminate existing surface along a straight line at a natural line of division andmake recommendation to Architect.

2. Where a change of plane of 1/4 inch (6 mm) or more occurs in existing work, submitrecommendation for providing a smooth transition for Architect review and requestinstructions.

G. Patching: Where the existing surface is not indicated to be refinished, patch to match thesurface finish that existed prior to cutting. Where the surface is indicated to be refinished, patchso that the substrate is ready for the new finish.

H. Refinish existing surfaces as indicated:1. Where rooms or spaces are indicated to be refinished, refinish all visible existing surfaces

to remain to the specified condition for each material, with a neat transition to adjacentfinishes.

2. If mechanical or electrical work is exposed accidentally during the work, re-cover andrefinish to match.

I. Clean existing systems and equipment.J. Remove demolition debris and abandoned items from alterations areas and dispose of off-site;

do not burn or bury.K. Do not begin new construction in alterations areas before demolition is complete.L. Comply with all other applicable requirements of this section.

3.05 CUTTING AND PATCHINGA. Whenever possible, execute the work by methods that avoid cutting or patching.B. See Alterations article above for additional requirements.C. Perform whatever cutting and patching is necessary to:

1. Complete the work.2. Fit products together to integrate with other work.3. Provide openings for penetration of mechanical, electrical, and other services.4. Match work that has been cut to adjacent work.5. Repair areas adjacent to cuts to required condition.6. Repair new work damaged by subsequent work.7. Remove samples of installed work for testing when requested.8. Remove and replace defective and non-conforming work.

D. Execute work by methods that avoid damage to other work and that will provide appropriatesurfaces to receive patching and finishing. In existing work, minimize damage and restore tooriginal condition.

E. Employ skilled and experienced installer to perform cutting for weather exposed and moistureresistant elements, and sight exposed surfaces.


August 18, 2017


F. Cut rigid materials using masonry saw or core drill. Pneumatic tools not allowed without priorapproval.

G. Restore work with new products in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents.H. Fit work air tight to pipes, sleeves, ducts, conduit, and other penetrations through surfaces.I. Patching:

1. Finish patched surfaces to match finish that existed prior to patching. On continuoussurfaces, refinish to nearest intersection or natural break. For an assembly, refinish entireunit.

2. Match color, texture, and appearance.3. Repair patched surfaces that are damaged, lifted, discolored, or showing other

imperfections due to patching work. If defects are due to condition of substrate, repairsubstrate prior to repairing finish.

3.06 PROGRESS CLEANINGA. Maintain areas free of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. Maintain site in a clean and orderly

condition.B. Remove debris and rubbish from pipe chases, plenums, attics, crawl spaces, and other closed

or remote spaces, prior to enclosing the space.C. Broom and vacuum clean interior areas prior to start of surface finishing, and continue cleaning

to eliminate dust.D. Collect and remove waste materials, debris, and trash/rubbish from site periodically and dispose

off-site; do not burn or bury.3.07 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED WORK

A. Protect installed work from damage by construction operations.B. Provide special protection where specified in individual specification sections.C. Provide temporary and removable protection for installed products. Control activity in immediate

work area to prevent damage.D. Provide protective coverings at walls, projections, jambs, sills, and soffits of openings.E. Protect finished floors, stairs, and other surfaces from traffic, dirt, wear, damage, or movement

of heavy objects, by protecting with durable sheet materials.F. Prohibit traffic or storage upon waterproofed or roofed surfaces. If traffic or activity is

necessary, obtain recommendations for protection from waterproofing or roofing materialmanufacturer.

G. Remove protective coverings when no longer needed; reuse or recycle coverings if possible.3.08 ADJUSTING

A. Adjust operating products and equipment to ensure smooth and unhindered operation.3.09 FINAL CLEANING

A. Use cleaning materials that are nonhazardous.B. Remove all labels that are not permanent. Do not paint or otherwise cover fire test labels or

nameplates on mechanical and electrical equipment.C. Clean equipment and fixtures to a sanitary condition with cleaning materials appropriate to the

surface and material being cleaned.D. Clean filters of operating equipment.E. Clean debris from roofs, overflow drains, area drains, and drainage systems.F. Clean site; sweep paved areas, rake clean landscaped surfaces.G. Remove waste, surplus materials, trash/rubbish, and construction facilities from the site;

dispose of in legal manner; do not burn or bury.


August 18, 2017


H. Clean Owner-occupied areas of work.3.10 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES

A. Make submittals that are required by governing or other authorities.B. Accompany Project Coordinator on preliminary inspection to determine items to be listed for

completion or correction in the Contractor's Correction Punch List for Contractor's Notice ofSubstantial Completion.

C. Notify Architect when work is considered ready for Architect's Substantial Completioninspection.

D. Submit written certification containing Contractor's Correction Punch List, that ContractDocuments have been reviewed, work has been inspected, and that work is complete inaccordance with Contract Documents and ready for Architect's Substantial Completioninspection.

E. Conduct Substantial Completion inspection and create Final Correction Punch List containingArchitect's and Contractor's comprehensive list of items identified to be completed or correctedand submit to Architect.

F. Correct items of work listed in Final Correction Punch List and comply with requirements foraccess to Owner-occupied areas.

G. Notify Architect when work is considered finally complete and ready for Architect's SubstantialCompletion final inspection.

H. Complete items of work determined by Architect listed in executed Certificate of SubstantialCompletion.

3.11 MAINTENANCEA. Provide service and maintenance of components indicated in specification sections.B. Maintenance Period: As indicated in specification sections or, if not indicated, not less than one

year from the Date of Substantial Completion or the length of the specified warranty, whicheveris longer.

C. Examine system components at a frequency consistent with reliable operation. Clean, adjust,and lubricate as required.

D. Include systematic examination, adjustment, and lubrication of components. Repair or replaceparts whenever required. Use parts produced by the manufacturer of the original component.

E. Maintenance service shall not be assigned or transferred to any agent or subcontractor withoutprior written consent of the Owner.

END OF SECTION


August 18, 2017

01 7800 - 1 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

SECTION 01 7800 - CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALSPART 1 GENERAL1.01 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Project Record Documents.B. Operation and Maintenance Data.C. Warranties and bonds.

1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTSA. Section 00 7200 - General Conditions and 00 7300 - Supplementary Conditions: Performance

bond and labor and material payment bonds, warranty, and correction of work.B. Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements: Submittals procedures, shop drawings,

product data, and samples.C. Section 01 7000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Contract closeout procedures.D. Individual Product Sections: Specific requirements for operation and maintenance data.E. Individual Product Sections: Warranties required for specific products or Work.

1.03 SUBMITTALSA. Project Record Documents: Submit documents to Architect with claim for final Application for

Payment.B. Operation and Maintenance Data:

1. Submit two copies of preliminary draft or proposed formats and outlines of contents beforestart of Work. Architect will review draft and return one copy with comments.

2. For equipment, or component parts of equipment put into service during construction andoperated by Owner, submit completed documents within ten days after acceptance.

3. Submit one copy of completed documents 15 days prior to final inspection. This copy willbe reviewed and returned after final inspection, with Architect comments. Revise contentof all document sets as required prior to final submission.

4. Submit two sets of revised final documents in final form within 10 days after finalinspection.

C. Warranties and Bonds:1. For equipment or component parts of equipment put into service during construction with

Owner's permission, submit documents within 10 days after acceptance.2. Make other submittals within 10 days after Date of Substantial Completion, prior to final

Application for Payment.3. For items of Work for which acceptance is delayed beyond Date of Substantial

Completion, submit within 10 days after acceptance, listing the date of acceptance as thebeginning of the warranty period.

PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USEDPART 3 EXECUTION3.01 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS

A. Maintain on site one set of the following record documents; record actual revisions to the Work:1. Drawings.2. Specifications.3. Addenda.4. Change Orders and other modifications to the Contract.5. Reviewed shop drawings, product data, and samples.6. Manufacturer's instruction for assembly, installation, and adjusting.

B. Ensure entries are complete and accurate, enabling future reference by Owner.C. Store record documents separate from documents used for construction.


August 18, 2017


D. Record information concurrent with construction progress.E. Specifications: Legibly mark and record at each product section description of actual products

installed, including the following:1. Manufacturer's name and product model and number.2. Product substitutions or alternates utilized.3. Changes made by Addenda and modifications.

F. Record Drawings and Shop Drawings: Legibly mark each item to record actual constructionincluding:1. Field changes of dimension and detail.2. Details not on original Contract drawings.

3.02 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATAA. Source Data: For each product or system, list names, addresses and telephone numbers of

Subcontractors and suppliers, including local source of supplies and replacement parts.B. Product Data: Mark each sheet to clearly identify specific products and component parts, and

data applicable to installation. Delete inapplicable information.C. Drawings: Supplement product data to illustrate relations of component parts of equipment and

systems, to show control and flow diagrams. Do not use Project Record Documents asmaintenance drawings.

D. Typed Text: As required to supplement product data. Provide logical sequence of instructionsfor each procedure, incorporating manufacturer's instructions.

3.03 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMSA. For Each Item of Equipment and Each System:

1. Description of unit or system, and component parts.2. Identify function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions.3. Include performance curves, with engineering data and tests.4. Complete nomenclature and model number of replaceable parts.

B. Where additional instructions are required, beyond the manufacturer's standard printedinstructions, have instructions prepared by personnel experienced in the operation andmaintenance of the specific products.

C. Operating Procedures: Include start-up, break-in, and routine normal operating instructions andsequences. Include regulation, control, stopping, shut-down, and emergency instructions. Include summer, winter, and any special operating instructions.

D. Maintenance Requirements: Include routine procedures and guide for preventativemaintenance and trouble shooting; disassembly, repair, and reassembly instructions; andalignment, adjusting, balancing, and checking instructions.

E. Provide servicing and lubrication schedule, and list of lubricants required.F. Include manufacturer's printed operation and maintenance instructions.G. Include sequence of operation by controls manufacturer.H. Provide original manufacturer's parts list, illustrations, assembly drawings, and diagrams

required for maintenance.I. Additional Requirements: As specified in individual product specification sections.

3.04 ASSEMBLY OF OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALSA. Assemble operation and maintenance data into durable manuals for Owner's personnel use,

with data arranged in the same sequence as, and identified by, the specification sections.B. Where systems involve more than one specification section, provide separate tabbed divider for

each system.


August 18, 2017


C. Binders: Commercial quality, 8-1/2 by 11 inch (216 by 280 mm) three D side ring binders withdurable plastic covers; 2 inch (50 mm) maximum ring size. When multiple binders are used,correlate data into related consistent groupings.

D. Cover: Identify each binder with typed or printed title OPERATION AND MAINTENANCEINSTRUCTIONS; identify title of Project; identify subject matter of contents.

E. Project Directory: Title and address of Project; names, addresses, and telephone numbers ofArchitect, Consultants,Contractorand subcontractors, with names of responsible parties.

F. Tables of Contents: List every item separated by a divider, using the same identification as onthe divider tab; where multiple volumes are required, include all volumes Tables of Contents ineach volume, with the current volume clearly identified.

G. Dividers: Provide tabbed dividers for each separate product and system; identify the contentson the divider tab; immediately following the divider tab include a description of product andmajor component parts of equipment.

H. Text: Manufacturer's printed data, or typewritten data on 20 pound paper.I. Drawings: Provide with reinforced punched binder tab. Bind in with text; fold larger drawings to

size of text pages.3.05 WARRANTIES AND BONDS

A. Obtain warranties and bonds, executed in duplicate by responsible Subcontractors, suppliers,and manufacturers, within 10 days after completion of the applicable item of work. Except foritems put into use with Owner's permission, leave date of beginning of time of warranty untilDate of Substantial completion is determined.

B. Verify that documents are in proper form, contain full information, and are notarized.C. Co-execute submittals when required.D. Retain warranties and bonds until time specified for submittal.E. Include originals of each in operation and maintenance manuals, indexed separately on Table of

Contents.END OF SECTION


August 18, 2017

05 5100 - 1 METAL STAIRS

SECTION 05 5100 - METAL STAIRSPART 1 GENERAL1.01 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Stairs with concrete treads.B. Structural steel stair framing and supports.C. Handrails and guards.D. Prefabricated stair treads and nosings.

1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTSA. Section 03 3000 - Cast-in-Place Concrete: Placement of metal anchors in concrete.

1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDSA. ADA Standards - Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Standards for Accessible Design; 2010.B. ASTM A6/A6M - Standard Specification for General Requirements for Rolled Structural Steel

Bars, Plates, Shapes, and Sheet Piling; 2016.C. ASTM A36/A36M - Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel; 2014.D. ASTM A53/A53M - Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated,

Welded and Seamless; 2012.E. ASTM A123/A123M - Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and

Steel Products; 2015.F. ASTM A153/A153M - Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel

Hardware; 2016a.G. ASTM A283/A283M - Standard Specification for Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength Carbon

Steel Plates; 2013.H. ASTM A307 - Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts, Studs, and Threaded Rod 60 000

PSI Tensile Strength; 2014.I. ASTM A500/A500M - Standard Specification for Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon

Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes; 2013.J. ASTM A501/A501M - Standard Specification for Hot-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon

Steel Structural Tubing; 2014.K. ASTM A653/A653M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or

Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process; 2015.L. ASTM A786/A786M - Standard Specification for Hot-Rolled Carbon, Low-Alloy, High-Strength

Low-Alloy, and Alloy Steel Floor Plates; 2015.M. ASTM A1008/A1008M - Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, Cold-Rolled, Carbon,

Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy, High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability,Solution Hardened, and Bake Hardenable; 2016.

N. ASTM A1011/A1011M - Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Hot-Rolled, Carbon,Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy, High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability, andUltra-High Strength; 2015.

O. ASTM E935 - Standard Test Methods for Performance of Permanent Metal Railing Systemsand Rails for Buildings; 2013.

P. ASTM E985 - Standard Specification for Permanent Metal Railing Systems and Rails forBuildings; 2000 (Reapproved 2006).

Q. ASTM F3125/F3125M - Standard Specification for High Strength Structural Bolts, Steel andAlloy Steel, Heat Treated, 120 ksi (830 MPa) and 150 ksi (1040 MPa) Minimum TensileStrength, Inch and Metric Dimensions; 2015a.

R. AWS A2.4 - Standard Symbols for Welding, Brazing, and Nondestructive Examination; 2012.


August 18, 2017


S. AWS D1.1/D1.1M - Structural Welding Code - Steel; 2015 (with March 2016 Errata).T. SSPC-Paint 20 - Zinc-Rich Primers (Type I, "Inorganic," and Type II, "Organic"); 2002 (Ed.

2004).1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.B. Shop Drawings: Indicate profiles, sizes, connection attachments, reinforcing, anchorage, size

and type of fasteners, and accessories.1. Indicate welded connections using standard AWS A2.4 welding symbols. Indicate net weld

lengths.2. Include the design engineer's stamp or seal on each sheet of shop drawings.

C. Delegated Design Data: As required by authorities having jurisdiction.1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Structural Designer Qualifications: Professional Structural Engineer experienced in design ofthis work and licensed in the State in which the Project is located, or personnel under directsupervision of such an engineer.

B. Fabricator Qualifications:1. A company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section, with not less

than ten years of documented experience.PART 2 PRODUCTS2.01 METAL STAIRS - GENERAL

A. Metal Stairs: Provide stairs of the design specified, complete with landing platforms, verticaland horizontal supports, railings, and guards, fabricated accurately for anchorage to each otherand to building structure.1. Regulatory Requirements: Provide stairs and railings complying with the most stringent

requirements of local, state, and federal regulations; where requirements of the contractdocuments exceed those of regulations, comply with the contract documents.

2. Handrails: Comply with applicable accessibility requirements of ADA Standards.3. Structural Design: Provide complete stair and railing assemblies complying with the

applicable local code.4. Dimensions: As indicated on drawings.5. Shop assemble components; disassemble into largest practical sections suitable for

transport and access to site.6. No sharp or rough areas on exposed travel surfaces and surfaces accessible to touch.7. Separate dissimilar metals using paint or permanent tape.

B. Metal Jointing and Finish Quality Levels:1. Architectural: All joints as inconspicuous as possible, whether welded or mechanical.

a. Welded Joints: Continuously welded and ground smooth and flush.b. Mechanical Joints: Butted tight, flush, and hairline; concealed fastenings only.c. Exposed Edges and Corners: Eased to small uniform radius.d. Metal Surfaces to be Painted: Sanded or ground smooth, suitable for highest quality

gloss finish.C. Fasteners: Same material or compatible with materials being fastened; type consistent with

design and specified quality level.D. Anchors and Related Components: Same material and finish as item to be anchored, except

where specifically indicated otherwise; provide all anchors and fasteners required.2.02 METAL STAIRS WITH CONCRETE TREADS

A. Jointing and Finish Quality Level: Architectural, as defined above.B. Risers: Closed.


August 18, 2017


C. Treads: Metal pan with field-installed concrete fill.1. Concrete Depth: 1-1/2 inches (38 mm), minimum.2. Tread Pan Material: Steel sheet.3. Tread Pan Thickness: As required by design; 14 gage, 0.075 inch (1.9 mm) minimum.4. Pan Anchorage to Stringers: Continuously welded, from top or bottom.5. Concrete Reinforcement: None.6. Concrete Finish: Match existing.

D. Risers: Same material and thickness as tread pans.1. Riser/Nosing Profile: Sloped riser with rounded nosing of minimum radius.2. Nosing Depth: Not more than 1-1/2 inch (38 mm) overhang.3. Nosing Return: Flush with top of concrete fill, not more than 1/2 inch (12 mm) wide.

E. Stringers: Match existing.1. Stringer Depth: As indicated on drawings.

F. Landings: Same construction as treads, supported and reinforced as required to achievedesign load capacity.

G. Railings: Steel pipe railings to match existing.H. Finish: Galvanized after fabrication, except sheet components to be galvanized before

fabrication.I. Under Side of Stair: Exposed to view, to be finished same as specified for other exposed to

view surfaces.2.03 HANDRAILS AND GUARDS

A. Wall-Mounted Rails: Round pipe or tube rails unless otherwise indicated.1. Outside Diameter: 1-1/4 inch (32 mm), minimum, to 1-1/2 inches (38 mm), maximum.

B. Guards: 1. Top Rails: Round pipe or tube rails to match existing.

a. Outside Diameter: 1-1/4 inch (32 mm), minimum, to 1-1/2 inches (38 mm),maximum.

2. Infill at Pipe Railings: Pipe or tube rails sloped parallel to stair to match existing.a. Vertical Spacing: Maximum 4 inches (100 mm) on center.b. Jointing: Welded and ground smooth and flush.

3. Infill at Mesh Railings: Woven wire mesh panels to match existing.a. Material and Finish: Same as stair.b. Mounting: Mesh welded to steel bar frame, frame welded to posts.

4. End and Intermediate Posts: Same material and size as top rails.a. Horizontal Spacing: As indicated on drawings.b. Mounting: Welded to top surface of stringer.

2.04 MATERIALSA. Steel Sections: ASTM A36/A36M.B. Steel Tubing: ASTM A500/A500M or ASTM A501/A501M structural tubing, round and shapes

as indicated.C. Pipe: ASTM A53/A53M, Grade B Schedule 40, black finish.D. Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A653/A653M, Structural Steel (SS) Grade 33/230 with

G40/Z120 coating.E. Concrete Fill: Portland cement Type I, 3000 psi (20 MPa) 28 day strength, 2 to 3 inch (50 to 75

mm) slump.F. Concrete Reinforcement: Mesh type, galvanized.


August 18, 2017


2.05 ACCESSORIESA. Steel Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM F3125/F3125M, Type 1, and galvanized to ASTM

A153/A153M where connecting galvanized components.B. Welding Materials: AWS D1.1/D1.1M; type required for materials being welded.C. Touch-Up Primer for Galvanized Surfaces: SSPC-Paint 20, Type I - Inorganic, complying with

VOC limitations of authorities having jurisdiction.2.06 SHOP FINISHING

A. Clean surfaces of rust, scale, grease, and foreign matter prior to finishing.B. Galvanizing: Hot-dip galvanize to minimum requirements of ASTM A123/A123M.

1. Touch up abraded areas after fabrication using specified touch-up primer for galvanizedsurfaces.

PART 3 EXECUTION3.01 EXAMINATION

A. Verify that field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive work.3.02 PREPARATION

A. When field welding is required, clean and strip primed steel items to bare metal.B. Supply items required to be cast into concrete with setting templates.

3.03 INSTALLATIONA. Install components plumb and level, accurately fitted, free from distortion or defects.B. Provide anchors, plates and struts required for connecting stairs to structure.C. Allow for erection loads, and for sufficient temporary bracing to maintain true alignment until

completion of erection and installation of permanent attachments.D. Provide welded field joints where specifically indicated on drawings. Perform field welding in

accordance with AWS D1.1/D1.1M.E. Other field joints may be either welded or bolted provided the result complies with the limitations

specified for jointing quality levels.F. Obtain approval prior to site cutting or creating adjustments not scheduled.G. After erection, prime welds, abrasions, and surfaces not shop primed or galvanized, except

surfaces to be in contact with concrete.3.04 TOLERANCES

A. Maximum Variation From Plumb: 1/4 inch (6 mm) per story, non-cumulative.B. Maximum Offset From True Alignment: 1/4 inch (6 mm).

END OF SECTION

BRACKENRIDGE PARK GARAGE EXPANSION

Mechanical/Electrical Specifications

08/11/17

F-4095

115 E. MAIN ROUND ROCK, TX 78664

F-4095

DIVISION 20 & 22

BRACKENRIDGE PARK

GARAGE EXPANSION

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONTENTS:

20 00 00. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .GENERAL PROVISIONS

20 01 00. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS

22 11 16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM

22 13 16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LIQUID WASTE TRANSFER

08/11/17

F-4095


GENERAL PROVISIONS 20 00 00 - 1 of 17

SECTION 20 00 00 - GENERAL PROVISIONS

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK

A. The work of Division 20-24 consists of providing labor, materials, products, and all operations

required for the complete operating installation of all mechanical systems as shown and specified, in strict compliance with applicable drawings, specification, terms and conditions of the contract and all applicable codes and ordinances governing the installation of the various mechanical systems. Contractor shall provide all equipment and materials necessary and usually furnished in connection with such work and systems whether or not specifically mentioned in the specifications or on the drawings. All work shall be fully correlated with the work of other crafts. This section of Division 20-24 is a part of all other sections of Division 20-24.

B. Each Contractor shall study the Contract Documents included under this contract to

determine exactly the extent of work provided under this contract, as well as to ascertain the difficulty to be encountered in performing the work on the drawings and outline hereinafter and in making new connections to existing utilities, installing new equipment and systems and coordinating the work with the other Trades.

C. Notwithstanding any approvals or instructions which must be obtained by the Contractor from

the Architect in connection with use of premises, the responsibility for the safe working conditions at the site shall remain that of the Contractor's, and the Architect or Owner shall not be deemed to have any responsibility or liability in connection therewith.

D. The Agreement Forms, Uniform General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, Division 00

and Division 01 of the specifications shall apply to the work specified in Division 20-24. E. Additional Site Visit Costs: Contractor shall be charged with any cost resulting from

uncompleted items that require additional site trips by the Architect/Engineer. F. The Contractor shall obtain and pay for all permits and fees associated with his work. G. REMODEL WORK: COORDINATE ALL CONNECTIONS OF NEW EQUIPMENT WITH

EXISTING SERVICE. CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS, AND INCIDENTAL ITEMS REQUIRED TO MAKE SYSTEM COMPLETE AND OPERABLE.

H. An extra copy of all Field Reports shall be kept in a separate notebook set up in the

Construction Manager’s Trailer. Contractors shall use these reports to check off that

each individual item noted has been completed. Each item shall be initialed and noted

when completed. Use this notebook to keep record of all test and results (i.e.

wastewater test, water line tests, etc.

I. Drawings:

Architectural Background Files – Architectural Revit Models and CAD files to be used for background files, MEP drawings are not background files. Architectural Revit Models and CAD files are used for shop drawings backgrounds. They must be obtained from the architect and cannot be given from the engineer. Reference Architect for cost of Architectural Files.



MEP Drawings – These drawings cannot be used for shop drawings, as they are diagrammatic in nature only. Actual shop drawings prepared by sub-contractors must be used for coordination between all trades. If MEP floorplan files are requested they may be obtained with a signed confidentiality release form, only as outlined below. These files may be used in conjunction with this project only. There are no guarantees of compatibility or accuracy; all technical support will be billed hourly at current Engineer’s Rates. Engineer does not charge for actual file, but does charge for time required to prepare the files in format as requested by the Contractor. Fees will be based on Engineer’s current hourly rates. Deposit of $500 must be paid prior to beginning file preparation and balance must be paid prior to release of any files. Total fee based on actual time required by Contractor’s request. See submittal and shop drawing section for additional information.

1.02 SITE INSPECTION

A. Prior to bidding the Contractor shall visit and examine the site verifying all existing items and familiarize himself with existing work conditions and understand the conditions which affect performance of the work of this Division before submitting bids for this work. The submission of bids shall be deemed as evidence of such visits and examinations.

B. All bids shall take the existing conditions into consideration and the lack of specific

information on the drawings shall not relieve the Contractor of any responsibility. No subsequent allowance for time or money will be allowed for work or change related to failure to examine site conditions.

1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

A. All work covered by this section of these specifications shall be accomplished in accordance with the respective drawings, information or instructions to bidders, and general provisions of these specifications. Any supplementary conditions, special conditions, addenda, or directives which may be issued by the Owner’s representative herewith or otherwise shall be complied with in every respect. 1. Electrical Specifications: Division 26-28. 2. Mechanical, Electrical, Plumbing Drawings

B. Unless otherwise indicated on the Electrical Drawings or in Mechanical Specifications,

provide all mechanical equipment motors, motor starters, disconnect switches, thermal overload switches, control relays, time clocks, thermostats, motor valves, damper motors, electric switches, electric components, wiring, and any other miscellaneous Division 20-24 controls.

C. Carefully coordinate all work with the electrical work shown and specified elsewhere in these

documents.

D. Motors: Furnish electric motors designed for the specific application and duty applied, and to deliver rated horsepower without exceeding temperature ratings when operated on power systems with a combined variation in voltage and frequency not more than plus or minus 10 percent of rated voltage.

E. Verify from the drawings and specifications the available electrical supply characteristics and

furnish equipment that will perform satisfactorily under the conditions shown and specified.

F. Size motors for 1.15 service factor, not to exceed 40 degrees temp. Rise above ambient.

G. Provide self-resetting thermal overload switch for fractional horsepower motors.



H. Electrical Contractor to provide conduit and junction boxes for all sensors and exterior

conduit for controls to mechanical equipment. Conduit for space sensor to extend from junction box to above accessible ceiling. Conduit for exterior equipment to extend from equipment through wall or roof to above an accessible ceiling. Any control wiring in exposed ceiling areas to be in conduit by Controls Contractor for protection. Controls Contractor to coordinate on all conduit requirements. Coordinate locations with Electrical Contractor.

I. The electrical design and electrical drawings are based on the equipment and/or

electric motors of the type, size and electrical characteristics shown and specified on

the mechanical drawings and any change in equipment and/or motor size or type

brought on directly or indirectly by a substitution of mechanical equipment having

characteristics requiring a change, shall be the responsibility of the Mechanical

Contractor and the entire cost of such change, including conduit, wiring, motor

starting equipment, etc., shall be paid for by the Mechanical Contractor at no

additional charge, unless the substitution was initiated by the Owner. Submittals

must clearly show any deviations. Mechanical Contractor is responsible for

coordinating any required changes with the Electrical Contractor, prior to Electrical

Contractors ordering of panels and associated equipment.

1.04 WORK NOT INCLUDED

A. Certain labor, materials, or equipment may be provided under other sections of these specifications, by utility companies, or by the Owner. When such is the case, the extent, source and description of these items will be as indicated on the Drawings or described in the specifications, but the Contractor is responsible for verifying with all parties involved as to the extent of his requirements of work.

1.05 SPECIFICATION TERMINOLOGY (Definitions)

A. Streamlining: In many instances, the products, reference standards, and other itemized specifications have been listed without verbiage. In these cases, it is implied that the Contractor shall provide the products and perform in accordance with the references listed.

B. "Furnish" means to purchase and deliver material as shown and specified, including mark-

ups, and cart the material to an approved location at the site or elsewhere, as noted or agreed.

C. "Provide/Install", as used in these specifications, means furnish all material, labor, sub-

contracts, and appurtenances, including mark-up required for a complete, operating, finished system.

D. "Rough-in and Connect Only" means provide an appropriate system connection, such as

supplies with stops, continuous wastes with traps, shut-off valves required, and all piping connections, testing, etc., for proper operation, and to install equipment furnished. Equipment furnished is received, uncrated, assembled and set in place by supporting crafts unless they make prior arrangements to hire the mechanical installer for this work.

E. "Accessible" means arranged so that an appropriately dressed maintenance man may

approach the area in question with tools and products necessary for the work intended, and may then position himself to properly perform the task to be accomplished, without disassembly or damage to the surrounding installation. It shall also be no more than four feet (4') above a ceiling.



F. "Serviceable" means arranged so that the component or product in question may be properly removed, and replaced without disassembly, destruction, or damage to the surrounding installation.

G. "Product" is a generic term which includes materials, equipment, fixtures, and any physical

item used on the project. H. Wherever the term "shown on drawings" is used in the specifications, it shall mean "noted",

"indicated", "scheduled", "detailed", or any other diagrammatic or written reference made on the drawings.

I. "Conduit" includes, in addition to conduit, all fittings, hangers and other accessories relative to

such conduit. "Piping" includes, in addition to piping, all fittings, valves, hangers and other accessories relative to such piping.

J. "Concealed" means hidden from sight in chases, furred spaces, shafts, hung ceilings,

embedded in construction, crawl spaces, etc.

1.06 DIAGRAMMATIC DRAWINGS

A. Drawings and specifications encompass a system that will integrate with the structural, electrical, and Architectural design of the building.

1. Drawings and specifications are complementary, each to the other; what is shown on

one is as binding as if called for in both.

2. Where drawing details, plans, and/or specification requirements are in conflict, and where conduit, duct and piping sizes of the same run are shown to be different between plans and specifications or details, the most stringent requirement will be included in the Contract. Systems and equipment called for in the specification and/or shown on the drawings shall be provided under the contract of each Trade as if it were required by both the drawings and the specifications. However, prior to ordering or installation of any portion of work which appears to be in conflict, such work shall be brought to the Architect's attention for direction as to what is to be provided.

B. The drawings are partly diagrammatic in character and do not show exact locations, all

offsets or give exact elevation in piping, fittings, duct, conduits, etc. Also, the drawings do not necessarily show in minute detail all features of the installation. Contractor shall physically arrange the systems to fit in the space available and shall carefully investigate structural and finish conditions, arrange work accordingly and provide a complete and satisfactorily working installation. Provide all work shown on the drawings and specified, unless otherwise stated. No subsequent allowance will be made due to failure to coordinate work prior to installation.

C. The Architectural, Structural, Civil and Electrical plans and Specifications and other pertinent

documents issued by the Architect are a part of these Specifications and the accompanying Mechanical Drawings and shall be complied and coordinated with in every respect. All drawings and specifications mentioned above shall be examined by all bidders. Failure to examine all drawings for coordination and quantities shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility and no subsequent allowance for time or money will be allowed.

1.07 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT SUBMITTALS

A. Submittals: Provide submittals for all products and systems described in Division 20-24 and shown on the drawings to demonstrate compliance with the requirements of the project. Furnish equipment submittals in the manner described elsewhere in these specifications.



B. Submit to the Engineer, after the award of the contract or as dictated by project schedule, a

type written list of those items of equipment and appurtenances which will be furnished. Include the name or description of the item, name of manufacturer, model or type, catalog number and manufacturer’s printed information. The information submitted shall include overall dimensions, weights, voltage rating, phase, wiring diagrams, etc., and nameplate data. Assemble cut sheets into separate submittals as defined in this section or by Specification Section. Submit priority items and long lead time first. Then follow with remaining items. This will allow for faster review and response to accommodate project

schedule. Any submittal with all sections under one (1) cover will be returned and

required to be broken into separate submittals. The Engineer’s check will be general and does not relieve the Contractor of final responsibility to comply with the Contract Documents in all respects.

C. Submittal review is for general design and arrangement only and does not relieve the

Contractor from any of the requirements of the Contract Documents. Submittals will not be checked for quantity, dimension, fit or proper technical design of manufactured equipment. Where deviations of substitute product or system performance have not been specifically noted in the submittal by the Contractor, provision of a complete and satisfactory working

installation is the sole responsibility of the Contractor. Warranties cannot be reduced

through the submittal process.

D. Contractor shall indicate items being used on cut sheets by highlighting or arrowing

to actual part number. Submittals may be returned without checking if submittals not

appropriately marked.

E. ‘Individual submittals’ means separate submittals with unique submittal numbers for

each specification section. Separate PDFs for each Submittal number.

F. HARDCOPY SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENT: Hardcopy submittals will not be required by

Engineer.

G. PDF SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENT: For submittal sections listed below as allowed pdf’s the following requirements must be met or the submittal will not get through email security and will be auto-deleted and not checked.

Each specifications section must be a separate pdf file, one giant pdf for all sections will

be rejected.

PDF FILE: MUST BE NAMED AS FOLLOWS: JOB NAME – SUBMITTAL No. XX – SUBMITTAL DESCRIPTION

EMAIL TITLE/SUBJECT: FOR SUBMITTALS MUST BE AS FOLLOWS: JOB NAME – SUBMITTAL No. XX – SUBMITTAL DESCRIPTION Failure to follow these instructions will result in the submittal never reaching the engineer and not being checked. Delays cause by not following these procedures are the sole responsibility of the contractor. Emailed submittals must come from the Architect and must not be emailed directly from the contractor. Do not Carbon Copy the Engineer on Emailed submittals.

H. Multiple re-reviews required due to Contractor not following instructions,

specifications, etc. will be billed to Contractor at Engineer’s current hourly rates. This

shall be paid prior to submittal approval.



I. SUBMITTALS WILL BE RETURNED IN ORDER OF CONSTRUCTION OF THE PROJECT,

NOT NECESSARILY IN ORDER SUBMITTED. If all sections are submitted under one binder and transmittal, each section will be returned at the appropriate time for construction phasing. Mechanical Equipment will not be reviewed until “Mechanical/Electrical Coordination Sheet” has been submitted. Mechanical Equipment, Mechanical Controls and

Plumbing Fixtures may require extended review time. IF SUBMITTALS ARE SUBMITTED

EARLY RELATIVE TO CONSTRUCTION PHASING, SUBMITTALS MAY BE HELD,

REVIEWED AND RETURNED AT THE APPROPRIATE TIME FOR CONSTRUCTION

PHASING, NOT NECESSARILY 2 WEEKS.

J. DO NOT SUBMIT THE FOLLOWING SECTIONS UNLESS DEVIATING FROM THE

SCHEDULES/SPECIFICATIONS. Provide directly to General Contractor/CMR for

inclusion into O & M Manuals. If deviating from the specifications submittal will be

required. (Write summary sheet of deviations and highlight items that are different to

allow for proper review.):

1. 20 01 00 – Basic Materials and Methods – Only items listed

Valve Tag / Markers

20 01 00 – Access Panels / Doors

20 01 00 – Pipe Identification / Labels

20 01 00 – Valves

K. Data Required for Review: Mark submittal literature and shop drawings clearly by

individual sections, and include all equipment and material shown on drawings and

specified. ANY DATA NOT CLEARLY MARKED OR NOT APPROPRIATELY

SUBMITTED WILL BE RETURNED WITHOUT CHECKING. Indicate the following:

1. Specification reference and/or drawing reference for which literature is submitted for review with an index, following specification format, and item by item identification.

2. Manufacturer's name and address, and supplier's name, address, and phone

number.

3. Catalog designation or model number.

4. Rough-in data and dimensions.

5. Performance curves and rated capacities with performance data marked.

6. Motor characteristics and wiring diagrams.

7. Operation characteristics.

8. Complete customized listing of equipment, characteristics, accessories, etc., specified. Indicate whether item is "As specified." Mark out all non-applicable items. The terminology "As specified" used without this customized listing is not acceptable.

9. Wiring diagrams for the specific system operation. Complete wiring with diagrams

showing all connections to each type of actual equipment being installed on project, complete with part numbers of controls for each type of equipment.



10. Submit written sequence of operation for all modes of operation for each piece

of mechanical equipment. Give narrative explaining exactly what control

signals are required to activate each mode of a particular unit’s operation.

Include information about which signals override others internally (when

applicable). Submit this information with equipment submittal and provide a

copy to the Controls Contractor so it can be integrated into the control

scheme and control submittals. Indicate whether 24 VAC, 4-20 MA, 0-10VDC or

line voltage is required for controls.

11. BREAKOUT SUBMITTALS INTO PRIORITY ITEMS. L. When requested, present samples of all materials proposed for use to the Engineer for his

approval. M. Certify Shop Drawings have been checked for compliance with Contract Documents. Certify

that the materials submitted can be delivered and installed according to the construction schedule.

N. Select all other materials, not specifically described on the Drawings or in these specifications

but required for a complete and operable facility, and submit to the Engineer for approval.

O. Substitutions: (“Substitution Request” form must be submitted)

1. Equipment listed as equal is indicated to be equal in quality to equipment designed around. It does not mean equal in dimension or fit. It is the Contractor's responsibility to confirm dimensional differences and space requirements.

2. Request for proposed substitution of materials, methods, or processes shall be

made to the Architect and if found acceptable, will be confirmed by an addendum to the Construction Documents. Where proposed substitutions are not incorporated

into the Construction Documents by addendum PRIOR to time of the General Contract bid opening, all bids shall be held to have been made on the basis of the materials, methods and processes required by the Construction Documents.

3. Equal Materials: It is not the intent of the Specifications to limit materials to the

product of any particular manufacturer. Where definite materials, equipment and/or fixtures have been specified by name, manufacturer or catalog number, it has been done so as to set a definite standard and a reference for comparison as to quality, application, physical conformity, and other characteristics.

4. Acceptance of substitution by the Engineer does not relieve the Contractor of

responsibility for proper operation of the systems, compliance with specifications, necessary changes due to dimensional differences or space requirements, and of work on schedule.

5. Where equipment of the acceptable manufacturers requires different arrangement or

connections from those shown, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to install the equipment to operate properly and in harmony with the original intent of the drawings and specifications. When directed by the Architect, the Contractor proposing substitutions shall submit drawings showing the proposed installation. If the proposed installation is approved, the Contractor shall make all necessary changes in all affected related work provided under other Sections, including location of rough-in connections by other Trades, conduit supports, insulation, etc. All changes shall be made at no increase in the Contract amount or additional cost to the other Trades and/or Owner.



6. Submit fully completed “Substitution Request” form located at end of this

section. If this form is not submitted, all substitution request will be

automatically rejected.

7. For substitutions that require substantial review by engineer to ensure

equality, the contractor requesting substitutions shall reimburse the engineer

at current hourly rates for all review time. This shall be paid prior to submittal

approval. This applies to all equipment not previously approved on

construction documents.

a. Mechanical Equipment

b. Contractor Cost Savings Packages Requiring Substantial Review Time 1.08 SHOP DRAWINGS REQUIRED

A. Prepare and submit working construction drawings as requested, specified, and

otherwise necessary to demonstrate proper planning for installation and arrangement

of all work. Layout drawings to scale and show dimensions where accuracy of

location is necessary for coordination or communication purposes. Show work of all

trades, including Architectural, Structural, Mechanical, and Electrical items which may

be pertinent to proper and accurate coordination. Provide shop drawings for all

products, ductwork, systems, system components and special supports which are not

standard catalog products and which may be fabricated for the Contractor or by the

Contractor. Show top and bottom elevation of ductwork and equipment as it will be

installed. Show offsets required to miss structural and other items of interference.

Identify all shop drawings as to which section and paragraph of the specifications

and/or drawing number the item is covered under. Ductwork layout/shop drawings to

be done at a minimum 1/8" = 1'-0" scale. AHU’s, CU’s, HP’s, RTU’s, etc. are to be

shown actual scaled size and configuration of the actual equipment being used.

B. Submittal of complete engineering submittal data for products and equipment shall be

made in sufficient copies to provide one (1) hardcopy of all data to be retained by the

Engineer, additional copies as required by the Contractor, Architect and Owner.

Provide an electronic copy in PDF format and CAD if available for record keeping

purposes for Engineer, Architect, and Owner with close out documents described

elsewhere in specifications. 1.09 RECORD DRAWINGS

A. Reference requirements stated elsewhere in the Specifications. B. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL TAPE ALL ADDENDA’S ISSUED DURING BIDDING TO HIS

CONSTRUCTION AND RECORD DRAWING SET PRIOR TO COMMENCING CONSTRUCTION. PAY REQUESTS WILL NOT BE PROCESSED UNTIL THE CONTRACTOR HAS COMPLIED WITH THIS REQUIREMENT.

C. In addition to other requirements, a master Record Drawing print set (separate from field sets) shall be kept in the General's site trailer and marked up weekly as the work progresses, to show exact dimensioned location and routing of all mechanical work which will be permanently concealed. Show routing and location of items cast in concrete or buried underground. Work located in spaces with access, or above suspended ceilings, is not considered permanently concealed. Show complete routing and sizing of any significant revisions to the systems shown. Show the location of all valves and their appropriate tag identification. Indicate locations of all existing active and inactive piping uncovered during

construction. Keep marked up set at site for review at site meetings.



D. The marked-up and colored-up prints will be used as a guide for determining the progress of

the work installed for draw requests. They shall be inspected periodically by the Architect and Owner's Representatives, and they shall be corrected immediately if found either

inaccurate or incomplete. This procedure is mandatory.

E. The Contractor shall be responsible for updating and/or marking all items, including but not limited to floor plan changes, system changes, addendums, change orders, etc. on the prints to “As-Built” conditions. At the completion of the job, marked up As-Built Drawings shall be submitted to the Architect for final review and comment. These corrected prints together with corrected prints indicating all the revisions, additions and deletions of work, shall form the basis for preparing a set of record drawings.

F. Using the “Record Drawing Set”, the Contractor shall print two (2) complete sets of prints one

for submission to the Owner and one rolled in a 4” PVC pipe in main electric room mounted to wall and labeled. Tape all edges. The contactor shall provide pdf copies/scans for owner record purposes.

G. The Contractor shall bear all the costs of producing the “Record Drawing Set”.

1.10 CODES, REGULATIONS AND ORDINANCES

A. All work shall comply with the current applicable local, state and federal codes and ordinances. Follow recommended practices as set down by ASME, SMACNA, ASHRAE, NFPA, applicable Building Code, applicable Mechanical Code, applicable Plumbing Code, National Electrical Code (NEC), AGA, ADA AND OSHA, as they apply to this project, except in cases where local statutes govern. The contractor shall verify with the latest adopted local codes, ordinances and amendments that apply to this project with the authority having

jurisdiction. PROVIDE LOCKING REFRIGERATION ACCESS PORT CAPS FOR ALL

EQUIPMENT WITH REFRIGERANT LOCATED OUTDOORS ON GROUND OR ON ROOF. B. In cases of difference between Building Codes, State Laws, Local Ordinances and Industry

Standards and the Contract Documents, each Subcontractor shall promptly notify the Architect in writing of any such difference, as applicable to his work.

C. In case of conflict between the Contract Documents and the requirements of any Code or

Authorities having jurisdiction, the most stringent requirements of the aforementioned shall govern.

D. Should the Contractor perform any work that does not comply with the requirements of the

applicable Building codes, State laws, Local Ordinances and Industry Standards, he shall bear all costs arising in correcting the deficiencies, as approved by the Architect.

1.11 DELIVERY AND STORAGE OF EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL

A. All equipment and materials shall be protected from physical, moisture absorption,

metallic corrosion and weather damage from the time of delivery until completion of

the project. This includes erection of temporary shelters and covering items in the

building with protective covering. Store items subject to moisture damage such as

controls in dry, heated space. Failure to comply with the above to the satisfaction of

the Owner/Architect will be sufficient cause for the rejection of the equipment or

material in question. Upon such rejection, the damaged equipment or material will be

completely replaced with new by the Contractor at no charge to the Owner.



B. Provide covers on all ends and openings of pipes, conduits, ducts, etc. to keep out

insects, dirt, dust and debris during entire construction process. This includes

properly covering unassembled ductwork, etc. stored on jobsite prior to installation. C. The Manufacturer's directions are to be followed from delivery, storage, protection and

installation of equipment and materials. Notify the Architect in writing of conflicts between requirements of Contract Documents and manufacturer's direction.

D. Large pieces of equipment which are too large to permit access through doors, stairways or

access opening shall be placed in the space before enclosing the structure. After equipment is placed, it shall be thoroughly protected from damage.

1.12 CLEAN-UP

A. Remove debris and waste materials from within the construction areas and transport off-site, daily.

B. Keep the construction area clean, free from hazard, and orderly arranged. C. Pay all costs of waste removal and disposal. Reference General Conditions for further

information. D. Dispose of waste materials in accordance with all regulations which govern. E. Take all precautions to protect persons who enter the construction area from hazardous

conditions, hazardous waste, toxic waste, or other unsafe conditions. F. Upon completion of construction, remove all debris, waste materials, unused materials,

temporary constructions, vehicles, tools, fencing, etc. to Owner’s satisfaction. G. All equipment and materials shall be protected from physical moisture absorption, metallic

corrosion and weather damage from time of delivery to completion of project. Replace any damaged materials.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.01 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS

A. Unless otherwise indicated, provide only new equipment and materials. B. On all major equipment components, provide manufacturer’s name, address, model number,

and serial number permanently attached in a conspicuous location. C. All materials furnished under these specifications shall be the standard product of

manufacturer’s regularly engaged in the production of such equipment and shall be the manufacturer’s latest approved standard design.

D. GUARANTEE

1. The Contractor and Manufacturers shall provide a ONE (1) YEAR guarantee for all

work under the Electrical and Plumbing Trade. However, such guarantees shall be in addition to and not in lieu of all other liabilities which the manufacturer and Contractor may have by law or by other provisions of the Contract Documents.



2. All materials, items of equipment and workmanship furnished under each Section shall carry a ONE (1) YEAR warranty against all defects in material and workmanship. Any fault under any Contract, due to defective or improper material, equipment, workmanship or design which may develop shall be made good, forthwith, by and at the expense of the Contractor for the work under his Contract, including all other damage done to areas, materials and other system resulting from this failure.

3. The Contractor shall guarantee that all elements of the system, which are to be

provided under his Contract, are of sufficient capacity to meet the specified performance requirements as set forth herein or as indicated.

4. Upon receipt of notice from the Owner of failure of any part of any systems or

equipment during the guarantee period, the affected part or parts shall be replaced by the Contractor for his respective work, as applicable.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 CUTTING AND PATCHING

A. The Contractor shall notify the General Contractor and other Subcontractors in ample time of the location of all chases, sleeves and openings required in the construction for the proper installation of his work. The Contractor shall do all core drilling of individual holes and all cutting for his work except square or rectangular openings in the structural slabs which shall be cut by the Contractor at locations shown on the drawings. In no case, however, shall a beam or column be cut without the approval of the Project Structural Engineer.

B. On completion of this work or as work progresses the Contractor shall make all repairs and

do all patching required as a result of the work under this contract. All patching shall be performed in a manner that will restore the surrounding work to its original conditions and to the satisfaction of the Owner.

C. Any cutting and patching necessary as a result of the Contractor's failure to notify the General

Contractor of all the required openings shall be at the expense of the Contractor. 3.02 OBLIGATIONS/RESPONSIBILITIES

A. The Contractor binds himself, his partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives to the Owner in respect to all covenants, agreements and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall not assign the Contract or sublet it as a whole without the written consent of the Architect/Owner, nor shall the Contractor assign any monies due or to become due to him hereunder, without the previous written consent of the Owner/Architect.

B. The Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work using his best skill and attention. He

shall be solely responsible for all construction means, methods, techniques, safety, sequences and procedures, and for coordinating all portions of the work under his Contract.

C. The Contractor shall provide, without extra charge, all incidental items required as a part of

the work, even though not particularly specified or indicated, and if he has good reason for objecting to the use of a material, appliance, or type of construction shown or specified, he shall register his objections with the Architect/Engineer, in writing; otherwise, he shall proceed with the work under the stipulation that a satisfactory job is required.



3.03 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

A. Schedule, obtain, and pay for all fees and/or services required by local authorities and by these specifications, to test the mechanical systems as specified in these specifications.

B. Request for Tests: Notify the Architect a minimum of 24 hours in advance of tests. In the

event the Architect does not witness the test, certify in writing that all specified tests have been made in accordance with the specifications.

C. Deficiencies: Immediately correct all deficiencies which are evidenced during the test and

repeat test until system is approved. Do not cover or conceal piping, equipment or other portions of the mechanical installations until satisfactory tests are made and approved.

D. Operating Tests: Upon request from the Architect, place the entire mechanical installation

and/or any portion thereof, in operation to demonstrate satisfactory operation. E. Log of Tests: The Contractor shall set up a testing log form to be kept at the job site with the

record drawings. All tests shall have pertinent data logged at the time of testing. Pertinent data is to include: date, time, description, personnel, system tested (and extent), test conditions, test results, etc.

F. Completion: Upon completion of the mechanical installation, demonstrate to the Architect's

satisfaction that the systems have been installed in a satisfactory manner in accordance with the plans, specifications, and applicable codes.

3.04 COORDINATION OF WORK

A. Each Contractor shall compare his Drawings and Specifications with those of other Trades and report any discrepancies between them to the Architect and obtain from the Architect written instructions to make the necessary changes in any of the affected work. All work shall be installed in cooperation with other Trades installing interrelated work. Before installation, all trades shall make proper provisions to avoid interferences in a manner approved by the Architect.

B. Each Contractor shall coordinate the location of his systems so that all outside air intakes are

located in such a way as to prevent cross-contamination from plumbing vents, flue pipes, exhaust fans, etc. Such a distance shall be not less than 10 feet.

C. Locations of conduit, ducts, piping, sprinkler heads and equipment shall be adjusted to

accommodate the work with interferences anticipated and encountered. Exact routing and location of system shall be determined prior to fabrication or installation. Coordinate routing of major electrical conduits with Electrical Contractor prior to fabrication of ductwork and piping.

D. Offsets and changes of direction in all conduit, ducts and piping systems shall be made as

required to maintain proper headroom and pitch of sloping lines whether or not indicated on the drawings.

E. Where discrepancies in scope of work as to what Trade provides items, such as starters,

disconnects, flow switches and the like exist, such conflicts shall be reported to the Architect prior to signing of the Contract. If such action is not taken, the various Trades shall furnish such items as part of their work for complete and operable systems and equipment, as determined by the Architect.



F. The Contractors are to avoid routing conduit through fire rated assemblies where practical. Each trade is responsible for proper coordination of required sleeves or block-outs with rated assembly installers. Each trade is responsible for providing sleeves, as required, for his work. Each trade shall verify acceptable tolerances around penetrating item in fire assembly before beginning fire sealing.

G. Coordinate all plumbing rough-in through floor(s) with structural concrete TEE’s/structural

steel. Do not pass through stem of TEE’s. 3.05 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS

A. Provide one (1) Operation and Maintenance manual for training of Owner’s personnel in operation and maintenance of systems and related equipment in the manner described elsewhere in these specifications. In addition, organize manuals and include data and narrative as noted below (bind each manual in a hard-backed loose-leaf binder. Use 8-1/2” x 11” white paper). Provide PDF copy of O&M for owner records

B. Operating Sequence and Procedures:

1. Contents: In each chapter, describe the procedures necessary for personnel to

operate the system and equipment covered in that chapter. Also, include a copy of System Balancing Report.

2. Typewritten Operating procedures: Write procedures for start-up, operation, and

shutdown.

a. Start-up: Give complete step-by-step instructions for energizing equipment, making initial setting and adjustments whenever applicable.

b. Shutdown Procedure: Include instructions for stopping and securing the

equipment after operation. If a particular sequence is required, give step-by-step instruction in that order.

C. Maintenance Instructions:

1. Provide a schedule of preventive maintenance for each product. Recommend

frequency of performance for each preventive maintenance task: i.e., cleaning, inspection, etc.

D. Manufacturer's Brochures: Include manufacturers' descriptive literature covering all

appurtenances used in each system, together with illustrations, exploded views and renewal parts lists. Provide nearest manufacturers' representatives name, address and phone number.

E. Shop Drawings: Provide a copy of all corrected, approved submittals and shop drawings

covering equipment for the project either with the manufacturers' brochures or properly identified in a separate subsection.

F. Spare Parts Lists: Include a list of all equipment furnished for project, with a tabulation of

descriptive data of all the spare parts proposed for each type of equipment or system. Properly identify each part by part number and manufacturer.

G. All major Owner training sessions to be videotaped in non-pixelated video in Windows file format,



3.06 RECORD FOR OWNER

A. Each Contractor shall accumulate and bind in an "Operating and Maintenance" manual the following data to be presented to the Owner at the completion of the Project.

1. All warranties and guarantees and manufacturer's instruction on equipment and

material covered by the contract.

2. Approved equipment brochures, wiring diagrams and control diagrams.

3. Copies of approved shop diagrams.

4. Operating instructions for heating and cooling and other mechanical systems. Operating instructions shall also include recommended maintenance and seasonal changeover procedures.

5. Repair parts lists of all major items and equipment including name, address and

telephone number of local supplier or agent.

6. Valve tag charts and diagrams herein before specified.

7. "As-Built" Drawings as specified under "Construction Drawings" (these are not to be bound in the O&M Manual).

3.07 SITE OBSERVATION

A. Periodically, the Engineer will visit the site and review the construction progress. Field Reports will be issued noting any discrepancies or items that do not meet the intent of the contract documents found during said site visit. The contractor must answer each item listed on each field report, item by item.

B. It shall be the duty of the Contractor to personally make a careful inspection trip of the

entire project, assuring himself that the work on the project is ready for final

acceptance before calling upon the Owner, Architect or Engineer to make final

acceptance of the work. Subsequent trips required because of Contractor’s failure to

do so, will be made at Contractor’s expense. C. The final acceptance of the work will be made jointly by the Architect and the Owner.



END OF SECTION

THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK


BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 20 01 00 - 1 of 9

SECTION 20 01 00 - BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION

A. This section describes specific requirements, products, and methods of execution which are typical throughout the mechanical work of this project. Additional requirements for the specific systems will be found in the sections specifying those systems, and supersede these requirements.

B. SPECIAL NOTE: All provisions and divisions of these specifications are a part of this section

of these specifications. The Contractor shall consult these divisions and provisions in detail for instructions and include all items pertaining to this work. The Contractor shall consult all other divisions of these specifications, determine the extent of impact on the work required to complete the work required by this section of the specifications or portion thereof and related work shown on the drawings.

1.02 JOB CONDITIONS

A. Obtain approval from Architect prior to cutting any structural elements or furring members.

B. Structural Interferences: Should structural members prevent the installation of piping, ducting or equipment, notify the Architect before proceeding.

C. Consider minor changes in position of equipment, piping, or ducting, as part of the contract at

no additional cost to the Owner.

D. Coordinate with Structural and Architectural work to determine acceptable locations for sleeves and supports which are required but may not be specifically shown on the plans. SCHEDULE INSTALLATION OF SLEEVES AND SPECIAL SUPPORTS IN MANNER TIMELY TO THE WORK OF OTHER CRAFT. Anticipate minor offsets necessary for proper coordination with other work, and reroute systems appropriately.

E. It is the Contractor's responsibility to properly use all information found on the Architectural,

Structural, Civil and Electrical Drawings where such drawings affect his work. 1.03 DIMENSION AND FIT

A. Cut materials accurately from measurements taken on the JOB SITE.

B. Do not spring or bend pipe to fit conditions or make up joints. 1.04 INTERFERENCES

A. Interferences between piping and other trades shall be handled by giving precedence to pipe lines requiring grade for proper operation. Where space requirements conflict, the following order of precedence shall generally be observed.

1. Building Lines

2. Structural Members

3. Soil and Drain Piping 4. Vent Piping



5. Refrigerant Piping

6. Supply, Return, O/A Ductwork

7. Exhaust Ductwork

8. Chilled and Hot Water Piping

9. Domestic Hot and Cold Water Piping

10. Natural Gas Piping

11. Electrical Conduit

12. Fire Protection Piping

1.05 SERVICEABILITY OF PRODUCTS

A. Furnish all products to provide the proper orientation of serviceable components to access space provided.

B. Coordinate installation of piping, ductwork, equipment, coils, system components, and other

products to allow proper service of all items requiring periodic maintenance or replacement.

C. Replace or relocate all products incorrectly ordered or installed to provide proper

serviceability. 1.06 ACCESSIBILITY OF PRODUCTS

A. Arrange all work to provide permanent, convenient, and safe access to all serviceable and/or operable products. Layout work to optimize net usable access space within confines of space available. Advise Architect, in a timely manner, of areas where proper access cannot be maintained. Furnish layout drawings to verify this claim, if requested.

B. Provide access doors in ceilings, walls, floors, etc., for access to traps, valves, dampers,

automatic devices, and all serviceable or operable equipment in concealed spaces. Location of panels shall be submitted for approval in sufficient time to be installed in the normal course of work.

1.07 ROUTING

A. Route all pipelines and ductwork parallel with building lines, and as high as possible, except where under ground or shown otherwise on the plan.

B. Route piping and ducts to clear all doors, windows, and other openings and to avoid all other

pipes and ducts, light fixtures, and similar products.

C. Conceal all pipes and ducts where routed through finished areas, unless authorized by Architect or otherwise indicated on plans.



PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIAL PRODUCTS

A. Provide all products new, unused, and undamaged, of standard manufacture, and of latest

design and best quality. ALL ADHESIVES, SEALANTS AND COATINGS MUST MEET OR

EXCEED GREEN BUILDING PROGRAM SCAQMD RULE 1168 AND 1113. ALL PAINTS

MUST MEET VOC LIMIT OF GREEN SEAL ENVIRONMENTAL STANDARD GS-11. ALL

INSULATION IS TO BE FREE OF UREA-FORMALDEHYDE AND/OR BE GREENGUARD

CERTIFIED. B. When a manufacturer's name appears in these specifications or schedule, it is not to be

construed that the manufacturer's material does not have to meet the full requirements of the specifications or that his standard catalogue item will be acceptable.

C. All equipment installed on this project shall have local representation, local factory authorized

service and local stock of repair parts. D. All materials exposed within a plenum shall be noncombustible or shall have a flame spread

index of not more than 25 and a smoke developed index of not more than 50 when tested in accordance with ASTM E 84.

2.02 Where more than one type of material (i.e., cast iron or PVC) is specified, the Contractor may choose

one type; however, he must state which type of material he proposes to use in his submittal. ONLY ONE TYPE OF MATERIAL MAY BE USED IN A SPECIFIC PIPING SYSTEM, UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE. (I.E. WHEN DIFFERENT SIZES OF THE SAME TYPE SYSTEM REQUIRE DIFFERENT MATERIALS PER SPECIFICATIONS.)

2.03 PIPE AND FITTINGS

A. Steel Pipe: All steel piping and fittings are to be domestically manufactured (USA).

1. PROVIDE DOCUMENTATION IN SUBMITTAL STATING LOCATION OF

MANUFACTURING.

2. Threaded: Schedule 40, ASTM A53 grade B or ASTM A120, American Standard pipe thread. Pipe 2" and under to be made up with threaded fittings.

3. Welded: Schedule 40 black, ASTM A53 grade B or ASTM A120, ANSI B16 butt weld fittings of type and wall thickness to suit pipe. Weld-O-Lets and Thread-O-Lets may be used on pipe 2-1/2" and larger where branch is a minimum of two pipe sizes smaller than main. Pipe 2-1/2" and over to be made up with welded fittings. Pipe 2” and under to be made up with threaded fittings.

4. Grooved Pipe: Schedule 40 ASTM A120 or ASTM A53 grade. Standard cut or rolled groove to coupling manufacturer's specifications. Do not use in systems exceeding 200O F. operating temperature.

a. Couplings: Standard weight with gasket selected by manufacturer for service intended.

b. Fittings: Full flow malleable iron, ductile iron or steel.

c. Submit calculations of expansion allowance of joints and obtain approval

prior to eliminating any special expansion compensators, swing joints, flexible connections, or vibration isolators.



d. Manufacturers: Victaulic, Gruvlok or Apollo.

5. Press fit: Use Viega Mega Press or equal by Apollo.

B. Copper pipe:

1. Type "K" or "L" hard drawn copper with wrought copper fittings with openings machined to accurate capillary fit for the pipe. Pipe to conform to Standard Specifications for copper water tube. Type ‘M’ may only be used for A/C condensate drain lines.

2. Use "lead free" (0.00% lead content) solder for all domestic water piping. Submittal

on the product to be used must include this information. Lead free solder to conform to ASTM B 32 and flux to conform to ASTM B 813. Soldered joints must be done in accordance with ASTM B 828. Lead free shall mean a chemical composition equal to or less than 0.2 percent lead.

2.04 VALVES

A. Select valves of the best quality and type suited for the specific service and piping system used. Minimum working pressure rating 125 psig steam or 150 psig W.O.G. All valves on insulated lines to have extended handles to allow operation without disturbing insulation seal.

B. Manufacturer: Nibco, KITZ, Jenkins, Milwaukee, Stockham, Apollo or other recognized

manufacturer of equal reliability.

C. Globe Valve 2" and Smaller: Teflon disc, bronze body, bronze trim.

D. USE FULL PORT BALL VALVES RATED FOR SERVICE INTENDED FOR ALL ISOLATION VALVES THREE INCHES (3") AND SMALLER.

2.05 UNIONS

A. Provide unions adjacent to all tanks and equipment and where required for disconnect and maintenance of equipment.

B. Union for Steel Pipe: Ground joint malleable iron.

C. Union for Copper Pipe: All brass. D. Union Between Dissimilar Metals: Dielectric Union designed and advertised to be unaffected

by heat, cold or fluid in pipe. EPCO or approved equal. 2.06 MECHANICAL SUPPORTING DEVICES

A. General:

1. Securely fasten all mechanical work to the structure to prevent hazard to human life and limb, and to prevent damage to products of construction under all conditions of operation.



B. Pipe Supports:

1. Single Pipes:

a. Support all horizontal runs of steel, copper pipe under 2" and all cast-iron soil pipe on suitable hangers spaced not more than 5 feet on centers. Support all steel, and copper piping 2" and larger not more than 10 feet on centers. Support all PVC piping not more than 4 feet on center. Support piping in a manner to prevent binding, undue swing, and the transmission of vibration to the structure.

b. Support single pipes from clevis hangers equal to Anvil fig. 260. Install

hangers for insulated piping outside the insulation using high density section of insulation and sheet metal shield or saddle. Provide copper plated hangers in contact with copper pipe.

2. Trapeze Hangers: Where pipes are clustered, parallel, and in same plane, they may

be supported by trapeze hangers. Provide rods and angle-irons sized to suit load imposed. Minimum channel length to be six inches (6"), maximum rod spacing to be twenty-four inches (24") on center. Piping to be securely attached to trapeze hangers. Provide sheetmetal shield or saddle for all insulated piping running horizontally.

3. Piping on Walls: Secure with hook-plates, clips or fabricated steel brackets.

4. Supports from Steel Beams and Similar Construction: Use appropriate beam

clamps.

5. Provide inserts for poured concrete and expansion bolts for pre-cast slabs.

6. Guide and anchor piping where necessary to control expansion and contraction. Provide supports and hangers with non-corrosive and rust-resistant finish. Galvanize or plate hanger rods after threading. Hangers other than those specified

not permitted. USE ONLY GALVANIZED HANGERS AND HANGER RODS FOR

ALL PIPING IN CRAWL SPACE.

7. Provide inserts for poured concrete and expansion bolts for pre-cast slabs. Use HiltiDrop-in Anchor or Kwik Bolt II Stud Anchor System. Verify allowable place of anchors with Structural Engineer.

8. Provide pipe supports according to the following schedule:

PIPE SIZE - INCHES ROD SIZE - INCHES

½" through 2" 3/8" 2½" through 3" 1/2" 4" through 6" 5/8" 8" through 12" 3/4"

9. Manufacturers: Anvil International, C&P, Fee and Mason, Elcen or SuperStrut.

C. Ductwork Support: Refer to Section 23 30 00-Air Distribution.



D. Inserts: Provide all inserts required for installation of horizontal piping. In poured concrete provide wrought steel or malleable iron and adjustable type. Where expansion bolts are necessary to secure piping or equipment, use malleable iron type with expansion case, to be inserted by drilling concrete. Power driven inserts not permitted for supporting piping to ceiling.

E. Miscellaneous Iron and Steel:

1. Provide all steel supports and hangers to support all equipment or materials unless

noted otherwise.

2. All work shall be cut, assembled, welded and finished by skilled mechanics. Welds shall be ground smooth. Stands, brackets and framework shall be properly sized and rigidly constructed in a manner to withstand anticipated loads.

3. Measurements shall be taken on the job and worked out to suit adjoining and

connecting work. All work shall be performed by experienced metal-working mechanics. Members shall be straight and true and accurately fitted.

4. Welded joints shall be ground smooth where exposed. Drilling, cutting and fitting

shall be done as required to properly install the work and accommodate the work of other Trades.

5. Members shall be generally welded except that bolting may be used for field

assembly where welding would be impractical. Welders shall be skilled and certified.

6. All shop fabricated iron and steel work shall be cleaned and dried and given two (2) coats of weatherproof primer paint on all surfaces and in all openings and crevices.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EQUIPMENT MOUNTING

A. Provide equipment concrete pads, treated support runners, roof curb supports, mounting accessories, supports, hanger expansion joints, adapters and any other appurtenances to adapt fixtures and equipment supplied to the conditions of use.

B. Independently support piping and ductwork at equipment so that no weight is supported by

the equipment.

C. Securely fasten fixtures and equipment to the building structure in accordance with manufacturer's recommendation.

D. Provide steel base plates for floor mounted fixtures and equipment to distribute the weight so

that the floor load is not more than 100 lbs. psf, unless special structural reinforcement is submitted for approval.

E. At wall attached fixtures and equipment weighing less than 50 pounds, provide backing

plates of at least 1/8 x 10 inch sheet metal or 2 x 10 inch fire retardant treated wood securely built into the structural walls. Submit attachment details of heavier equipment for approval.

F. Electrical conduit shall not be hung from equipment or plumbing piping.



3.02 SLEEVES

A. Provide sleeves as required where pipes pass through walls, floors, or ceilings. Make sleeves as follows:

1. In non-fire rated bearing walls, foundations, masonry or concrete walls and floors,

use schedule 40 black steel pipe.

2. In non-rated construction, use minimum 20 gauge galvanized sheetmetal.

3. In fire rated walls, floors and assemblies, install sleeves as required by UL System Number.

B. In non fire rated areas install sleeves flush with surfaces. In mechanical rooms or any wet

floor where seepage may occur, install sleeve 1 inch above floor and caulk. Caulk both sides of penetration using UL listed one part firestop synthetic elastomer sealant, flexible at normal working temperatures, having smoke developed 50, fuel contributed 50, and flame spread 25 rating. Install thickness per manufacturer's recommendation. Manufacturer: Dow Corning FireStop 2000 Sealant, Flame Stop V, 3M: CP-25.

C. Waterproof all piping and sleeves through building exterior skin, including walls, roofs and

interior floor penetrations to prevent leakage. Coordinate with the Architect on caulk material to use at exterior.

D. Size sleeves for cold piping to allow for continuous insulation through sleeve.

3.03 WATERPROOFING AND COUNTERFLASHING

A. Provide and install all counterflashing of all conduit, pipe or duct and equipment which penetrates roofs, walls and other weather barrier surfaces. Metal Roofing Contractor shall provide and install all curbs and counter flashing for all metal roof penetrations. Verify detail with Architect before installation.

B. All work shall be performed in a workmanlike manner to assure weatherproof installation.

Any leaks developed shall be repaired at contractor’s expense, to Architect's satisfaction.

C. Conduits, pipes or ducts passing through slabs shall have the sleeve extended above floors to retain any water and the space between the conduit, pipe or duct and sleeve caulked with lead wool. The top shall be sealed with lead and the bottom shall be sealed with monolastic caulking compound.

D. All waterproofing, flashing and counterflashing shall be provided and installed by the Roofing

Contractor and shall be compatible with roofing system so as not to void any roof warranties. Confirm installation with Architect.

3.04 TYPICAL PIPING

A. Provide insulating couplings or unions to prevent electrolysis between dissimilar metals when use of dissimilar metals cannot be avoided in one system.

B. Close all openings in pipes with appropriate caps, plugs, or covers during storage and

progress of the work to preclude introduction of contaminants. C. Arrange systems and locate valves so that either entire system or separate sections thereof

may be drained for service. All service valves located no more than 24 inches above the ceiling and normally accessible from an 8 foot ladder.



D. Provide valves and unions adjacent to all tanks, batteries of plumbing fixtures and equipment,

for disconnect purposes. Install all valves with stems vertical wherever possible, and in no case with stems below the horizontal.

E. Ream ends of all pipe to full diameter. F. Provide pipe anchors, swing joints, and expansion compensators as required to control the

expansion of pipelines. G. Reduce pipe sizes using reducing tees or reducing fittings. Bushings not permitted except on

tanks and similar equipment. H. Provide escutcheons on all pipes passing through walls, floors, and ceilings in finished areas

where piping is in counters, closets or cabinets, and subject to view when doors are open. Cover the pipe sleeve and secure plate in position.

I. Install hangers at each change in direction and within 2 feet at each elbow or tee. This

requirement is mandatory. J. Pipe hooks, wire, chains or perforated metal shall not be used for pipe supports. K. Insulate hangers for copper pipe from piping with at least two layers of 12 mil Polyken 826

corrosion control tape. L. Install piping not to interfere with removal of equipment, ducts, and devices or block access

to door or access openings. M. Piping serving plumbing fixtures and equipment shall be securely supported near the point

where pipes penetrate the finished wall. N. Test all piping in accordance with accepted trade standards if not specified elsewhere.

3.05 THREADED PIPE

A. Cut all threads true and of depth to make up properly without leaks. B. Make connections to show at least two threads and not more than four threads when tight. C. Make up joints with Teflon tape only as recommended by tape manufacturer, or as specified

in specific piping sections. 3.06 PAINTING AND CODING

A. Ductwork and Piping: Prime and paint all exposed angle braces, hanger rods or straps, damper rods, and quadrants with one coat aluminum paint after removing scale and rust. Prime and paint ductwork and piping exposed in finished rooms to match room finish. Prime and paint all black iron piping located outdoors or otherwise exposed to weather. Coordinate painting and color with Architectural paint specified elsewhere. All painting done by persons regularly employed at and skilled in that trade.



B. Pipe Coding:

1. Identify piping with pressure-sensitive coded pipe marker at piping adjacent to equipment, at intervals along all piping not to exceed 20' and at points where piping disappears into or emerges from floors, walls or ceiling. Secure both ends of marker with pressure sensitive tape with flow arrow on roll to indicate flow direction. Color code pipe markers and arrows indicating the liquid and/or use of the pipe.

2. Code piping to the following schedule: (SUBMIT ALTERNATE CODING)

Cold Water CW

3. Manufacturers: Seton Pipe Marking Products, MSI or equal.

END OF SECTION


WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM 22 11 16 - 1 of 2

SECTION 22 11 16 - WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM


A. This section describes specific requirements, products and methods of execution relating to the domestic water distribution system for the project.

B. The work of this section includes: All water distribution work inside the structure, and all

outside distribution work up to and including connection to the water source, including provision of the outside water source, or water using apparatus, although the work of this section does include the interface connections at all of these related items.

C. SPECIAL NOTE: All provisions and divisions of these specifications are a part of this section


1.02 CONNECTION TO UTILITY WATER SYSTEM

A. Coordinate with existing utilities to properly locate and interface with the existing water supply.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPE AND FITTINGS ABOVE GROUND (INSIDE STRUCTURE)

A. Type "K" or "L" hard drawn copper tubing, wrought solder type fittings, lead free (0.00% lead content) solder or brazed or press fit joints by Viega or Apollo.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL METHODS

A. Make all joints in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. The tools used shall be the tools adapted to that specific purpose.

B. Where required for connections to fixtures, equipment items, etc., employ lengths of red

brass pipe with threaded ends of copper to IPS adapters, brass couplings, etc., to the end that there shall be no ferrous pipe in any water piping system.

C. Install vacuum breakers on all plumbing lines where contamination of domestic water may

occur and on boiler make-up lines and hose bibbs. 3.02 TESTING

A. Test all water piping hydrostatically at 150 psig or 150% of working pressure, whichever is greater, for a period of 24 hours. Observe piping during this period and repair all leaks. Test for lead, certify that lead residual in piping system does not exceed local code requirements.


WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM 22 11 16 - 2 of 2

3.03 STERILIZATION OF DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEMS

A. Sterilize each unit of completed supply line and distribution system with chlorine solution before acceptance for domestic operation.

B. Accomplish sterilization as described below or by the system prescribed by the American

Water Works Association Standard C-601. Apply the amount of chlorine to provide a dosage of not less than 50 parts per million. Provide chlorine manufactured in conformance to the following standards:

1. Liquid Chlorine: Federal Specification BB-C-120.

2. Hypochlorite: Federal Specification 0-C-114a, Type 11, Grade B or Federal

Specification 0-X-602.

C. Introduce the chlorinating material to the water lines and distribution system after piping system has been thoroughly flushed. After a contract period of not less than 24 hours, flush the system with clean water until the residual chlorine content is not greater than .2 parts per million.

D. Open and close all valves in the lines being sterilized several times during above chlorination.

E. The sterilization process shall be done by persons whose major business is water treatment

and sterilization. The Plumbing Contractor shall pay all costs and charges associated to this test and certification.

F. Certify in writing that sterilization has been completed in accordance with these requirements.

END OF SECTION


LIQUID WASTE TRANSFER 22 13 16 - 1 of 5

SECTION 22 13 16 - LIQUID WASTE TRANSFER


A. Description:

1. This section describes specific requirements, products, and methods of execution relating to the transfer of liquid waste for the project. The work of this section includes providing the following:

a. All liquid waste piping and fittings:

1) Soil

2) Rain leaders

3) Building sewer

b. All plumbing vents, including their termination.

c. All connections at points of collection of handling:

1) At plumbing fixtures and trims

2) At equipment by others.



C. All materials exposed within a plenum shall be noncombustible or shall have a flame spread

index of not more than 25 and a smoke developed index of not more than 50 when tested in accordance with ASTM E 84.

IF PVC OR CPVC IS USED IN PLENUM SPACES IN LIEU OF CAST IRON, THEN PIPING

MUST BE WRAPPED WITH CODE APPROVED INSULATION TO PROTECT PIPING AND

MEET 25/50 REQUIREMENTS.

D. All waste, vent, sewer and storm lines shall be of cast iron soil pipe and fittings shall be

marked with the collective trademark of the Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute (CISPI) and be listed by NSF International as well as conform to the requirements of CISPI Standard 301, ASTM A-888 or ASTM A-74 for all pipe and fittings, and be manufactured by Charlotte, Tyler, or AB&I .

E. All pipe and fittings shall be manufactured in the United States.

F. A complete waste and vent system will be provided to collect sanitary waste from all

plumbing fixtures, floor drains, and any other equipment, in accordance with the Plumbing Code, unless indicated otherwise.



G. The drainage piping system will be designed with a minimum slope of 1/4-inch per foot for pipe sizes less than 3-inch and 1/8-inch per foot for sizes 3-inch and larger.

H. The building will have sanitary sewer lines discharging to the site sanitary sewer system.

I. Floor and wall cleanouts will be strategically placed to avoid being located in sensitive

areas.

J. Floor drains will be provided for each air handling device, equipment requiring drains, toilet rooms with water closets, and mechanical equipment rooms. A floor drain will be provided at each emergency shower unit.

K. Each floor drain will be provided with a p-trap and a trap primer.

1.02 CONNECTION TO UTILITY SEWER AND STORM DRAIN SYSTEMS (storm drain piping is considered to be piping beyond 5'-0" outside the building)

A. Coordinate with existing utilities to make connection. Contact Architect immediately if any conflict is discovered. Make final connection to service line. Obtain all permits, pay fees and provide all services incidental to this work.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.01 SEWER PIPE UNDERGROUND INSIDE STRUCTURE (INCLUDES TO FIVE FEET FROM

BUILDING PERIMETER)

A. Service weight cast iron soil pipe with Tyseal neoprene gaskets.

B. Schedule 40 PVC (SOLID WALL DWV pipe and fittings) as allowed by code. Material Data: Type 1, Grade 1 PVC 12454-B, ASTM D-1784.

C. Pipe 1-1/2" and Smaller: Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe with cast iron drainage fittings. D. Waste line serving commercial dishwasher in kitchen and associated main to be service

weight cast iron soil pipe with Tyseal neoprene gaskets to a point twenty feet (20’) downstream of dishwasher. Remainder of grease system in kitchen may be PVC as listed in 2 above.

2.02 SEWER ABOVE GROUND INSIDE STRUCTURE

A. Service weight cast iron soil pipe with tyseal neoprene gaskets or cast iron soil pipe with no-hub fittings. Reference 2.06 below.

B. Pipe 1-1/2" and Smaller: Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe with cast iron drainage fittings.

2.03 VENTS

A. All vent piping above slab to be cast iron soil pipe with tyseal neoprene gaskets or no-hub fittings.

B. All vent piping under slab to be heavy weight no-hub fittings.

C. Vents 1-1/2" and Smaller: Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe with cast iron fittings.

D. DWV copper with wrought or cast solder fittings.



2.04 CAST IRON PIPE/FITTINGS

A. Tyseal Gaskets or MG Couplings.

B. Hubless couplings shall be composed of a stainless steel shield, clamp assembly and an elastromeric sealing sleeve conforming to the most current edition of CISPI 310, listed by NSF International, manufactured in the United States of America, and manufactured by Anaco, Mission, Tyler or Ideal.

2.05 CONDENSATE PIPING

A. Type L or M: Hard drawn copper.

PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND PIPING

A. Install pipe and fittings to required grade with hubs and bottom half section in undisturbed soil. Follow manufacturer’s installation requirements.

3.02 INSTALLATION OF ABOVE GROUND PIPING

A. Refer to Section 20 01 00. 3.03 GRADING

A. Grade all horizontal runs of pipe in building and under floor slab at 1/4" per foot downward in direction of flow. If it is absolutely impossible to maintain a grade of 1/4" per foot, piping four (4) inches in diameter and larger may slope to a minimum grade of not less than 1/8" per foot.

3.04 SUPPORTING

A. Support all horizontal runs of pipe in building at intervals not to exceed 5'-0" and at each change of direction. Provide a support at the base of vertical risers with intermediate supports as required. Brace all adequately to prevent motion, per manufacturer's recommendation. Reference Section 20 01 00, 2.08, B., Mechanical Support Devices and Pipe Supports for further requirements.

3.05 CLEANOUTS

A. Provide cleanouts as shown on plans and in an accessible location at base of all risers in soil, waste and drain piping and at each change in direction in horizontal runs of pipe. In long straight runs, provide a cleanout located at intervals of not more than 75 feet for piping four inches (4") and larger and located at intervals of not more than 50 feet for piping less than four inches (4").

B. Cleanouts shall be located no closer than 24” to a wall.

3.06 VENTING

A. Provide a vent for each trap or as shown on the drawings.



B. Extend each vent vertically to a point not less than six inches (6") above the extreme overflow level of the fixture served before offsetting horizontally. Whenever two or more vent pipes converge, extend each such pipe at least six inches (6") in height above the flood rim level of the plumbing fixture it serves before being connected to any other vent and utilize only approved drainage fittings and materials to connect piping.

C. Provide a building main relief vent for waste piping not provided venting by fixture branch

connections. Vent size shall be per code requirement, based upon fixture unit loading in the pipe vented.

3.07 VENTS THROUGH ROOF

A. Extend vents through the roof a minimum distance of 6" and terminate at least 15 ft. horizontally from operable windows, doors, or air intakes, and at least 3 feet above such opening. Do not terminate vents through roof at edge or valley of roof.

B. Flash and counterflash vents through roof. Provide flashings not less than 18" square, with

prefabricated 4-pound lead counterflashing. Extend vertical portion of flashing up entire length of pipe and turn down inside the pipe at least 1 inch with turned edge hammered against pipe. Coordinate with type roof and Architectural details and flash them into roof according to the roofing products manufacturer's recommendations.

C. Protect the roof from tools and equipment. Remove all scraps on roof to prevent damage to

roof. 3.08 GENERAL

A. No piping shall be permanently concealed before the examination is completed by the authorities having jurisdiction.

B. All fixtures used in conjunction with the conveying of waste substance shall be connected by

means of a trap.

C. All connections for floor mounted water closets and waste piping shall be made with appropriate closet flange and wax gaskets.

D. Insulate all exposed p-traps for handicapped lavatories and handicap sinks with "Handi Lav-

Guard" Insulation Kit (Phone: 203-875-2868) as required. E. Provide specialty shielded transition coupling as required at connections between PVC and

cast iron fitting.

F. Horizontal to horizontal connections cannot use double combo, double wye and one

eighth or sanitary cross fittings. 3.09 TESTING

A. Test all piping in accordance with the requirements of the local codes.

B. Repair leaks and retest system, repeating this process until piping system is free of leaks.

C. Test shall be conducted and completed before any joints are concealed or made inaccessible.

D. Maintain a log of tests indicating date, time, result of test and person doing test.



E. Under floor.

1. Test pipe under floors before connecting to sewers. 2. Maintain not less than 15 feet of hydrostatic head. 3. Repair all leaks and repeat until system holds for 2-hours without a drop in water

level. 3.10 CONDENSATE PIPING

A. Route insulated copper condensate drain line from each unit to nearest floor drain, deep seal traps, sink p-traps, janitor sink, dry well (exterior units), or roof drain if piped to storm sewer (cannot use roof drain if day lites at surface) code approved or disposal point unless otherwise noted. Condensate shall not drain on to roof. Mechanical Contractor and Plumbing Contractor to coordinate locations. Slope all piping to drain at minimum 1/8" per foot. Drains shall be sized in accordance with equipment capacities as follows:

EQUIPMENT CAPACITY *MINIMUM PIPE SIZE

Up to 3 tons of refrigeration 3/4" 3 to 20 tons of refrigeration 1" 21 to 90 tons of refrigeration 1-1/4" 91 to 125 tons of refrigeration 1-1/2" 126 to 250 tons of refrigeration 2"

*Minimum size of drain shall not be smaller than drain outlet size for unit.

B. Coordinate mounting heights of units to allow adequate slope for condensate piping to disposal point.

C. Provide cleanout plug at end of each main run.

D. Drywell (French Drain): The drywell shall consist of a pit not less than 24" in diameter (or 24"

x 24") and 24" in depth. The pit shall be filled to within 3" of the finished grade with course gravel. Top 3 inches to be filled with topsoil and sodded. Gravel to be wrapped completely (top, sides and bottom) with heavy duty weed block fabric. Install a 3" perforated PVC drain pipe (centered in drywell) with cap at bottom extending to bottom of pit. 3" perforated pipe to extend 3" - 5" above finished grade. Provide appropriately sized bushing or fittings to rigidly tie to condensate drain line from unit. Perforated pipe above grade will act as air break connection. Twenty-four inch (24") diameter or 24" x 24" x 24" deep can be used for up to 5 ton capacity. Thirty-six inch (36") diameter or 36" x 36" x 24" deep can be used for up to 13 ton capacity. Forty-eight (48") inch diameter or 48" x 48" x 24" deep can be used for up to 30 ton capacity. Confirm final requirements with code authority having jurisdiction.

END OF SECTION


PLUMBING FIXTURES AND TRIM 22 30 00 - 1 of 5

SECTION 22 30 00 - PLUMBING FIXTURES AND TRIM


A. Work Included:

1. This section describes certain components of domestic plumbing systems, including related specific requirements, products and methods of execution. Plumbing water, waste, vent piping and other primary distribution components of the plumbing system are included with related work specified elsewhere.



PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 FLOOR DRAINS

A. All floor drains, including floor sinks, are to be the same size as the waste line size indicated on plans. If size is not indicated, drain size shall be 3". Floor drains that tie in to acid waste piping are to have acid resistant coating or be stainless steel. Floor Drains and Floor Sinks in kitchen areas are to have Acid Resistant Enamel coating or be constructed from stainless steel.

B. PROVIDE TRAP PRIMING APPARATUS FOR EACH FLOOR DRAIN AND FLOOR SINK

UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. Whenever possible, use an inverted tee connection from sink tailpiece or device similar to Jay R Smith Prime-EZE for trap priming with gray water. Second choice is to use flush valve trap primer connection. As last resort, provide mechanical trap primer (Manufacturer: Precision Plumbing Products, “Oregon #1 or equal as required) connected to supply lines as small as possible, but never over 1-1/2” diameter. Provide minimum 12 x 12 access door or larger as required. When local jurisdiction does not approve the use of a standard mechanical trap primer (similar to Oregon #1) that activates from pressure differential and other methods are not practical, provide an electronic trap primer as last resort. Coordinate electrical requirements with electrical contractor. Proset “TRAP GUARD” device may be used in lieu of trap primers when allowed by local code authority having jurisdiction and building Owner. Before using Proset “TRAP GUARD” contractor must obtain written approval from local code authority having jurisdiction and provide copies to Architect and Engineer.

C. Trap primers must conform to ASSE 1018 or ASSE 1044.

D. Trap Primer Manufacturers: MIFAB, Precision Plumbing Products, Jay R Smith, Sloan, Zurn,

Wade or Watts. E. Floor Drain/Floor Sink Manufacturers: StainlessDrains, Kessel, MIFAB, Josam, Wade, Zurn

or Jay.R. Smith, Watts.



2.02 ROOF DRAINS

A. Provide 30" square four pound lead flashing for all roof drains, centered around drain. Coordinate with type roof and Architectural Roof Plan and Architectural details. Roof drains to be installed in low point of roof. Verify low point in roof before installation. Roof drains to be moved at no additional cost to owner if not coordinated and installed in low point of roof to allow for proper drainage.

B. Where horizontal offset is not possible directly below drain connection, install an expansion

joint directly under the drain. MIFAB R1900 Series.

C. All roof drains shall be same size as the rainleader piping size serving roof drain as indicated on the drawings.

D. Roof Drains:

RD1 Primary roof drain, cast iron body, flashing collar, gravel stop, ductile iron dome,

under deck clamp, extension and sump receiver. MIFAB R1200-M-E-U Series.

RD2 Overflow roof drain same as RD-1, set inlet 2 inches higher than inlet of RD-1. MIFAB R1200-M-E-U-W. Coordinate and confirm final location with roofing consultant prior to rough-in.

E. Manufacturers: StainlessDrains ,MIFAB, J.R. Smith, Zurn, Josam, Wade, Watts or approved

equal.

2.03 CLEANOUTS

A. Cleanouts shall be same nominal size of pipe lines up to four inches (4") and not less than four inches (4") for larger lines.

B. Floor Cleanouts: Gas and watertight seal, internal taper ABS cleanout plug, stainless steel or

nickel bronze finish scoriated round top with countersunk screw for installation flush with finish floor. MIFAB C1100R-3 Series. If floor has a waterproof membrane then add C clamp ring flange.

C. Wall Cleanouts: MIFAB C1400-RD Series. Countersunk plugs, with smooth round access

cover and polished stainless steel or nickel bronze finish.

D. Manufacturers: StainlessDrains, MIFAB, Josam, Zurn, Wade, Watts or approved equal. E. Cleanouts that tie in to acid waste piping to be acid resistant.

2.04 FIXTURES

A. Manufacturers:

1. The fixtures are chosen from standard manufacturers.

2. Provide all similar fixtures and trim from one (1) manufacturer, except where

specified otherwise.

3. Equality: The following manufacturers are considered equal, specified item(s) sets minimum standard for acceptability.



a. Fixtures: American Standard, Eljer, Kohler, Elkay, Fiat, Sloan, Toto, Zurn, Caroma.

1) All water closet bowls shall have fully glazed trap.

2) All water closet bowls must meet MAP Testing (Maxim

Performance Testing) at 1000 grams.

b. Faucets: American Standard, Bradley, Elkay, Chicago, Sloan, Zurn, T & S

Brass, Moen Commercial. Must have five (5) year Commercial Warranty.

PROVIDE CONFIRMATION OF WARRANTY IN SUBMITTAL.

c. Stainless Steel Sinks: Elkay, Bradley, Moen or Just.

d. Carriers: MIFAB, J.R. Smith, Josam, Watts or Zurn.

e. Flush Valves: Sloan Royal or equal by Zurn

f. Point of Use ASSE 1070 Lead Free Mixing Valves: Watts, Powers, Bradley, Leonard, Lawler, Symmons or Moen.

g. Drinking Fountains/Electric Water Coolers: Elkay, Acorn Aqua Surf, Oasis or Halsey Taylor, must meet NSF Section 9 in its entirety and meet TCEQ Certification Requirements. Provide letter with submittal data.

h. Wash Fountains: Bradley, Wiloughby or Sloan Stone.

i. Wall Pipe Supports: HoldRite or Equal

j. Acrylic Showers: Lasco, Aquabath

k. Circulating Pumps: TACO, Grundfos, Armstrong, Wilo

l. Stainless Steel Skullery Sinks: Elkay, Bradley, Just, Advance Tabco, Griffin.

m. Provide wall carriers for ALL wall-mounted fixtures, including wash

fountains.

B. Traps, Stops and Supplies:

1. Provide traps, stops and supplies for all fixtures.

2. P-Traps: 17 gauge chrome-plated cast brass. Provide offset type as required to meet ADA space requirements.

3. Supplies: Flexible, chrome-plated, 7538 Series.

4. Stops: Removable key type, 2302 Series.

5. Supplies and stops are to meet current requirements of NSF61.

6. Manufacturers: American Standard, Brass Craft, McGuire or equal.

C. Fixtures Specified Elsewhere, or Otherwise Furnished. Provide appropriate strainer,

tailpiece, trap, waste and supplies. Rough-in and connect only.



D. Faucets:

1. All faucets except commercial kitchen and bar sinks are to meet ANSI/NSF Standard 61 and be listed by NSF as residential drinking water faucets.

2. All faucets not NSF 61 listed, (as described in paragraph 1) must have tin lined

waterways or other such material so water flowing through the faucet is not in contact with any material that could allow “Leaching” of lead into the waterway.

3. Commercial kitchen and bar sinks are to meet ANSI/NSF Standard 61 and be listed

as commercial faucets. Faucets meeting the stricter residential standards can be used at contractor’s option.

4. Faucets are not allowed to have more than the maximum total lead content as listed

by NSF, TCEQ (Health and Safety Code) and EPA.

5. Any faucets which exceed lead concentration “Leaching” into water stream after a minimum of 45 days usage and proper flushing prior to testing shall be replaced by the manufacturer with an acceptable product. All costs of change out incurred will be sole responsibility of the manufacturer.

6. Lavatory faucets to have .5 GPM vandal resistant aerator.

E. Waterways and tanks for all drinking fountains and water coolers shall be constructed of 3.

lead-free ( 0.00% lead ) materials. All waterways to be totally free of lead. No lead solder is permitted. All drinking fountains and water coolers to meet latest criteria of TCEQ, EPA and be listed by NSF.

F. All water line, fittings and fixtures in contact with potable water to be “lead free” AB1953

compliant. (.25% or less average lead content). All submittals to state items comply in submittal package.

2.05 FIXTURE FLOW RATES

A. The maximum flow rates for plumbing fixtures are to be no greater than quantities listed below: 1. Toilets – 1.28 gallons per flush GPF) on all projects.

2. Urinals – 0.125 gallons per flush (GPF) on all projects

3. Lavatory (hand sink) – 0.5 gallons per minute (GPM) on all projects

4. Shower – 2.0 gallons per minute (GPM) on all projects

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 Store all fixtures and trim above ground in a covered location not subject to accidental damage by

traffic or other construction activities. Handle fixtures and trim carefully to avoid chipping, denting, scratching, or other damage. Replace damaged items with same item in new condition.

3.02 Provide permanent metal and wire positioners, supports and fixture carriers to secure fixtures and

piping rigidly in proper alignment without sway or side play.



3.03 Anchor all fixtures securely to withstand applied vertical load of not less than 250 pounds on the front of the fixture, without noticeable movement.

3.04 Install all fixtures plumb, level and flush to the finished Architectural surface, so that the maximum gap

between the fixture and the surface does not exceed 3/16 inch. Grout under water closets to level fixtures. Caulk the edge of the joint between fixture and surface with silicone or butyl type waterproof caulking compound.

3.05 Adjust all functional components for proper operation in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, or as otherwise directed.

3.06 Clean all fixtures and trim thoroughly to spotlessly clean condition. Obtain a written certification from

the Architect that this has been accomplished. 3.07 Where floor drains or janitor sinks are located over any room, provide waterproof installation. 3.08 Ensure final location of cleanouts have access and ample clearance at cleanout for rodding of

drainage system. Check locations before installation. Contact Architect for alternate location if maintenance clearance is a problem. Cleanouts to be moved at no additional cost to Owner for failure to coordinate locations.

3.09 Coordinate slope of floors to floor drains with Architect. Adjust height of floor drain for proper

drainage. 3.10 Provide all adapters, flanges, gaskets, etc. as required for proper installation of fixtures. Coordinate

fixture placement before core drilling of floor or sleeve installation. 3.11 Insulate all exposed p-traps and water connections for handicapped lavatories with White “Truebro

Handi Lav-Guard” Insulation Kit Model #102W (Use Model #105W when 5" offset strainer is used). (Phone: 203-875-2868), or equal products as manufactured by Brocar Products Inc., (Phone: 512-847-1524).

3.12 No offset flanges will be allowed for installation of water closets. 3.13 Install all trap priming devices per manufacturer’s installation instructions. Provide shut-off valves at

each mechanical or electronic trap primer for service. Install minimum 12” x 12” access doors as required for service of trap priming devices.

3.14 Provide a floor sink with trap priming device in each sprinkler riser room.

3.15 Cleanout locations:

A. On each horizontal drain line 5 feet or greater in length.

B. No more than 50 feet on center.

C. At changes in director of 90 degrees or more (line size).

D. At the end of each continuous waste line.

E. At the end of each battery of fixtures.

F. At each sink and urinal.

G. Additional areas required for service and by code.

END OF SECTION

DIVISION 26 BRACKENRIDGE PARK GARAGE EXPANSION

ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS: 26 05 00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GENERAL PROVISIONS

26 05 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SCHEDULE OF VALUES

26 05 19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WIRE & CABLE

26 05 26 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .GROUNDING & BONDING

26 05 29 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HANGER & SUPPORTING DEVICES

26 05 33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RACEWAYS

26 05 34 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OUTLET BOXES, PULL BOXES & JUNCTION BOXES

26 05 80 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EMPTY RACEWAY ROUGH-IN

26 15 00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION FOR REMODELING

26 27 26. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DEVICES

26 28 15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAFETY DISCONNECT SWITCH

26 51 00. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INTERIOR LIGHTING SYSTEM

26 56 00. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EXTERIOR LIGHTING SYSTEM

08/11/17

F-4095


GENERAL 26 05 00 - 1 of 25

SECTION 26 05 00 - GENERAL

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK Unless otherwise specified, provide all labor, equipment, supplies, materials, superintendence and

testing necessary for the installation of complete electrical systems as required by these specifications and as shown on the Drawings, subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. Complete such details of electrical work not mentioned or shown which are necessary for the successful operation of all electrical systems described on the Drawings. Include empty conduits as required for all special systems and power for condensate pumps and HVAC control panels as required by the Mechanical Contractor. Field coordinate exact locations.

A. Submit a bid on the basis of a complete installation, including all labor, material, cartage,

insurance, permits, associated fees and taxes.

B. Include temporary electrical power and lighting that will be required for the interior of the buildings. Provide lighting to satisfy OSHA requirements and the NEC.

C. All Agreement Forms, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Division 1 of the

specifications shall apply to the work specified in Division 26-28.

D. Additional Site Visit Costs: The Contractor shall be charged with any cost resulting from uncompleted items that require additional site trips by the Architect/Engineer.

E. No attempt has been made to show complete design details of building construction on the

Electrical plans. Refer to Architectural, Structural and Mechanical plans for additional details which will affect electrical work. No extra cost will be allowed for offsets in conduit and wiring to avoid other work or when minor changes are necessary to facilitate installation or maintenance.

F. Electrical Contractor is to provide all parts and labor to make final connections to all

equipment shown in contract documents. Power may be shown in general location, it is expected that Electrical Contractor coordinate final locations for rough-in and connection requirements with exact equipment being installed. These items include but not limited to book security, exhaust fans, kilns, hand dryers, sensor operating plumbing devices, overhead doors, powered curtain, fire alarm door hold opens, etc.

G. NO TOXIC NOR HAZARDOUS MATERIALS, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO

PRODUCTS OR MATERIALS CONTAINING ASBESTOS, PCB AND LEAD SHALL BE

PROVIDED OR INSTALLED.

H. REMODEL WORK: COORDINATE ALL CONNECTIONS OF NEW EQUIPMENT WITH EXISTING SERVICES. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS AND INCIDENTAL ITEMS REQUIRED TO MAKE SYSTEM COMPLETE AND OPERABLE.

I. AN EXTRA COPY OF ALL FIELD REPORTS SHALL BE KEPT IN A SEPARATE NOTEBOOK. CONTRACTOR TO SET UP IN THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER’S TRAILER. THESE REPORTS SHALL BE USED FOR CONTRACTOR TO CHECK THAT EACH INDIVIDUAL ITEM NOTED HAS BEEN COMPLETED. ALSO KEEP LOG OF WHERE EXTRA RECEPTACLES AND OUTLET BOXES CALLED OUT IN 26 27 26, 3.01 AND 26 05 80, 2.01. ARE INSTALLED.


GENERAL 26 05 00 - 2 of 25

J. Electrical Contractor shall use Fire Alarm Contractor’s Shop Drawings and Rough-In

details on drawings for rough-in of all fire alarm devices. Any devices not roughed-in

according to Fire Alarm Shop Drawings and drawing details shall be relocated at no

cost to Owner.

K. Sensor Operated Plumbing Devices: Plumbing Contractor to provide transformers from

manufacture. Electrical Contractor to provide all other electrical materials and labor to provide complete and workable device. This includes but is not limited to receptacles for plug in transformers, line voltage wire/conduit for direct connect low voltage transformers, all low voltage plenum rated 16 gauge wire.

L. Cad Drawings:

Architectural Background Files – Architectural Files are background files, MEP

drawings are not background files. To insure the most current Architectural files are used for shop drawings backgrounds, they must be obtained from the architect and cannot be given from the engineer. Reference Architect for cost of Architectural Files.

MEP Drawings – These drawings cannot be used for shop drawings, as they are diagrammatic in nature only. Actual shop drawings prepared by sub-contractors must be used for coordination between all trades. If MEP floorplan files are requested they may be obtained with a signed confidentiality release form, only as outlined below. These files may be used in conjunction with this project only. There are no guarantees of compatibility or accuracy; all technical support will be billed hourly at current Engineer’s Rates. Engineer does not charge for actual file, but does charge for time required to prepare the files in format as requested by the Contractor. Fees will be based on Engineer’s current hourly rates. Deposit of $500 must be paid prior to beginning file preparation and balance must be paid prior to release of any files. Total fee based on actual time required by Contractor’s request. See submittal and shop drawing section for additional information.

MEP CAD Files that will be released. - If no Architectural RCP is available for light locations. Lighting Floorplans will be released. - Mechanical Floorplan will be released to Mechanical Contractor for aid in production of his

own shop drawings. HCE mechanical drawings may not be submitted as shop drawings. - Fire Alarm/Fire Sprinkler/Intercom etc… Contractors must use Architectural Revit Models

and CAD files for backgrounds and Architectural RCP’s (when available or lighting floorplan)

and Mechanical Contractor Shop Drawings for coordination purposes. This must be obtained from Architect. Engineer may not release architectural drawings.

M. The Contractor binds himself, his partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives to

the Owner hereto in respect to all covenants, agreements and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall not assign the Contract or sublet it as a whole without the written consent of the Architect/Owner, nor shall the Contractor assign any monies due or to become due to him hereunder, without the previous written consent of the Owner/Architect.

N. The Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work using his best skill and attention. He

shall be solely responsible for all construction means, methods, techniques, safety, sequences and procedures and for coordinating all portions of the Work under his Contract.

O. The Contractor shall provide, without extra charge, all incidental items required as a part of

the Work, even though not particularly specified or indicated, and if he has good reason for objecting to the use of a material, appliance, or type of construction shown or specified, he shall register his objections with the Architect/Engineer, in writing; otherwise, he shall proceed with the work under the stipulation that a satisfactory job is required.


GENERAL 26 05 00 - 3 of 25

P. Provide a completed Schedule of Values, see Specification Section 26 05 10. Preliminary schedule of values shall be submitted to Architect/Engineer for review.

1.02 SITE INSPECTION

A. Prior to Bidding, the Contractor shall visit and examine the site verifying all existing items and familiarize himself with existing work conditions and understand the conditions which affect performance of the work of this Division before submitting bids for this work. The submission of bids shall be deemed as evidence of such visits and examinations.

B. All bids shall take the existing conditions into consideration and the lack of specific

information on the drawings shall not relieve the Contractor of any responsibility. No subsequent allowance for time or money will be allowed for work or change related to failure to examine site conditions.

1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

A. All work covered by this section of these specifications shall be accomplished in accordance with the respective drawings, information or instructions to bidders, and general provisions of these specifications. Any supplementary conditions, special conditions, addenda, or directives which may be issued by the Owner’s representative herewith or otherwise shall be complied with in every respect.

B. Provide electrical connections and service to items described in all other sections of these specifications.

C. The Electrical Contractor shall provide all wiring and connections required to fire/smoke

dampers. Coordinate exact locations of dampers with Mechanical Contractor and relay requirements with Fire Alarm Contractor.

D. The Electrical Contractor shall provide all wiring and connections required to backdraft

dampers at exhaust fans. Coordinate exact locations of dampers with Mechanical Contractor.

E. Electrical Contractor to provide conduit and junction boxes for all sensors and exterior

conduit for controls to mechanical equipment. Conduit for space sensor to extend from junction box to above accessible ceiling. Conduit for exterior equipment to extend from equipment through wall or roof to above an accessible ceiling. Any control wiring in exposed ceiling areas to be in conduit by Controls Contractor for protection. Controls Contractor to coordinate on all conduit requirements. Coordinate locations with Electrical Contractor.

1.04 WORK NOT INCLUDED

A. Certain labor, materials, or equipment may be provided under other sections of these specifications, by utility companies, or by the Owner. When such is the case, the extent, source and description of these items will be as indicated on the Drawings or described in the specifications, but the Contractor is responsible for verifying with all parties involved as to the extent of his requirements of work.

B. Unless otherwise indicated, motors shall be furnished by others, but connected by the

Electrical Contractor as indicated on the Drawings.

C. Unless otherwise specified, Mechanical equipment control low voltage wiring (less than 50 VAC) shall be provided and installed by the Mechanical Contractor.


GENERAL 26 05 00 - 4 of 25

1.05 SPECIFICATION TERMINOLOGY (Definitions)

A. “Provide”: Includes all material, installation, labor subcontracts, appurtenances and mark-up required for a complete operable system as shown and specified, set in place, connected and ready to use.

B. “Furnish”: Purchase and deliver to job site, material as shown and specified.

C. “Install”: Includes all installation, labor subcontracts, appurtenances and mark-up required

for complete installation of equipment furnished by others.

D. “Record Drawings”: Drawings that reflect the electrical systems as actually

constructed by the Contractor including conduit routing.

E. “Accessible” means arranged so that an appropriately dressed maintenance man may

approach the area in question with tools and products necessary for the work intended, and may then position himself to properly perform the task to be accomplished, without disassembly or damage to the surrounding installation. All clearances per NEC.

F. Wherever the term “shown on drawings” is used in the specifications, it shall mean “noted”,

“indicated”, “scheduled”, “detailed”, or any other diagrammatic or written reference made on the drawings.

G. “Conduit” includes, in addition to conduit, all fittings, hangers and other accessories relative to

such conduit system.

H. “Concealed” means hidden from sight in chases, furred spaces, shafts, hung ceilings, imbedded in construction, crawl spaces, etc.

1.06 DIAGRAMMATIC DRAWINGS:

A. The drawings are in general diagrammatic, and the location of outlets, switches, motors, etc., on the drawings does not necessarily mean that such units shall be placed at that exact spot, as scaled on the drawings, but shall be located to function best. Use the drawings, and these specifications for guidance and secure the Engineer’s approval of all changes in location. Coordinate all dimensions for floor boxes with Architect. Contractor shall not scale from drawings.

B. Verify all measurements at the site. No extra compensation will be allowed because of

differences between locations shown on the drawings and measurements at the building.

C. The Contractor is to draw electrical rooms and service to scale (1/4” minimum) with actual equipment to be used and submit to the Engineer prior to installation. The Contractor must insure that all minimum NEC working clearances are maintained. Coordinate with equipment of other trades.

D. Where lighting fixtures and other electrical items are shown in conflict with structural

members and mechanical or other equipment, provide all required supports and wiring to clear the encroachment.

E. The branch circuits and arrangement of home runs have been designed to compensate for

voltage drop and other considerations to accomplish maximum economy. Re-circuiting will

not be permitted without specific approval. Circuit numbers may change to achieve

balanced loads on panels.


GENERAL 26 05 00 - 5 of 25

F. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Engineer. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved.

G. Drawings and specifications are complimentary each to the other. What is called for by one

shall be as binding as if called for by both.

H. Should the drawings disagree in themselves, or with the specifications, the better quality or greater quantity of work or materials shall be used.

I. Outlets and switches obviously placed in a location not suitable to the finished room or area

shall be removed and relocated when so directed by the Architect at no cost to the Owner. The Architect shall have the right to make any reasonable change in outlet locations before rough-in without additional cost to the Owner. The contractor shall contact engineer when switches are inadvertently shown on hinge side of door prior to rough-in.

J. Location of light fixtures shall be coordinated with reflected ceiling plans and/or room finish

schedules. 1.07 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT SUBMITTALS

A. Submittals: Provide submittals for all products and systems described in Division 26-28 and shown on the drawings to demonstrate compliance with the requirements of the project. Furnish equipment submittals in the manner described elsewhere in these specifications.

B. Submit to the Engineer, after the award of the contract or as dictated by project schedule, a

type written list of those items of equipment and appurtenances which will be furnished. Include the name or description of the item, name of manufacturer, model or type, catalog number and manufacturer’s printed information. The information submitted shall include overall dimensions, weights, voltage rating, phase, wiring diagrams, etc., and nameplate data. Assemble cut sheets into separate submittals as defined in this section or by Specification Section. Submit priority items and long lead time first. Then follow with remaining items. This will allow for faster review and response to accommodate project

schedule. Any submittal with all sections under one (1) submittal number will be

returned and required to be broken into unique separate submittal numbers. The Engineer’s check will be general and does not relieve the Contractor of final responsibility to comply with the Contract Documents in all respects.

C. Submittal review is for general design and arrangement only and does not relieve the

Contractor from any of the requirements of the Contract Documents. Submittals will not be checked for quantity, dimension, fit or proper technical design of manufactured equipment. Where deviations of substitute product or system performance have not been specifically noted in the submittal by the Contractor, provision of a complete and satisfactory working

installation is the sole responsibility of the Contractor. Warranties cannot be reduced

through the submittal process.

D. Contractor shall indicate items being used on cut sheets by highlighting or arrowing

to actual part number. Submittals may be returned without checking if submittals not

appropriately marked.

E. ‘Individual submittals’ means separate submittals with unique submittal numbers for

each specification section. Separate PDFs for each Submittal number.

F. HARDCOPY SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENT: Hardcopy submittals will not be required by

Engineer.


GENERAL 26 05 00 - 6 of 25

G. PDF SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENT: For submittal sections listed below as allowed pdf’s the following requirements must be met or the submittal will not get through email security and will be auto-deleted and not checked.

Each specifications section must be a separate pdf file, one giant pdf for all sections will

be rejected.

PDF FILE: MUST BE NAMED AS FOLLOWS: JOB NAME – SUBMITTAL No. XX – SUBMITTAL DESCRIPTION

EMAIL TITLE/SUBJECT: FOR SUBMITTALS MUST BE AS FOLLOWS: JOB NAME – SUBMITTAL No. XX – SUBMITTAL DESCRIPTION Failure to follow these instructions will result in the submittal never reaching the engineer and not being checked. Delays cause by not following these procedures are the sole responsibility of the contractor. Emailed submittals must come from the Architect and must not be emailed directly from the contractor. Do not Carbon Copy the Engineer on Emailed submittals.

H. Multiple re-reviews required due to Contractor not following instructions,

specifications, etc will be billed to Contractor at Engineer’s current hourly rates. This

shall be paid prior to submittal approval.

I. Submittals will be returned in order of construction of the project, not necessarily in

order submitted. If all sections are submitted under one binder/at one time and transmittal, each section will be returned at the appropriate time for construction phasing. Electrical Gear will not be reviewed until “Mechanical/Electrical Coordination Sheet” has been submitted.

Electrical Gear and Light Fixtures may require extended review time. If submittals are

submitted early relative to construction phasing, submittals may be held, reviewed

and returned at the appropriate time for construction phasing, not necessarily 2

weeks. In some cases, if submittals are received vastly out of order of construction,

submittal may be rejected.

J. DO NOT SUBMIT THE FOLLOWING SECTIONS UNLESS DEVIATING FROM THE

SCHEDULES/SPECIFICATIONS. Provide directly to General Contractor/CMR for

inclusion into O & M Manuals. If deviating from the specifications submittal will be

required. (Highlight items in each submittal content that are different to allow for

proper review.):

1. 26 05 00 – General Provisions

2. 26 05 10 – Schedule of Values

3. 26 05 19 – Wire and Cable

4. 26 05 26 – Grounding and Bonding

5. 26 05 29 – Hangers and Supporting Devices

6. 26 05 33 – Raceways

7. 26 05 34 – Outlet Boxes, Pull Boxes and Junction Boxes

8. 26 05 80 – Empty Raceway Rough-In

9. 26 27 26 – Devices

10. 26 28 10 – Manual Motor Starters


GENERAL 26 05 00 - 7 of 25

11. 26 28 15 – Safety Disconnect Switch

12. 26 28 16 – Fuses

13. 26 28 20 – Combination Motor Starters

14. 26 28 25 – Contactors

K. PDF Submittals Allowed for Product Cut-Sheets for are limited to the following items:

Separate PDF file for each Submittal number is required. Follow file format above.

1. 26 51 00 – Interior Lighting System

2. 26 56 00 – Exterior Lighting System

3. Electric Rooms (coordinate with mechanical). Also, include other equipment and/or systems on plan.

L. When requested, present samples of all materials proposed for use to the Engineer for his

approval.

M. Certify Shop Drawings have been checked for compliance with Contract Documents. Certify that the materials submitted can be delivered and installed according to the construction schedule.

N. Select all other materials, not specifically described on the Drawings or in these specifications but required for a complete and operable facility, and submit to the Engineer for approval.

O. Substitutions: (“Substitution Request” form must be submitted)

1. Substitutions must be made and accepted PRIOR to Bid.

2. Unless otherwise indicated, base bid on the equipment shown on the Drawings and hereinafter specified.

3. Request for approval to substitute materials, methods, or processes shall be made to Architect and if found acceptable, will be confirmed by an addendum to the Construction Documents. Where proposed substitutions are not incorporated into

the Construction Documents by addendum PRIOR to time of the General Contract bid opening, all bids shall be held to have been made on the basis of the materials, methods and processes required by the Construction Documents.

4. All substitutions shall be of equal or better quality to the equipment specified. 5. Acceptance of the substitution by the Engineer does not relieve the Contractor of

responsibility for proper operation of the systems, compliance with specifications, necessary changes due to dimensional differences or space requirements, and completion of work on schedule.

6. It is not the intent of the Specifications to limit materials to the product of any

particular manufacturer. Where definite materials, equipment and/or fixtures have been specified by name, manufacturer or catalog number, it has been done so as to set a definite standard and a reference for comparison as to quality, application, physical conformity and other characteristics unless no substitutions are noted.

7. Submit fully completed “Substitution Request” form located at end of this

section. If this form is not submitted, all substitution request will be

automatically rejected.


GENERAL 26 05 00 - 8 of 25

8. For substitutions that require substantial review by engineer to ensure

equality, the contractor requesting substitutions shall reimburse the engineer

at current hourly rates for all review time. This shall be paid prior to submittal

approval. This applies to all equipment not previously approved on

construction documents.

a. Light Fixtures Packages

b. Alternate Transformers

c. Alternate Surge Protective Devices

d. Alternate Equipment/Gear Packages

e. Contractor Cost Savings Packages Requiring Substantial Review Time

1.08 SHOP DRAWINGS REQUIRED

A. Prepare and submit working construction drawings as requested, specified, and otherwise necessary to demonstrate proper planning for installation and arrangement of all work. Layout drawings to scale and show dimensions where accuracy of location is necessary for coordination or communication purposes. Show work of all trades, including Architectural, Structural, Mechanical, and Electrical items which may be pertinent to proper and accurate coordination.

B. Architectural drawings must be used for backgrounds in preparation of shop drawings and

shall be obtained from the Architect. Confirm requirements and stipulations for obtaining floor plan backgrounds with Architect and with other sections of specification. Engineer’s

drawings and CAD files may not be used for Shop Drawings. Reference 1.01-L.

C. Reference other specification for additional requirements. 1. Fire Alarm 2. PA System 3. Electrical Rooms

1.09 RECORD DRAWINGS

A. Reference requirements stated elsewhere in the specifications.

B. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL TAPE ALL ADDENDAS ISSUED DURING BIDDING TO HIS CONSTRUCTION AND RECORD DRAWING SET PRIOR TO COMMENCING CONSTRUCTION. PAY REQUESTS WILL NOT BE PROCESSED UNTIL THIS REQUIREMENT IS MET.

C. In addition to other requirements, a master Record Drawing print set (separate from field

sets) shall be kept in the site construction office as the work progresses. Show routing and location of items cast in concrete or buried underground. Work located in spaces with access, or above suspended ceilings, is not considered permanently concealed. Show complete routing and sizing of any significant revisions to the systems shown. Indicate

locations of all existing active and inactive conduit uncovered during construction. Keep

marked up set at site for review at site meetings.

D. Contractor to indicate conduit routing locations for all major runs and branch circuits

under slab along with major junction locations.


GENERAL 26 05 00 - 9 of 25

E. The Contractor shall be responsible for updating all items, including but not limited to floor plan changes, system changes, addendums, change orders, etc. on the prints to “As-Built” conditions. At the completion of the job the marked up As-Built Drawings shall be submitted to the Architect for final review and comment. These corrected prints together with all the revisions, additions and deletions of work, shall form the basis for preparing a set of record drawings.

F. Using the “Record Drawing Set”, the Contractor shall print two (2) complete sets of prints one

for submission to the Owner and one rolled in a 4” PVC pipe in main electric room mounted to wall and labeled. Tape all edges. The contactor shall provide pdf copies/scans for owner record purposes. Remove Engineer’s seal from record drawings.

G. The Contractor shall bear all the costs of producing the “Record Drawing Set”.

H. Electrical riser diagrams shall be laminated and mounted in the main electrical room or as

directed by the Engineer.

1.10 CODES, REGULATIONS AND ORDINANCES

A. Comply with the requirements of the National Electrical Code, National Electrical Safety Code, Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA) and all other applicable Federal, State and local codes and ordinances. All codes and standards shall be per the latest adopted edition with all supplements and official interpretations included. Provide disconnecting means for all equipment per NEC. The Drawings and specifications take precedence when they are more stringent than codes, standards, ordinances, and statutes take precedence when they are more stringent or conflict with the Drawings and specifications.

B. Should the Contractor perform any work that does not comply with the requirements of the

applicable Building Codes, State Laws, Local Ordinances and Industry Standards, he shall bear all costs arising in correcting the deficiencies, as approved by the Architect.

C. All work shall also satisfy applicable local codes, ordinances, and regulations of the governing

bodies, and all authorities having jurisdiction over the work. Where alterations to, or deviations from, the drawings and specifications are required by the authority having jurisdiction, report the same in writing to the Owner’s representative and secure his approval before proceeding.

1.11 DELIVERY AND STORAGE OF EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL

A. Investigate each space in the building through which equipment must pass to reach its final location. If necessary, the manufacturer shall be required to ship his material in sections sized to permit passing through such restricted areas in the building.

B. Retain all portable and detachable parts or portions of installation such as fuses, key locks,

adapters, blocking clips, and inserts until final completion of work. Deliver parts to the Owner or his authorized representative and attach an itemized receipt to obtain request for final payment.

C. Product Handling:

1. Use all means necessary to protect the work and materials of this section before,

during, and after installation and to protect the work and materials of all other trades.

2. In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the Engineer and at no additional cost to the Owner.


GENERAL 26 05 00 - 10 of 25

3. Store and protect materials and equipment in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations.

4. Provide suitable box or crate electrical equipment and cover with waterproof covers

to protect against dirt, moisture or accidental damage during shipment or outdoors at the job site.

5. Store all conduits on skids.

1.12 SERVICEABILITY OF PRODUCTS

A. Furnish all products to provide the proper orientation of serviceable components to access space provided.

B. Coordinate installation of piping, ductwork, equipment, conduits, junction boxes, panels and

other products to allow proper service of all items requiring periodic maintenance or replacement.

C. Replace or relocate all products incorrectly ordered or installed to provide proper

serviceability. 1.13 ACCESSIBILITY OF PRODUCTS

A. Arrange all work to provide permanent, convenient and safe access to all serviceable and/or

operable products. Layout work to optimize net usable access space within confines of space available. Advise Architect, in a timely manner, of areas where proper access cannot be maintained. Furnish layout drawings to verify this claim, if requested.

B. Provide access doors in ceilings, walls, floors, etc. for access to automatic devices and all

serviceable or operable equipment in concealed spaces. Location of panels shall be submitted for approval in sufficient time to be installed in the normal course of work.

1.14 UTILITY COSTS

A. Provide complete utility service connections. The locations and elevations of the various utilities included within the scope of this work have been obtained from city and/or other substantially reliable sources as a general guide only, without guarantee as to accuracy. Verify the locations, elevations, and availability of all utilities and services required, and be adequately informed as to their relation to the work.

B. Include all service charges required by the electric utility or telephone/data/cable utility. Reference General Conditions for further information. Keep all utility company charges as a separate line item in bid. If cost is not available from utility company, indicate utility contact

person, telephone number and date of contact. 1.15 CLEAN-UP

A. Remove debris and waste materials from within the construction areas and transport off-site, daily.

B. Keep the construction area clean, free from hazard, and orderly arranged.

C. Pay all costs of waste removal and disposal. Reference General Conditions for further

information.

D. Dispose of waste materials in accordance with all regulations which govern.


GENERAL 26 05 00 - 11 of 25

E. Take all precautions to protect persons who enter the construction area from hazardous

conditions, hazardous waste, toxic waste, or other unsafe conditions.

F. Upon completion of construction, remove all debris, waste materials, unused materials, temporary constructions, vehicles, tools, fencing, etc. to Owner’s satisfaction.

G. All equipment and materials shall be protected from physical moisture absorption, metallic

corrosion and weather damage from time of delivery to completion of project. Replace any damaged materials.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS

A. Unless otherwise indicated, provide only new equipment and materials.

B. On all major equipment components, provide manufacturer’s name, address, model number, and serial number permanently attached in a conspicuous location.

C. All materials furnished under these specifications shall be the standard product of

manufacturer’s regularly engaged in the production of such equipment and shall be the manufacturer’s latest approved standard design.

D. Guarantees:

1. The Contractor and Manufacturers shall provide a ONE (1) YEAR guarantee for all

work under the Electrical Trade. However, such guarantees shall be in addition to and not in lieu of all other liabilities which the manufacturer and the Contractor may have by law or by other provisions of the Contract Documents. In any case, such guarantees and warranties shall commence when the Owner accepts the mechanical/electrical system, as determined by the Architect and shall remain in effect for a period of ONE (1) YEAR thereafter.

2. All materials, items of equipment, all lighting, and workmanship furnished under each

section shall carry a ONE (1) YEAR warranty against all defects in material and workmanship. Any fault under any contract, due to defective or improper material, equipment, workmanship or design which may develop shall be made good, forthwith, by and at the expense of the Contractor for the work under his Contract, including all other damage done to areas, materials and other systems resulting from this failure.

3. The Contractor shall guarantee that all elements of the system, which are to be

provided under his Contract, are of sufficient capacity to meet the specified performance requirements as set forth herein or as indicated.

4. Upon receipt of notice from the Owner of failure of any part of any systems or

equipment during the guarantee period, the affected part or parts shall be replaced by the Contractor for his respective work, as applicable.

5. Furnish, before the final payment is made, a written guarantee covering the above

requirements.

6. Reference other guarantee information elsewhere in these specifications.


GENERAL 26 05 00 - 12 of 25

2.02 STANDARDS

A. Where the Underwriters’ Laboratories (UL) have established standards and issued labels for a particular group, class or type of material, apparatus, appliance or device, provide the UL label on all such items in that category incorporated into the work.

B. Where such items are not covered by UL standards, they shall meet or exceed the

requirements of the current National Electrical Code (NEC), or if not covered there, by the applicable, published, recognized standard of the American National Standards Institute (ANSI), or of the industry and of the related engineering society. Example: National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) and Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE).

C. Contractor is to follow the most current version adopted for all codes and standards.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 CUTTING AND PATCHING

A. Carefully lay out all work in advance so as to minimize cutting, channeling, chasing, or drilling of floors, walls, partitions, ceilings, etc. Perform all cutting, channeling, drilling, etc., as required for the proper support, concealment, installation, or anchorage of raceways, outlets, or electrical equipment in a careful manner. Any damage to the building, structure, piping, ducts, equipment, or defaced finish, tile, plaster, woodwork, or metal work shall be repaired by skilled mechanics of the trades involved at the Contractor’s expense and to the satisfaction of the Engineer. All cutting, channeling, chasing, or drilling of unfinished masonry, tile, etc., or cutting, drilling, anchoring to or welding of structural members shall be performed in a manner having the Engineer’s prior approval. All openings made in fire rated or smoke rated walls, floors, and ceilings shall be patched and made tight in a manner to conform to the fire rating or smoke rating for the enclosure.

B. Where conduits pass through exterior walls, thoroughly caulk with sealant the annular space

around the conduit to provide a watertight closure at the interior wall cavity and exterior wall surface. Provide ¼” maximum annular space around the conduit. Provide and install all counterflashing of all conduit, pipe and supports which pierces roofs and other weather barrier surfaces. Verify detail with Architect before installation. All work shall be performed in a workmanlike manner to assure weatherproof installation. Any leaks developed shall be repaired at his expense, to Architect’s satisfaction. All waterproofing, flashing and counterflashing shall be compatible with roofing system so as not to void any roof warranties. Confirm installation with Architect and Roofing Contractor.

3.02 SEALING AND FIREPROOFING

A. SEALING OF PENETRATIONS THROUGH RATED WALLS, FLOORS, CEILING AND

ROOF ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE INSTALLED PER UL “FIRE RESISTANCE

DIRECTORY.” UL SYSTEM NUMBERS INDICATED ARE FOR A PARTICULAR LISTED

INSTALLATION AND ARE FOR GENERAL INFORMATION AND INTENT. OTHER

LISTED UL SYSTEM DESIGNS MAY BE USED. IN ALL CASES, SUBMIT MATERIALS,

UL SYSTEM DESIGN NUMBERS AND UL DETAILS TO BE USED THROUGHOUT THE

PROJECT AND IDENTIFY WHICH DETAIL IS TO BE USED FOR EACH SPECIFIC

CONDITION. POST REVIEWED DETAIL AT JOB SITE FOR REFERENCE.

1. Only materials tested in the specific UL System No. may be used.

a. Caulk Manufacturer:


GENERAL 26 05 00 - 13 of 25

1) 3M Type CP-25 W/B + for all assemblies requiring 3M caulk.

2) For WL3045 and WL3046 use Hilti FS611A sealant.

b. Steel Sleeve (stud wall) (UL System No. WL1003): Cylindrical sleeve shall

be fabricated from minimum 0.019” thick (no. 28 gauge) galvanized sheet steel and having a minimum two inch (2”) lap along the longitudinal seam. Length of steel sleeve to be equal to thickness of wall plus one inch (1”) such that, when installed, the ends of the sleeve will project approximately 1/2” beyond the surface of the wall on both sides of the wall assembly. The diameter of the openings cut on each side of the wall assembly (concentric with conduit) to be 2 to 2-1/2” larger than the outside diameter of conduit such that, when the steel sleeve is installed, a 1 to 1-1/4” annular space will be present between the steel sleeve and the conduit around the entire circumference of the conduit. Install sleeve by coiling the sheet steel to a diameter smaller than the through opening, inserting the coil through the openings and releasing the coil to let it uncoil against the circular cutouts in the gypsum wallboard layers.

c. Optional Steel Sleeve (concrete or block wall): Except for single insulated

cables, provide sleeve cast in floor/wall or mortared into CMU wall; Schedule 40 or heavier, length to extend a maximum one inch (1”) from top surface of floor or a maximum of one inch (1”) from both sides of wall.

d. Forming Material: Minimum one inch (1”) thickness mineral-wool batt

insulation material. Tightly pack into sleeve with minimum 1/2” recess on ends. Manufacturer: Thermafiber Safing Insulation.

2. Firestop system shall be installed at top surface of floor and symmetrically on both

sides of wall assemblies and one (1) side of floor.

3. Alternate floor penetration system (with firestop mortar): UL System No. CAJ1032.

4. Wires and Cables:

a. For gypsum frame wall, single cable: Fireproof per UL System No. WL3001. Opening for cables to be hole-sawed through gypsum wall board layers. Diameter of opening to be 3/8” to 5/8” larger than outside diameter of cable. Cable to be rigidly supported on both sides of wall assembly. Caulk to fill annular space throughout thickness of gypsum wall board layers and apply 1/4” bead of caulk to perimeter of cable at its egress from wall (both sides).

b. For gypsum frame wall, multiple cables: Use UL system No. WL3021,

WL3045, WL3046 or equivalent to maintain rating of wall.

c. For concrete walls/floors or CMU walls, single or multiple cables: Fireproof per UL System No. CAJ3030. Install sleeve in assembly flush with both sides. Cables to be a minimum of ten percent (10%) and a maximum of thirty-three percent (33%) of cross-sectional area of opening. Recess minimum one inch (1”) thickness of mineral wool material into opening around cables. Caulk openings around cable to minimum depth of one inch (1”). Optional sleeve may be used per UL detail requirements.


GENERAL 26 05 00 - 14 of 25

5. Reference Architectural for the exact location of all rated walls, floors, ceilings and ceiling/roof assemblies.

6. Materials used in firestop systems shall be installed in accordance with the

manufacturer’s written instructions (shall be posted at job site, in General Contractors trailer), provided with materials for specific UL System No.

7. Manufacturers: 3M, Metacaulk, Hilti, BioFireshield or equal.

B. In non-rated walls identified for sound insulation, provide 1/2” space between conduit and

sleeve packed with multiple layers of forming material. Allow 5/8” minimum space on each side and caulk with acoustical sealant.

C. Final condition to prevent passage of fire, smoke, noxious gas and water.

D. For non-rated electrical/mechanical rooms: Seal all conduit passing through room walls, floors and ceilings with 3M caulk, Type CP-25 WB+.

3.03 WORKMANSHIP AND COMPLETION OF INSTALLATION

A. For the actual fabrication, installation and testing, use only thoroughly trained and experienced workmen completely familiar with the items required and with the manufacturer’s recommended methods of installation. In acceptance or rejection of the installed work, no allowance will be made for lack of skill on the part of workmen.

B. Install all specialties as detailed on plans. Where details or specific installation specifications

are not included herein, follow approved manufacturer’s recommendations.

C. Install complete, thoroughly check, correctly adjust, clean, and leave ready for operation all equipment and material connected with this project.

D. Ballasts, contactors, starters, transformers and like equipment which are found to be

noticeably noisier than other similar equipment on the project will be deemed defective and shall be replaced.

E. Electrical service stub locations, sizes and quantities for equipment are approximate only.

The Contractor must verify all service locations, sizes and quantities with the equipment supplier before rough-in.

F. The Electrical Contractor shall make all final connections to all electrical equipment furnished

and set in place by others, including millwork with outlets. The Electrical Contractor shall provide and install all disconnect switches as required.

G. The Electrical Contractor shall provide/install all circuit breakers, power wiring, conduit

systems and final connections required for operation of heating cable systems.

H. Provide and install all adjustable mounting brackets, steel bar hangers, T-bar mounting clips, support channels and universal support bridges as required for installation of recessed light fixtures, speakers, alarm devices and other ceiling mounted devices. Ceiling tile shall not be used to support ceiling mounted devices in lay-in ceilings.

I. Provide wood trim for any semi-recessed panels installed. Verify finishes with the

Owner/Architect.


GENERAL 26 05 00 - 15 of 25

J. Provide Hoffman enclosure (#A-244208WFLP) wall mounted at location shown on plans. Provided in enclosure shall be spare fuses, three (3) of each amperage used in project up to 100 amp size and spare smoke detectors (see Section 28 31 00.)

K. Equipment and materials shall be listed by an organization that evaluates products and states

that the equipment or material, either meets appropriate designated standards or has been tested and found suitable for a specified purpose or shall be labeled by the manufacturer to indicate compliance with appropriate standards or performance in the specified manner to be used.

1. Listed or labeled equipment and materials shall be applied, installed, connected,

erected, used, cleaned, adjusted, and conditioned in accordance with any instructions included in the listing or labeling.

L. The installation shall be performed by licensed, competent workmen to provide a thorough

and complete installation.

M. All work shall be accomplished in conjunction with other trades in a manner which will allow each trade adequate time at the proper stage of construction to fulfill his work.

N. Exact locations shall be determined by reference to the general plans and measurements at

the building and shall be subject to reasonable change by the Owner’s representative without additional cost.

O. Prior to and during construction, provide adequate storage facilities and properly protect

items subject to any damage. Failure to comply with this provision will be sufficient cause for the rejection of the particular apparatus involved.

P. At completion, the installation shall be thoroughly cleaned. All tools, equipment, obstructions,

temporary power, temporary lighting and debris shall be removed from the premises.

3.04 BALANCING SYSTEM

A. Balance the electrical system between the respective phases of the system. Balance individual circuits in each panel of the system. Where phase assignments or circuit numbers are indicated on the drawing, do not deviate without the Engineer’s approval. All deviations shall be noted on panelboard submittals and on Record Drawings and schedules

3.05 COOPERATION WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS

A. Cooperate with other Contractors so that the installation of the electrical materials and equipment may be properly coordinated. Where a conflict occurs with piping, duct work, etc., it shall be resolved as directed by the Engineer.

B. Interferences between conduit and other trades shall be handled by giving precedence to

pipe lines requiring grade for proper operation. Where space requirements conflict, the following order of precedence shall generally be observed:

1. Building Lines

2. Structural Members

3. Drainage Waste and Vent Piping

4. Refrigerant Piping

5. Ductwork


GENERAL 26 05 00 - 16 of 25

6. Water and Gas Piping

7. Electrical Conduit

8. Fire Protection Piping 3.06 COORDINATION OF WORK

A. Each Contractor shall compare his drawings and specifications with those of other Trades and report any discrepancies between them to the Architect and obtain from the Architect written instructions to make the necessary changes in any of the affected work. All work shall be installed in cooperation with other Trades installing inter-related work. Before installation, all Trades shall make proper provisions to avoid interferences in a manner approved by the Architect.

B. Locations of conduit and equipment shall be adjusted to accommodate the work with

interferences anticipated and encountered. Exact routing and location of systems shall be determined prior to fabrication or installation.

C. Offsets and changes of direction in all conduit systems shall be made as required to maintain

proper headroom and pitch of sloping lines whether or not indicated on the drawings.

D. Where discrepancies in scope of work as to what Trade provides items such as starters, disconnects, flow switches and the like exist, such conflicts shall be reported to the Architect prior to signing of the Contract. If such action is not taken, the various Trades shall furnish such items as part of their work for complete and operable systems.

E. Verify voltage, phases, termination points, termination requirements and required

disconnects for all equipment provided as part of this contract or equipment furnished by Owner prior to rough-in. Report any discrepancies to Architect/Engineer.

F. The Contractors are to avoid routing conduit through fire rated assemblies where practical.

Each trade is responsible for proper coordination of required sleeves or block-outs with rated assembly installers. Each trade is responsible for providing sleeves, as required, for his work. Each trade shall verify acceptable tolerances around penetrating item in fire assembly before beginning fire sealing.

G. The Electrical Subcontractor shall verify with HVAC, Plumbing and Fire Protection

Subcontractors the required electrical characteristics for all motors and equipment

before ordering and submitting of electrical gear. Verify actual connection points prior

to installation and roughing-in. Mechanical and Electrical Contractor are responsible

for coordination of electrical requirements and final fuse sizes of all A/C equipment.

When Mechanical Contractor substitutes equipment that requires additions or

upgrades to electrical system, he shall bear all costs arising from such substitutions.

Reference “Mechanical/Electrical Coordination Sheet” in specifications. 3.07 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND PROGRAMS

A. It shall be the duty and responsibility of the Contractor and all of its subcontractors to be familiar and comply with all requirements of Public Law 91-696, 29 U.S.C. Secs. 651 et. seq., the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, (OSHA) and all amendments thereto, and to enforce and comply with all of the provisions of this Act. IN ADDITION, ON PROJECTS IN WHICH TRENCH EXCAVATION WILL EXCEED A DEPTH OF FIVE FEET, THE CONTRACTOR AND ALL OF ITS SUBCONTRACTORS SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL REQUIREMENTS OF 29 C.F.R. SECS. 1926.652 AND 1926.653, OSHA SAFETY AND HEALTH STANDARDS.


GENERAL 26 05 00 - 17 of 25

3.08 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS

A. Provide one (1) Operation and Maintenance manuals for training of Owner’s personnel in operation and maintenance of systems and related equipment in the manner described elsewhere in these specifications. In addition, organize manuals and include data and narrative as noted below (bind each manual in a hard-backed loose-leaf binder. Use 8-1/2” x 11” white paper). Provide PDF copy of O&M for owner records

B. Operating Sequence and Procedures:

1. Contents: In each chapter, describe the procedures necessary for personnel to

operate the system and equipment covered in that chapter.

2. Typewritten Operating Procedures: Write procedures for start-up, operation and shutdown.

a. Start-up: Give complete step-by-step instructions for energizing equipment,

making initial setting and adjustments whenever applicable.

3. Shutdown Procedures: Include instructions for stopping and securing the equipment after operation. If a particular sequence is required, give step-by-step instructions in that order.

C. Maintenance Instructions:

1. Provide a schedule of preventive maintenance for each product. Recommend

frequency of performance for each preventive maintenance task: i.e., cleaning, inspection, etc.

D. Manufacturer’s Brochures: Include manufacturers’ descriptive literature covering all

appurtenances used in each system, together with illustrations, exploded views and renewal parts lists. Provide the nearest manufacturer’s representatives name, address and phone number.

E. Shop Drawings: Provide two copies of all corrected, approved submittals and shop drawings

covering equipment for the project either with the manufacturer’s brochures or properly identified in a separate subsection.

F. Spare Parts Lists: Include a list of all equipment furnished for the project, with a tabulation of

descriptive data of all the spare parts proposed for each type of equipment or systems. Properly identify each part by part number and manufacturer.

3.09 IDENTIFICATION

A. Equip the following items with nameplates:

1. Motor Starters

2. Main Switchboard and Overcurrent Devices and Spares

3. Panelboards and Branch Circuits

4. Safety Disconnect Switches

5. Contactors


GENERAL 26 05 00 - 18 of 25

6. Control/Power Equipment in Separate Enclosures Including Relays

7. Bypass Switches and Transfer Switches

8. Emergency Generator Sets

9. UPS System and Battery Racks

10. Motor Control Centers

11. Transformers

B. No dymo (stick on indented plastic) type label will be permitted.

C. Identify equipment listed above. COORDINATE EQUIPMENT NUMBERS WITH MECHANICAL AND/OR KITCHEN PLANS. Each piece of equipment shall be numbered consistently throughout.

D. Fabricate nameplates as follows:

1. Provide three (3) ply, 1/16” laminated plastic nameplate material with white core for

lettering and black background. All nameplates, for equipment powered from emergency circuits, shall have white core for lettering and red background.

2. Use capital letters.

3. Unless otherwise indicated, provide minimum 3/4” high x 2” long nameplates with

1/4” letters.

4. All labels shall be permanently affixed to the front of all required equipment using two (2) round head self tapping screws. Self-adhesive labels are not acceptable. Align labels with equipment.

E. All junction boxes shall have the panel/circuit number(s) identified on the blank coverplate,

handwritten with a permanent black marker. Disconnects, combination motor starter/disconnects and manual motor starter shall have the panel/circuit number(s) identified on the inside of the front cover, hand written with a permanent black marker.

F. Provide engraved coverplates for all switches and control devices which are not otherwise

clearly related to the equipment they serve.

G. Label all receptacles and light switches with circuit number using electronic labeler

(black on clear). Install label level on front of face plate for receptacles and back side

of face plate for light switches.

H. Spray paint J-Boxes red for Fire Alarm System. All other special systems J-Boxes to be

painted white.

I. Color code all 600 volt insulated conductors by installing conductors with factory colored insulation for conductors No. 10 AWG and smaller.

J. Install colored tape on all 600 volt conductors No. 8 AWG and larger. Apply tape 6 inches

from terminal points. Do not cover factory applied cable identification markings with taping; tape locations may be adjusted slightly to prevent the covering of factory markings. Tape shall be Scotch No. 35 or approved equal, 7-mil thick by 3/4” wide vinyl adhesive tape.


GENERAL 26 05 00 - 19 of 25

K. Install engraved plastic laminate nameplates as listed below.

L. Prepare a neatly typed panelboard circuit directory. Identify all circuits by the equipment

served and by the room number, room numbers may be different from those shown on drawings. Verify room numbers prior to typing directories. Indicate spares and spaces with light, erasable pencil marking.

3.10 TESTING

A. Test and record results for all power feeders for Megger Readings, including phase to phase and phase to ground as recommended by the cable manufacturer.

B. Measure and record service ground resistance.

C. For equipment having ground-fault protection the ground-fault protection system shall be

performance tested when first installed on site. The test shall be conducted in accordance with instructions which shall be provided with the equipment. A written record of this test shall be made and shall be submitted to the Engineer and a copy put in the Operation and Maintenance Manuals.

3.11 CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION

A. Submit, at time of request for final inspection, a completed letter in the following format:

I, (Name) , of (Firm) , certify that the electrical work is complete in accordance with Contract Plans and Specifications, and authorized change orders (copies attached) and will be ready for final inspection as of (Date). I further certify that the following specification requirements have been fulfilled:

1. Megger readings performed, six (6) copies of logs attached.

2. Ground tests performed, six (6) copies of method used and results attached,

including service ground readings and ground fault test results.

EQUIPMENT LETTERING

SIZE

INFORMATION

Switchboards, Panelboards, MCCs and other distribution system overcurrent devices

1/4” / 1/8” Switchboard name designation, ampere rating of the supply conductors, voltage characteristics, power source and room number(s). EX: MDP, 1900A, 480Y/277V, Served from Utility EX: HVA, 175A, 480Y/277V, source DP-1,3,5. in Room 100.

Transformers 1/4” / 1/8” Transformer name designation, load served, power source and room number(s). EX: Trans. TR-1, serves PANEL LV-1, source DP-7,9.11 in Room 203.

Remotely mounted Safety Switches and Starters

1/8” Load served, power source and room number(s). EX: HWP-1, HVA 37,39,4 1 in Room 203. EX: PANEL LV-2 in Room 303, source TR-2.

Contactors 1/8” Load served, power source and room nember(s). EX: Room 502, Science Lab, LVA 31,33 35, 37,39,4 1. EX: Building security lights, HVA 2, 4. EX: Parking lot lights, HVA 6, 8, 10.


GENERAL 26 05 00 - 20 of 25

3. Operating manuals completed and instructions of operating personnel performed for all systems, (Date) , (Signature, Owner’s Representative).

4. Record drawings up-to-date and ready to deliver to Engineer.

5. Fire alarm system final connections, check-out and start-up completed on (Date)

by (Signature, Factory Authorized Representative and Trained Technician) .

6. All other tests required by Specifications have been performed.

7. Final clean-up is completed.

8. All systems are fully operational.

Signed: 3.12 SITE OBSERVATION

A. Periodically, the Engineer will visit the site and review the construction progress. Field Reports will be issued noting any discrepancies or items that do not meet the intent of the contract documents found during said site visit. The contractor must answer each item listed on each field report, item by item.

B. It shall be the duty of the Contractor to personally make a careful inspection trip of the

entire project, assuring himself that the work on the project is ready for final

acceptance before calling upon the Owner, Architect or Engineer to make final

acceptance of the work. Subsequent trips required because of Contractor’s failure to

do so, will be made at Contractor’s expense, billed at current Engineer’s hourly rates.

C. The final acceptance of the work will be made jointly by the Architect and the Owner. D. Time spent for Investigation/Site Trips due to Contractor lack of installation capabilities/skills

or knowledge is not part of Engineer’s scope. Therefore time spent assisting contractor in these matters or problems that arise due to these matters will be billed to Contractor. Engineer will bill the contractor at the current hourly rates of the Engineer. These fees will be paid in full prior to release of contingency.

3.13 DURING FINAL INSPECTION

A. Demonstrate installation to operate satisfactorily in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents.

B. Should any portion of installation fail to meet requirements of Contract Documents, repair or

replace items failing to meet requirements until items can be demonstrated to comply.

3.14 CLOSE-OUT DOCUMENTS:

A. Furnish three signed letters of guarantee. 1. Clearly and individually, document all material, equipment and service guarantees

beyond a single year.

B. Furnish one original and two copies, of a statement from the inspecting authority stating that the installation has been accepted and approved.


GENERAL 26 05 00 - 21 of 25

C. Furnish one reproducible, two copies and an electronic “AutoCad” version, of complete, full-size sets of drawings showing conduit locations by accurate dimensions from permanent structures.

1. “Record Drawings” are to include:

a. A sheet legend shall be present on the 1st sheet of the required set which identifies each sheet making-up the set.

b. Site plan(s) with primary and secondary electric power and communication

lines to the property line (may be a civil sheet).

c. Site plan(s) with all underground conduits to other buildings, structures, fixtures and equipment.

d. Marked-up electrical plans and schedules.

D. Furnish three complete sets of overload settings and motor data records.

E. Furnish three complete sets of the electrical testing results.

F. Furnish three complete sets of the power system study final report.

G. Furnish all manufacturer’s software if required for start-up or modifying products furnished.

H. Furnish two complete sets of the AC Drive’s comprehensive manual that includes operation, programming, diagnostics, applications, wiring diagrams, layout diagrams, and outline dimensions.

1. Identify each AC Drive’s model number on a cover sheet.

I. All major Owner training sessions to be videotaped in non-pixelated video in Windows file

format.


GENERAL 26 05 00 - 22 of 25


GENERAL 26 05 00 - 23 of 25


GENERAL 26 05 00 - 24 of 25


GENERAL 26 05 00 - 25 of 25

END OF SECTION

(THIS IS REQUIRED – NOT OPTIONAL)


SCHEDULE OF VALUES 26 05 10 - 1 of 1

SECTION 26 05 10 - SCHEDULE OF VALUES


A. The Contractor shall breakdown the final Schedule of Values to be used for pay application into the following minimum categories.

B. ALL CATEGORIES SHALL HAVE APPROPRIATE MATERIAL AND LABOR

BREAKDOWN.

C. Definitions:

1. Service: Conduit for utility company and conduit and wire from utility transformer to main switchboard.

2. Feeders: Include all conduit and wire serving transformers and panelboards.

3. Branch Circuit: Any circuit from a panelboard to a utilization device. 4. Gear: Main switchboard, panelboards, transformers, disconnects, etc.

5. Site conduit voice/data.

1.02 SCHEDULE OF VALUES

A. Mobilization B. Utility Company Fees C. Service - Wiring and Conduit D. Site Light Fixtures, Wiring and Conduit E. Gear F. Site Lighting Fixtures G. Interior Lighting Fixtures H. Branch Circuit - Wiring and Conduit I. Feeders - Wiring and Conduit J. Devices (switches and receptacles) K. Fire Alarm System L. Testing/Labeling of Equipment M. Record Drawings and O&M Manuals ($1500 minimum)

END OF SECTION


WIRE AND CABLE 26 05 19 - 1 of 4

SECTION 26 05 19 - WIRE AND CABLE


A. Provide a complete system of conductors in raceway systems as shown on the drawings and hereinafter specified. Route all wire through an approved raceway unless otherwise indicated, regardless of voltage application.

B. Provide 200% neutral conductors to all panels with 200% neutral specified. Reference Panel

Schedules.

C. Provide individual neutrals for each circuit, no shared neutrals allowed.

D. No de-rating of neutrals allowed. 1.02 STANDARDS

Provide conductors in accordance with the applicable sections of UL and IPCEA Standards. 1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. Furnish Engineer shop submittals for each type of wire and cable.

B. Provide shop submittals which includes the following information:

1. Insulation type.

2. Insulation temperature rating.

3. Manufacturer

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS

A. Wire and Cables: (600 Volts)

1. Provide copper wire and copper ground conductors only. Conductors shown on

plans are thusly sized. No aluminum conductors will be allowed unless specifically noted.

a. Minimum wire size for branch circuits shall be #12, however, #14 may be

used for motor control circuits where specified on the drawings.

b. All conductors #10 and smaller shall be solid and #8 and larger shall be stranded.

2. Provide copper conductors of annealed, 98 percent conductivity soft drawn copper.

Provide stranded conductors for control circuits.

B. Metal clad cable shall not be acceptable except from junction box to light fixture,

maximum 6 feet in length.



C. Metal-clad cable shall not be acceptable for receptacles.

D. Insulation: (600 Volts)

1. Provide all conductor insulation types rated for wet and dry locations and approved

by the National Electrical Code for the particular application. Provide all wire and cable with the following (or better) insulation classes:

a. All feeders and branch circuits are to be dual-rated Type THHN/THWN

copper conductors.

b. Insulation rated for operation at 600 volts.

c. In areas where the temperature will exceed 167OF, provide wire rated 105OC. minimum and a type approved by the local code. Include any wiring within three feet (3’) horizontally or ten feet (10’) above any heating appliance.

2. Color code in accordance with the wiring diagrams furnished with equipment. All

wiring for control systems to be installed in conjunction with mechanical and/or miscellaneous equipment. Color code by line or phase all branch circuit wiring including circuits to motors and feeders as follows: Wire No. 10 and smaller shall be factory color coded. Wire No. 8 and larger may be color coded by color taping within

six inches (6”) of exposed ends. Color coding for each nominal voltage shall be

consistent throughout building from point of origination to the termination

point including tap conductors to luminaire. Mixing of colors between

voltages will not be allowed. 120/208 Volt 120/240 Volts 277/480 Volts

Phase A - Black Phase A - Red Phase A - Brown Phase B - Red Phase B – Black Phase B - Yellow Phase C - Blue Phase C - Orange Phase C - Purple Neutral - White Neutral - White Neutral - Gray Ground - Green Ground - Green Ground - Green

(Orange is High Leg) E. Wire and Cable: (50 volts or less)

1. Provide copper wire, minimum size #18 AWG for controls, #18 AWG minimum for fire alarm and #20 AWG minimum for communications. All wire and cable shall be solid. Stranded conductors are not acceptable.

2. All conductors shall be routed in conduit or shall have an insulation approved for

plenum installation, unless otherwise noted.

F. ROMEX not allowed.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION

A. Unless otherwise indicated wiring size noted on the drawings extend for the entire length of a circuit. Install wire in raceways in strict conformance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. Use a UL approved wire-pulling lubricant. Strip insulation so as to avoid nicking of wire.



B. Wire Connections and Devices:

1. Provide all terminating fittings, connectors, etc., of a type suitable for the specific

cable. Make all fittings up tight. Make up all terminations in strict conformance with manufacturer’s recommendations using special washers, nuts, etc., as required.

2. Connect No. 8 and larger wire to panels and apparatus with properly sized,

solderless, or compression lugs or connectors.

3. Join No. 10 and smaller wire by twisting tight and applying UL listed twist-on connectors.

4. Leave at least an eight inch (8”) loop of wire for ends at each outlet box for the

installation of fixtures or devices.

C. Flashover or insulation value of joints shall equal that of the conductor. Provide connectors rated at 600 volts for general use and 1000 volts for use within fixtures.

D. Grouping shall be 3 Hots and 3 Nuetrals or 6 Hots max. Derating shall be based on the 90

degree chart of NEC 310-16 and table 310.15 (B)(2)(2).

E. Where the distance between the supplying panel and the first branch circuit receptacle, light fixture or equipment is more than 100 feet, upsize wire to allow for maximum of 3% voltage drop for actual routing of conduit to device.

F. Wiring for emergency systems shall be kept entirely independent of all other wiring and

equipment as required by Article 700 of the NEC.

G. Mechanically protect conductors by installing in raceways. Do not install the conductors until raceway system is complete and properly cleaned. Use an approved wire-pulling compound when pulling conductors. Wiring pulling compound shall be listed and as recommended by the conductor manufacturer. Do not bend any conductor either permanently or temporarily during installation to radii less than four times the outer diameter of the insulated conductors. Do not exceed manufacturer’s recommended values for maximum pulling tension.

H. Pull conductors simultaneously where more than one conductor is being installed in the same

raceway. I. Use pulling means including fish tape, cable, rope and basket weave wire/cable grips which

will not damage cables or raceway. J. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals, including screws and bolts, in accordance with

manufacturer’s published torque tightening values. Where manufacturer’s torquing requirements are not indicated, tighten connectors and terminals to comply with tightening torques specified in UL Standard 486A.

K. Neatly and securely bundle all conductors in enclosures using nylon straps with a locking

hub. L. At least 6 inches (measured from the finished surface) of each conductor shall extend

outside a box’s opening.

3.02 SPLICES AND TERMINATIONS

A. Splices shall be kept to a minimum.



B. Splices shall be made in junction and/or pull boxes.

1. Splices in conduit fittings (i.e., conduit bodies), and in panelboards are not

acceptable.

C. All materials shall prevent corrosion or electrolysis between dissimilar metals.

D. Use terminal blocks within a junction box for all splices of No. 6 and larger conductors.

E. Use mechanical, crimp or compression type connectors for terminations of stranded conductors.

3.03 CONDUCTOR SIZING A. Install conductor size required by the more stringent requirements of the drawings or

specifications. B. Install No. 10 AWG conductors the entire length of the circuit for single-phase, 120-volt, 20-

ampere branch circuits for which the distance from panelboard to the first outlet is more than 100 feet.

C. Install No. 10 AWG conductors the entire length of the circuit for single-phase 277 volt, 20-

ampere branch circuits for which the distance from panelboard to the first outlet is more than 200 feet.

D. General use circuit numbers may be changed. Equipment circuits have numbering to

balance loads. This contractor is responsible for maintaining a balanced load and recording the actual circuit numbers.

E. Comply with ampacity adjustment factors as required by the NEC Article 310-16.

3.04 TESTING

A. Prior to energizing feeders, perform insulation resistance tests at 500 Volts D.C. for 30 seconds on each cable with respect to ground and adjacent cables. Maintain the following log for feeder tests:

FEEDER DESCRIPTION:

TESTER’S NAME:

TEST INSTRUMENT SERIAL #:

TEST DATE:

RESISTANCE:

A-B A-C A-G B-C B-G C-G

B. Test all circuits for proper neutral connections.

C. Upon completion of all testing, prepare a detailed report of all voltage and insulation

resistance measurements. Deliver report to Engineer with request for final inspection.

END OF SECTION


GROUNDING AND BONDING 26 05 26 - 1 of 5

SECTION 26 05 26 – GROUNDING AND BONDING


A. Provide a complete grounding system in strict accordance with Article 250 of the National Electrical Code and as hereinafter specified and shown on the Drawings.


A. Provide copper clad 5/8” x 8 ft. - 0” long ground rods, appurtenances, bonding plates, clamps, connectors and grounding conductors as required. Furnish rods to which the copper cladding is permanently and inseparably bonded to a high strength steel core.

2.02 CONNECTORS A. Provide exothermic weld type ground connections for concealed, underground, and concrete

encased ground connections. B. Exposed connections may be made with copper or bronze bolted or compression lugs. 2.03 INTER-SYSTEM GROUNDING BUS-BAR (communications) A. Provide surface mounted terminal blocks sufficient to except 20 individual conductors of

sizes 14 AWG thru 4 AWG. 2.04 CONDUCTORS A. Furnish copper conductors. B. Furnish 600-volt, insulated conductors for equipment grounding. C. Size the system grounding electrode conductors to comply with NEC section and table 250-

66, unless shown larger. D. Size the main and separately derived system bonding jumpers to comply with NEC section

250-28 (D). E. Size equipment grounding conductors to comply with NEC section and table 250-122, unless

shown larger.


A. Properly ground all service equipment conduit systems, supports, cabinets, equipment, motor frames, fixtures, etc., and the grounded circuit conductor in accordance with the latest issue of the National Electrical Code. Provide all bonding jumpers and wire, grounding bushings, clamps, etc., as required for complete grounding. Route ground conductors to provide the shortest and most direct path to the ground electrode system. Bond conduit if made of



current conducting material. All ground connections shall have clean contact surfaces. Bond the service equipment to a grounding electrode as shown on the Drawings.

B. Provide a grounding type bushing for all feeder and branch circuit conduits which do not have

a grounding conductor and individually bond this raceway to the enclosure’s ground bus or lug.

C. Provide a grounding type bushing on the end of each isolated section of metal conduit and

bond the conduit to the equipment grounding conductor, or using a conductor of the same size, bond directly to the equipment ground buss of the equipment at the end of the run.

D. Make single or dual connections to ground rods, plates, and other buried connections by the

exothermic process (Cadweld) or Burndy Hyground TM Compression Systems and “hammer tested” to insure that a good bond has been made. Alternatively, all below grade compression grounding systems must meet all UL467, CSA, IEEE837 test requirements and conform to the National Electrical Code Standards. The material at the connectors shall be pure wrought copper extrusions, rod and seamless tubing and be identical material to the conductor. Connectors must be of heavy duty design and be of range taking design to accept conductor ranges of #6 solid to 500 Kcmil plus 5/8” ground rods. Compression connectors need to be compressed with system engineered tooling which makes a circumferential or round crimp. Hex crimp is not acceptable due to sharp flashes and spurs that may occur. Each connector must be clearly marked with catalog number, conductor size and installation die information. Inspection ports must be provided on lug terminations and splices. The system must emboss all the appropriate die index numbers on all connectors after completion of the crimp. Connectors must be prefilled with penetrox copper type oxidation inhibitor and be individually sealed in clear polyethylene sheet to keep out dirt and contamination.

E. Drive grounding electrodes as required. Where rock is encountered, grounding plates of

copper, 1/4-in. x 24-in. x 24-in may be used in lieu of grounding rods. Plates must be installed at 36” minimum below finished grade.

F. Connect grounding electrode conductor to building steel and metallic waterline per NEC 250-

81. Allow a minimum of 25 feet of grounding conductor in foundation footing and make 3 connections to Rebar. Connections shall utilize an acceptable compression method with connectors listed for contact with respective metal types.

G. Provide a grounding terminal pad in all panelboards, switchboards, and other electrical

equipment.

H. Directly ground to the work piece welding machines used in construction. The use of the building or equipment steel or conduits of any kind as a common ground point is not allowed under any conditions. Contractor is responsible for any electrical pieces of equipment damaged by not using the welder grounding method described above.

I. Provide a green insulated grounding conductor in all conduit serving receptacles and/or

equipment. Refer to panelboard schedules for sizing.

J. Ground all receptacles to outlet box with a conductor.

K. Flexible conduit will not be allowed as a grounding means.

L. Install metallic fittings on clean contact surfaces to ensure electrical conductivity.



M. Tighten connectors, terminals, screws and bolts, in accordance with manufacturer’s published torque tightening values or comply with torque tightening values specified in UL 486A to assure permanent and effective grounding.

N. Apply a corrosion-resistant finish to places where factory applied protective coatings have

been damaged.

O. Protect all exposed, grounding electrode conductors with Schedule 40 PVC nonmetallic conduit.

1. Grounding electrode conductors shall not be protected with metallic materials.

3.02 GROUNDING ELECTRODE SYSTEM A. At each building’s service or disconnecting means install a grounding electrode system which

includes; 1. A concrete encased electrode connected to the concrete reinforcing bars and; 2. The building structural steel and; 3. The building’s metal underground (10 ft.) water pipe. a. This connection must be within the first 5 ft. of the water pipe’s entrance into

the building. Water piping cannot be the sole ground and must be supplemented.

4. Other electrodes such as a rod, plate or ring may be used to supplement but cannot

be used as a substitute. B. At each grounded separately derived system install a grounding electrode conductor to

connect the grounded (XO-neutral) conductor to; 1. The nearest one of the following electrodes: a. An effectively grounded structural steel member or; b. An effectively grounded metal underground (10 ft.) water pipe. 1) This connection must be within the first 5 ft. of the water pipe’s

entrance into the building. 2. If neither of these is available, install a 3/0, copper, common grounding electrode

conductor from the building’s service or disconnecting means. Connect taps from this common grounding electrode conductor to the separately derived system’s grounded (XO-neutral) conductor.

3.03 SYSTEM BONDING A. SERVICES 1. Install a main bonding conductor between the service ground bus and the grounded

(neutral) bus-bar.



B. SEPARATELY DERIVED SYSTEMS 1. Install a bonding jumper between the equipment ground bus and the separately

derived electrical system’s (transformer, UPS, central battery/inverter or generator) grounded (XO-neutral) bus.

3.04 ADDITIONAL BONDING A. Install 3/0 AWG bonding jumpers around all structural metal expansion joints. B. Each building’s interior metal water piping system which does not qualify to be used as a

grounding electrode shall be bonded to the building’s service or disconnecting means. C. Bond the grounded (XO-neutral) conductor of each separately derived system to the nearest

available point of the interior metal water piping system(s). 1. When the structural steel is being used as the grounding electrode for the separately

derived system the interior metal water piping system(s) may be bonded to the structural steel.

D. Install bonding jumpers around raceway expansion joints. E. Install bonding jumpers around insulated water pipe joints. F. Install a bonding jumper between all grounding electrodes used for communications, radio

and television or antenna systems and the building’s grounding electrode system. 3.05 COMMUNICATION GROUNDING A. Provide a surface mounted, inter-system grounding bus-bar at the service equipment or a

separate building’s disconnecting equipment and in each communications room. B. At the service or separate building’s disconnecting means, provide an insulated 6 AWG,

stranded conductor to connect the inter-system grounding bus-bar to the equipment ground bus.

C. At communications rooms, provide an insulated 6 AWG, stranded conductor to connect the

inter-system grounding bus-bar to the building’s structural steel. 3.06 EQUIPMENT GROUND A. Raceways shall not be used as the sole equipment ground. B. Bond the equipment grounding conductors to all boxes and enclosures. C. Each receptacle shall be bonded to its respective device box. The connection shall be made

by means of a bonding jumper between the device and the box. Where the receptacle mounting yoke is designed and listed for the purpose of grounding; the bonding jumper may be omitted. This does not substitute for the need of grounding the outlet box.

D. Each isolated ground receptacle shall have an isolated ground conductor installed complete

from receptacle to the isolated ground bus in the panelboard. No other grounding connections shall be made to these receptacles, specifically connections to the device box or raceway system.



3.07 TESTING

A. Following completion of installation, test system ground for continuity and test resistance to ground by “fall of potential” method and all feeders or sub-feeders with appropriate meggers, or other approved instruments and methods, to determine ground and insulation resistance values.

B. Submit logs of values obtained, nameplate data of instruments used and instrument

calibration data prior to final inspection. Instruments used are subject to acceptance.

END OF SECTION


HANGER & SUPPORTING DEVICES 26 05 29 - 1 of 2

SECTION 26 05 29 – HANGER & SUPPORTING DEVICES


A. Provide all required supporting devices, including but not limited to channels hangers, brackets, fittings, clamps, hardware, anchor bolts, rods, electrical accessories, etc., for conduit and equipment.

1.02 STANDARDS

A. Conform with the latest requirements of the NEMA and The National Electric Code.


A. Support Channel: Hot-dipped galvanized steel, sized for load, minimum size 12 gauge, 1-5/8 wide by 13/16 deep. Furnish fasteners sufficiently sized to carry load imposed.

B. Hardware: Corrosion Resistant (Hot-dipped galvanized all steel components)

C. Support Wires (16 Ga. Minimum) and Tie Wires (22 Ga. Minimum) or as required by UL

listed assemblies: Galvanized Steel D. Coatings: All steel components shall be hot-dipped galvanized.


A. Perforated iron straps are not permitted for supporting conduits. Conduits run between the webs of bar joists may use galvanized tie wire for securing the conduits. Cut excess wire and bend ends to prevent sharp ends.

B. Support horizontal and vertical conduit runs by one-hole straps, clamp-backs or other

acceptable devices and suitable bolts. All conduits shall be secured to structure with supporting devices dedicated for the electrical system and/or conduits for systems furnished under the Electrical Contractor responsibilities. When two (2) or more conduits are run parallel, they may be supported on trapeze hangers, equal to the Modern Co. Other hangers shall be constructed with rods and hanger adjusters of adequate size to carry the loads imposed.

C. All conduits shall be supported a maximum of ten feet (10’) on center. Also, support conduits

within twelve inches (12”) of any bends, outlet boxes, wall penetrations or joints in pipe. All conduits shall be secured to structure. Lighting fixture whips may not be secured to ceiling tie wires. Vertical risers shall be supported by approved riser clamps or supports installed at the respective floor lines

D. Conduits routed below bar joists shall utilize acceptable clamps.


HANGER & SUPPORTING DEVICES 26 05 29 - 2 of 2

E. Fasten hanger rods, conduit clamps and outlet and junction boxes to building structure using

precast insert system, expansion anchors, preset inserts, or beam clamps. Do not use spring steel clips and clamps. Submit method of attachment for review prior to commencing work.

F. Use toggle bolts or hollow wall fasteners in hollow masonry, plaster, or gypsum board

partitions and walls; expansion anchors or preset inserts in solid masonry walls; self-drilling anchors or expansion anchor on concrete surfaces; sheetmetal screws in sheetmetal studs; and wood screws in wood construction.

G. Do not fasten support wires to piping, ductwork, mechanical equipment or conduit.

H. Do not fasten conduit or junction boxes to ceiling grid wire. All conduit must be

independently supported.

I. Support recessed fluorescent light fixtures with support wire at all four corners as required by roof/ceiling assembly. If roof/ceiling assembly does not require supports at each corner, support fixtures with minimum of two support wires at diagonally opposite corners. Spray paint ends of fixture support wires orange.

J. Conduits, except as approved by NEC, shall not be used to support low voltage cables.

K. Support all piping on roof with pipe stands/roller equal to MIRO Industries Model 4-RAH-PC

or Portable Pipe Hangers, Inc., Type PP10 with roller for conduit 2-1/2” and smaller. For conduit over 2-1/2”, up to and including 4” use MIRO Industries Model 6-RAH-PC or Portable Pipe Hangers, Inc. (PPH) Type PS-1-2. All conduit stands to sit on walk board (coordinate type and methods of support with Roofing Contractor). Provide minimum pipe height above roof deck as required by jurisdiction having authority (at least 3-1/2”). Provide supports for piping under 2” at six feet on center. Provide supports for conduit 2” and over at eight feet on

center.

L. Provide all angles, unistrut supports and threaded rods under any structural elements or mechanical equipment where required for proper placement and support of light fixtures and/or conduits.

M. Supports and hangers shall be installed to permit free expansion and contraction in the

raceway systems. Where necessary to control expansion and contraction, the raceways shall be guided and firmly anchored. Anchors shall be approved by the Engineer and shall be designed for equal effectiveness for both longitudinal and transverse thrust. No conduit shall be self-supporting, nor shall it be supported from equipment connections. Transmission of vibrations, noise, etc., shall be considered and any special suspension with vibration dampers to minimize transmission shall be used where necessary.

N. Where ducts interfere with the proper location of hangers, furnish and install trapeze hangers.

Trapeze hangers may be used to support groups of conduit run in parallel. O. Install metal framing to support wall mounted equipment and wall or ceiling mounted

raceways. P. Install expansion bolts to attach framing to concrete. Space bolts a maximum of 24 inches on

center, with not less than two bolts per piece of framing. Q. Touch up all scratches or cuts on steel components with an approved zinc chromate or a 90

percent zinc paint.

END OF SECTION


RACEWAYS 26 05 33 - 1 of 6

SECTION 26 05 33 - RACEWAYS


Provide a complete conduit system as shown on the drawings and as hereinafter specified. 1.02 STANDARDS

Conform with the latest requirements of the NEMA, the National Electrical Code, and be UL listed.


A. Rigid Metal Conduit (RMC): Hot-dip galvanized, threadable steel raceway, galvanized after fabrication. Fittings shall be malleable iron, either cadmium plated or hot-dip galvanized.

B. Intermediate Metal Conduit (IMC): Conduit shall be similar to rigid steel conduit except

thinner wall. Fittings shall be malleable iron, either cadmium plated or hot-dip galvanized.

C. Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT): EMT shall be made of hot-dip galvanized strip steel. Fittings shall be die cast compression or set screw type.

D. PVC - Schedule 40 and Schedule 80 polyvinyl chloride conduit (PVC Duct) shall be UL rated.

Conduit fittings and cement shall be produced by the same manufacturer and approved for such use.

E. Flexible Metal Conduit (FMC): Spirally wound continuously interlocked zinc coated strip steel.

Fittings shall be die cast zinc, either screw-in or squeeze type.

F. Flexible Conduit (LFMC): Liquid-tight (vibration and/or wet areas) fabricate from continuous lengths of spirally wound galvanized steel strip interlocked with a gray polyvinyl chloride cover extruded over the core to make the conduit liquid tight, oil proof and bendable to a small radius. Fittings shall be compression type, die cast zinc, with insulated throat.

G. Metal-Clad Cable (MC): Galvanized interlocking steel armor. 600 volt, type THHN/THWN,

integrally colored insulation. Size #12 AWG or #10 AWG, copper conductors. Fittings shall be listed for MC usage and include anti-short bushings. Reference Section 3.03 for acceptable uses.

H. Metal Wire-ways.

1. Furnish with wire retainers on not less than 12 inch centers. All screws installed towards the inside shall be protected to prevent possible wire insulation damage.

2. The finish shall be the manufacturers’ standard color and shall consist of not less

than two coats of enamel over a rust-inhibiting prime coat. I. Surface Metal Raceway (2000 series).

1. Surface metal raceway shall consist of a single compartment base, blank cover, and appropriate fittings to complete the installation per the electrical drawings.


RACEWAYS 26 05 33 - 2 of 6

2. The base and cover shall be manufactured of steel and finished with a white color. 3. Approximately ¾” deep, 1 ¼” high and 5’ sections.

J. Non-Metallic Multi-outlet Assemblies (5400 series).

1. Surface raceway system shall consist of a dual compartment raceway base, twin cover, appropriate fittings, outlets and device mounting plates necessary for a complete installation.

2. Duplex receptacles and data outlets (“activate connectivity inserts”) mounted at 24”

centers or as noted on plans. Connect adjacent receptacles on alternate circuits. 3. Approximately 1 ¾” deep, 5 ¼” high and 8’ sections with equal compartments. 4. The finish shall be white color and shall consist of not less than one coat of enamel

over a prime coat.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

A. Raceway and cable usage and installation shall conform to the appropriate article of the National Electrical Code (NEC), as a minimum.

B. Do not install conduit that is crushed or deformed in any way. C. Provide a nonmetallic (nylon, polypropylene, or approved equal) drag line of suitable strength

in spare conduits and telephone conduits. Tightly plug spare conduits at both ends.

D. Do not pull wire into conduit system until the conduit system is complete in all details; in the case of concealed work, until all rough plastering or masonry has been completed.

E. No wiring systems of any type shall be installed in ducts used to transport dust, loose stock,

or flammable vapors. F. No wiring system of any type shall be installed in any shaft containing ducts used for vapor

removal or for ventilation of commercial-type cooking equipment. G. Fasten and support the wiring method employed to the permanent structure using listed

straps with corrosion resistant hangers and fasteners. H. Ceiling system wires or lay-in type ceiling grid components shall not be used as a means of

support.

1. Independent support wires and associated fittings which are installed in addition to the ceiling system support wires, shall be permitted: (300.11.A)

2. Independent wires within the cavity of a fire-rated floor–ceiling or roof–ceiling

assembly shall be distinguishable by color. (300.11.A.1) 3. Independent support wires that provide support for device boxes shall be secured at

both ends. (300.11.A).


RACEWAYS 26 05 33 - 3 of 6

I. Bends shall be made with factory elbows or field bent. Field bends shall be made using equipment designed for the particular raceway material and size. Bends shall be free from dents or flattening.

J. Conduit bodies may be used in lieu of conduit elbows where covers will be accessible and

ease of installation and appearance warrants their use. K. Install expansion-deflection fittings where raceways cross structural expansion joints or

where required to compensate for thermal expansion and contraction. Install bonding jumpers across expansion-deflection fittings in metal raceway systems.

L. Openings through fire-resistant-rated or sound-resistant-rated walls, partitions, floors or

ceilings shall be fire-stopped by installing raceways or cables through sleeves set through the walls, partitions, floors or ceilings and fire-sealing all openings and voids around the sleeves, raceways and cables.

M. Do not drill or pierce structural steel members under any circumstances without the

Engineer’s specific approval. N. Minimize roof penetrations by routing conduit through the equipment roof opening. If roof

penetration is necessary, coordinate with the Architectural Specifications and penetrate as directly below the equipment disconnect or wiring connection point as possible. Do not use flexible conduit in a pitch pan.

O. Arrange all conduits to drain away from the building. P. Perform all necessary excavation and backfilling. Tamp backfill in six inch (6”) layers to

original grade, moistening as required for proper compaction. All backfilling shall be free from harmful materials. Provide shoring, bracing, and de-watering as necessary. Remove all excess and materials not suitable for backfill from the site. Provide barricades to prevent endangering the public. Provide warning beacon lighting at night to adequately mark all excavations.

Q. A tracer tape wire shall be installed in all trenches which do not contain conductive

conductors within them. This will include future use raceways, optical fiber, etc. R. Raceway systems shall be complete before installing conductors. S. The interior of all raceways shall be cleaned before installing conductors. T. Terminate future use raceways with a capped coupling within an accessible area. U. Workmanlike manner: Type MC cable shall be installed in a neat and workmanlike manner.

Cable shall not cross other cable or have excess slack. Cable that is installed vertically, must be plumb with the vertical framing of the structure.

V. Bundling of cable is limited to three cables for each support ring. W. Type MC cable may be only supported by fasteners or clamps that are approved and UL

tested for cable support.

3.02 INSTALLATION BELOW GRADE

A. Minimum size raceway is 3/4 inch.


RACEWAYS 26 05 33 - 4 of 6

B. Provide rigid galvanized steel conduit or PVC where conduits are installed in concrete floor slab ¾” maximum. Maintain proper concrete coverage as directed by structural engineer. PVC conduit shall not penetrate slab above finished grade.

C. Provide rigid galvanized steel or PVC conduit where conduits are installed below grade.

D. Swab clean all conduits before cable installation. Waterproof all conduit joints after cable

installation.

E. Provide conduit wall sleeves for all conduits penetrating walls, grade beams, etc. and other locations shown on the Drawings.

F. Where required to bend PVC ducts to satisfy indicated routing, preform ducts to allow ends of

duct sections to be in a straight alignment. Accomplish preforming of ducts by utilizing proper duct heater units.

G. Perform all necessary excavation and backfilling for proper installation of work. Take

precautions not to excavate below depth required. Backfill trenches with sand, 3” below conduits and 3” above. Tamp remainder of backfill in six inch (6”) layers to original grade, moistening as required for proper compaction. All backfilling shall be free from harmful materials. In areas to be paved, compact to density to receive pavement. Where pavement is broken for the installation of conduit, repair to original condition. Provide shoring, bracing, and de-watering if necessary for installation of work. Remove from site all materials encountered which are not suitable for backfill.

H. When and if damage is caused to underground utility lines or structures, above ground utility

lines or structures, or other purposeful surface conditions, either on or off the right-of-way, make immediate temporary repairs. At the first opportunity, make permanent repairs which are acceptable to the Owner. All such repairs shall be made at the Contractor’s expense.

I. Where necessary, provide barricades around open excavations to prevent endangering the

public. Provide warning beacon lighting at night to adequately mark all excavations.

J. Where conduits embedded in concrete floor or roof deck cross expansion joints, they shall be joined together using O.Z. Gedney type DX expansion fittings and bonding jumpers. Straight runs of conduit over 150’ long shall have O.Z. Gedney Type AX expansion fittings installed to minimize movement. Fittings shall be installed at a maximum of 150’ on center.

K. Where horizontal runs of conduit transition to vertical and continue above finished grade or

finished floor; the transition shall be made with a 90 degree long radius sweep. The sweep may be PVC (2” and smaller) and shall be RGS (2-1/2” and larger). No PVC conduit will be allowed above finished grade or finished floor.

L. CONDUITS RUN BELOW FINISHED FLOOR SHALL NOT PENETRATE GRADE BEAMS.

UNLESS APPROVED BY STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. 3.03 PERMITTED RACEWAY USAGE:

A. Raceway transitions at all locations;

1. Rigid nonmetallic conduit runs from below grade level shall transition to galvanized rigid steel or intermediate steel conduit, wrapped with corrosion protection tape, prior to exiting at grade level and continue thereafter in accordance with their usage requirements.

a. Caulk concrete-to-conduit joints with a silicone rubber compound.


RACEWAYS 26 05 33 - 5 of 6

2. Continue the more protective conduit type into an area where a less protective

conduit type is permitted for a distance of not less than 1 foot. B. Electrical metallic tubing at;

1. Interior locations when;

a. Concealed within walls and ceilings or; do not use in the mortar filled

cells of concrete masonry units.

b. Exposed and more than 8 feet above finished floor or; c. Exposed and more than 3 feet above finished floor in electrical or

mechanical rooms or; d. Exposed and more than 1 foot above a finished attic or mezzanine floor. e. Do not use where exposed to standing water or other continuously damp or

wet areas.

2. Exterior locations when;

a. More than 10 feet above the finished ground surface or; b. More than 1 foot above the finished ground surface within a lockable

equipment yard or; c. In the crawl space below a building with the 1st level elevated.

C. Rigid or intermediate metal conduit at;

1. Interior locations when;

a. Exposed, in other than electrical or mechanical rooms, and installed less than 8 feet above finished floor or;

b. Exposed in electrical or mechanical rooms and installed less than 3 feet

above finished floor or; c. Exposed and less than 1 foot above a finished attic floor or mezzanine floor.

2. Exterior locations when;

a. Less than 10 feet above the finished ground surface or; b. Less than 1 foot above the finished ground surface within a lockable

equipment yard. 1) Malleable iron straps will be required at these locations.

D. Rigid metal and intermediate metal conduit wrapped with corrosion protection tape or rigid nonmetallic conduit at;

1. Underground locations with a ¾” minimum size when;


RACEWAYS 26 05 33 - 6 of 6

a. Located outside of the building line or; b. Located below a concrete slab on grade or; c. Located below a beam of a slab on grade or. d. Located within a concrete slab on grade where the outside diameter is equal

to or less than 20 percent of the slab thickness. 1) Seal conduit ends at each building entry.

2. Below grade;

a. The minimum size shall be 3/4 inch. b. Seal conduit ends at each building entry.

c. Coordinate covering with Structural Engineer. E. Rigid nonmetallic conduit for;

1. An exposed grounding electrode or bonding conductor below 10 ft. to guard from physical damage.

F. Flexible metal conduit in;

1. Dry interior locations with a minimum length of 2 feet and maximum length of 6 feet to;

a. The final connection of transformers, motors and vibrating equipment.

G. Flexible metal conduit or metal-clad cable for light fixtures or ceiling mounted devices.

1. Dry or damp interior locations with a maximum length of 6 feet to;

a. The final connection of light fixtures; or b. The final connection of ceiling mounted outlet boxes or.

H. Flexible metal conduit is not allowed for any technology rough-in, must be EMT.

I. Liquid-tight flexible metal conduit in;

1. All locations with a minimum length of 2 feet and maximum length of 6 feet for;

a. The final connection of all liquid pump motors and associated control connections or;

2. Damp or wet interior and all exterior locations with a minimum length of 2 feet and

maximum length of 6 feet to;

a. The final connection of transformers, motors, and vibrating equipment.

END OF SECTION


OUTLET BOXES, PULL BOXES AND JUNCTION BOXES 26 05 34 - 1 of 4

SECTION 26 05 34 - OUTLET BOXES, PULL BOXES AND JUNCTION BOXES


Provide outlet boxes in accordance with the National Electrical Code at locations shown on the Drawings and hereinafter specified.


A. Provide standard hot-dipped galvanized pressed steel boxes, minimum 4”x4” by

1-1/2” deep. Use 4 11/16” by 2 1/8” deep box when using 1” conduit.

B. Cabinets with screw covers or as specifically noted for junction or pull boxes larger than 150 cubic inches.

C. All junction, pull and splice boxes to conform to NEC Article 370. D. All metallic boxes are to have an internal means of grounding.

E. Flush mounted wall and finished ceiling boxes.

1. Within framed, drywall, plastered or tile covered walls, with ¾” max. raceway, furnish

galvanized steel, 4” square, minimum 1 1/2 inch deep boxes with a raised tile cover and a far-side support.

2. Within drywall or plaster covered or suspended ceilings, with ¾” max. raceway,

furnish galvanized steel, 4” square, minimum 1 1/2 inch deep boxes with a raised tile cover.

3. Within masonry walls, with ¾” max. raceway, furnish galvanized steel boxes,

minimum 2-1/2-inch deep.

F. Surface mounted boxes.

1. Mounted at or below 10’ above the finished surface, ¾” max. raceway size, furnish cast aluminum boxes with a surface mounted cover.

G. Junction and Pullboxes.

1. Furnish, minimum 4” square, 1 – ½” deep, galvanized steel junction and pullboxes

where installation conditions warrants their use. Boxes shall be furnished with screw-on covers or hinged covers. Covers shall be such that it can easily be handled by one person. All hardware and fasteners shall be galvanized steel.

H. Flush mounted floor boxes.

1. Furnish adjustable, concrete tight, corrosion resistant, duplex type. Compartmental

type for combination receptacle and communication. The coverplate shall be brass with hinged flap and carpet flanges. The minimum below ground/slab conduit size shall be ¾”.



I. Underground boxes.

1. U. L. listed. 2. Pre-cast, polymer concrete. 3. Minimum size of 10” W X 10” L X 10” H. 4. Bolt down cover. 5. Stainless steel hex-bolts and replaceable nuts. 6. Minimum load rating of 5,000 lbs. (select by location)


A. Through wall boxes and boxes mounted back-to-back are not permitted. Provide 8 inch minimum separation in order to minimize sound transmission.

B. Set flush with wall or ceiling finish in accordance with N.E.C., Article 370. Extension sleeves

are not permitted for boxes improperly set.

C. Verify location of outlets prior to rough-in. When necessary, relocate outlets to avoid interference with other work or equipment. Where fixtures are mounted on or in an accessible type ceiling, provide a junction box and extend flexible conduit to each fixture. Fit outlet boxes in finished ceilings or walls with appropriate covers.

D. Where more than one (1) switch or device is located at one (1) point, unless otherwise

indicated, provide gang boxes and covers. When the voltage between switches exceeds 300 volts, provide barrier partitions between adjacent switches located in the same box. Sectional switch boxes or utility boxes not permitted.

E. Provide pressed steel boxes for all interior work. Provide square boxes with plaster rings.

Provide appropriate size multi gang box for group devices. Single gang boxes screwed together is not acceptable.

F. Where boxes are installed in masonry walls, use only approved masonry type boxes for

single gang and multi-ganged applications. Standard 4” square boxes with plaster rings are not allowed. Caulk around joint between receptacle box and masonry. Verify color with architect.

G. Do not drill and pierce structural concrete members and structural steel without prior approval

of the Engineer.

H. Mount all boxes plumb.

I. Mount boxes completely rigid without conduit or finished wall support.

J. Where outlets are installed in steel stud type systems, provide additional cross bracing, bridging, and/or straps as required to make the outlet completely rigid. Support boxes with “caddy screw gun brackets”, “caddy box mounting bracket”, “caddy quick mount box brackets” or acceptable alternates.



K. Dimensions are from finished floor to centerline of outlets. Adjust heights of outlets in masonry walls from that indicated so that receptacles are not lower than 16” A.F.F. and switches are not higher than 48” A.F.F. Outlet height so adjusted shall be consistent. Unless otherwise indicated, mount outlets at the following heights:

Wall switches/Wall Phone 4 ft. - 0 in. General Duplex receptacles 1 ft. - 6 in. Receptacles at Millwork verify with millwork Receptacle for Refrigerators 2’ – 6” Weatherproof duplex receptacles 1 ft. - 6 in. Telephone/Data outlets/Teacher Station 1 ft. - 6 in. Telephone/Data at millwork verify with millwork Garages/Apparatus Bay receptacles 2 ft. - 0 in. Clocks 8 ft – 0 in Access Point Data Drops (wall mounted) 10 ft – 0 in

L. For boxes installed above ceilings, label the box cover with the circuit numbers installed. Labeling shall be with a permanent, black maker with broad tip.

M. Boxes installed in rated walls shall have a minimum horizontal separation of 24”. Maximum

surface area of boxes shall not exceed 16 square inches.

N. Completely envelope floor boxes in concrete except at the top. Increase slab thickness at boxes if required for bottom covering. Adjust covers flush with finished floor.

O. Where outlets are indicated adjacent to each other, mount these outlets in a symmetrical

pattern with all tops at the same elevation. Where outlets are indicated adjacent, but with different mounting heights, line up outlets to form a symmetrical vertical pattern on the wall.

P. Install recessed boxes flush to the finished wall or ceiling line by the use of manufactured

tile rings to extend the box forward.

Q. Boxes to which light fixtures or pendants are mounted shall NOT contain any conductors foreign to the operation of such light or pendant application. Removal of lights, pendants and cord drops to access other branch circuits is NOT acceptable.

R. Where fixtures are mounted on or in an accessible type ceiling, provide a junction box

and extend flexible conduit to each fixture. S. Install knockout closures to cap all unused openings. T. All boxes shall be installed with coverplates. U. Install boxes as required to facilitate conductor installation in raceway systems. Junction

and pull boxes shall be sized to accommodate conductors, splices, devices and fittings.



V. Raceways are NOT allowed to terminate to extension rings. W. Install boxes so that covers are accessible and easily removable after completion of the

installation. The minimum clear space in the direction of the box opening shall be 36”. X. Include suitable access doors, with the proper fire rating, for boxes above inaccessible

ceilings. Boxes shall be located within reach of the access. Y. Install underground boxes with cover slightly above finished grade.

Z. Spray paint J-Boxes red for Fire Alarm Systems. All other special system J-Boxes

to be painted white.

END OF SECTION


EMPTY RACEWAY ROUGH-IN 26 05 80 - 1 of 2

SECTION 26 05 80 - EMPTY RACEWAY ROUGH-IN


A. The Contractor shall furnish and install all equipment, accessories and material required for the rough-in of empty raceway systems in accordance with the specifications and drawings.

B. Rough-in raceway sections for indicated devices and outlets in all walls, floors and

underground sufficient to facilitate installation of the following systems without cutting or otherwise damaging walls, ceilings or floors installed in this contract:

1. Communications

2. Fire Alarm

3. Television

4. Data

5. Security

6. Controls

C. ALL CONDUITS SHALL HAVE A PULL CORD INSTALLED. INSTALL BLANK COVERS ON ALL UNUSED JUNCTION BOXES.

D. 3/4” CONDUIT MINIMUM.

E. Electrical Contractor shall provide all conduit, junction boxes and outlet boxes for HVAC

controls as specified in Section 26 05 00, 1.03, D. Coordinate locations and requirements with Mechanical Contractor and Controls Contractor prior to rough-in. Provide outlet box for sensor and conduit to above accessible ceiling. Provide conduit for all wiring in areas with no ceiling. Provide conduit from outdoor units to above accessible ceilings. Provide conduit between make-up air units and associated condensing units.

F. REFERENCE TECHNOLOGY DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL

REQUIREMENTS CONCERNING CONDUIT ROUGH-IN FOR VOICE/DATA SYSTEMS.

G. Floor mounted devices: Provide pathway to nearest accessible ceiling for all floor mounted

devices called for in this specification. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Construct each item of equipment, including parts and accessories, in a workmanlike manner, using new materials or the best quality obtainable for the purpose intended. Design and build materials in accordance with the best practices of the electrical industry.

B. Comply with all requirements of serving utility.


EMPTY RACEWAY ROUGH-IN 26 05 80 - 2 of 2


A. Interior conduit systems shall have runs less than 100 feet from point to point.

B. Provide accessible pull boxes when necessary. Provide blank covers for all outlet boxes, unless otherwise noted.

C. All bends for telephone and cable television service shall be 36 inch radius, minimum.

D. Provide outlet box in wall at 18” A.F.F. (UON) and conduit with string to above accessible

ceiling location. Provide insulated bushing on end of conduits.

END OF SECTION


ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION FOR REMODELING 26 15 00 - 1 of 2

SECTION 26 15 00 - ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION FOR REMODELING


A. Electrical demolition.

PART 2 - EXECUTION 2.01 EXAMINATION

A. Demolition Drawings are based on field observations and existing Record Documents. Report discrepancies to Architect/Engineer before disturbing existing installations.

B. Verify field measurements and circuitry arrangements prior to starting demolition.

C. Verify that wiring and equipment to be abandoned serve only abandoned facilities.

D. Beginning of demolition means the Contractor accepts existing conditions.

2.02 PREPARATION

A. Disconnect electrical systems in walls, floors, ceilings, etc. scheduled for removal. Reference Architectural drawings and specifications for limits of demolition.

B. Coordinate utility service outage with Utility company and the Owner, prior to starting

demolition.

C. Provide temporary wiring and connections to maintain existing systems in service during construction. When work must be performed on energized equipment or circuits, use personnel experienced in such operations.

2.03 DEMOLITION AND EXTENSION OF EXISTING ELECTRICAL WORK

A. Remove abandoned wiring, conduit and appurtenances to source of power (panelboard) or previous device, including conduits, wiring and appurtenances above accessible ceilings.

B. Remove, relocate and extend existing installations to accommodate new construction.

C. Cut conduit flush with walls and floors, and patch surfaces. Reference Architectural

Specifications for repairing and painting requirements.

D. Disconnect and remove abandoned luminaires. Remove brackets, stems, hangers, and other accessories.

E. Maintain access to existing electrical installations which remain active. Modify installation or

provide access panels, as required.

F. Extend existing installations, as required, using materials and methods as specified or that is compatible with existing electrical installation.


ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION FOR REMODELING 26 15 00 - 2 of 2

2.04 CLEANING AND REPAIR

A. Clean and repair existing materials and equipment which are to be reused.

1. Panelboards: Clean exposed surfaces and check tightness of electrical connections. Replace damaged circuit breakers and provide closure plates for vacant positions. Provide typed circuit directory showing revised circuitry arrangements.

2. Luminaires: Remove designated existing luminaires for cleaning. Use mild

detergent to clean all exterior and interior surfaces; rinse with clean water and wipe dry. Replace all ballasts, lamps and broken electrical parts and/or lenses, as required.

END OF SECTION


DEVICES 26 27 26 - 1 of 4

SECTION 26 27 26 - DEVICES


A. Provide switches and receptacles as shown on the drawings and as hereinafter specified. 1.02 STANDARDS

A. Provide all receptacles which conform with NEMA standards for amperage and voltage classification.

B. Provide devices U.L. listed for the application and for the type of wire used.

1.03 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS

A. Leviton, or approved equal 1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. Furnish Engineer shop submittal for each device.

B. Provide shop submittals which include the following information:

1. Manufacturer and catalog number.

2. NEMA configuration.

3. Voltage and amperage ratings.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Straight Blade Receptacles: Furnish Leviton receptacles or approved equal, color shall be

White. (Devices and coverplates connected to emergency circuits shall be red).

1. Single receptacle, 20 amp, 125-volt, 2-pole, 3-wire, grounding, NEMA 5-20R.

2. Single receptacle, 20 amp, 250-volt, 2-pole, 3-wire, grounding, NEMA 6-20R.

3. Duplex receptacle, 20 amp, 125-volt, 2-pole, 3-wire, grounding, NEMA 5-20R.

4. Tamper resistant, duplex receptacle, 20 amp, 125-volt, 2-pole, 3-wire, grounding, NEMA 5-20R.

B. Toggle Switches: Furnish Leviton switches or approved equal, color shall be White. (Devices

and coverplates connected to emergency circuits shall be red).

1. Single pole, single throw, 20 amp, 120/277 volt.

2. Single pole, double throw, momentary, 20 amp, 120/277 volt.


DEVICES 26 27 26 - 2 of 4

3. Single pole, double throw, maintained, 20 amp, 120/277 volt.

4. Double pole, single throw, 20 amp, 120/277 volt.

5. Three way, single throw, 20 amp, 120/277 volt.

6. Four way, single throw, 20 amp, 120/277 volt. C. Locking Switches: Furnish Leviton switches with #55500 key, color shall be White. (Devices

and coverplates connected to emergency circuits shall be red).

1. Single pole, single throw, 20 amp, 120/277 volt.

2. Single pole, double throw, momentary, 20 amp, 120/277 volt.

3. Single pole, double throw, maintained, 20 amp, 120/277 volt.

4. Double pole, single throw, 20 amp, 120/277 volt.

5. Three way, single throw, 20 amp, 120/277 volt.

6. Four way, single throw, 20 amp, 120/277 volt.

D. Dimmer Switches: Furnish Lutron NT series, or equivalent, continuously adjustable slide dimmer with preset on/off switch. Dimmer shall be solid-state type for use with 120-volt incandescent lamps and shall have electromagnetic filters to eliminate noise, RF and TV interference. Dimmer wattage is indicated on the drawings or 1000 watt minimum.

E. Ground Fault Devices: Color shall be White. (Devices and coverplates connected to

emergency circuits shall be red).

1. Ground fault circuit interrupter (GFCI), 20 amp, 125-volt, 2-pole, 3-wire, grounding, NEMA 5-20R.

2. Ground fault feed through switch, 20 amp, 125-volt.

F. Device Plates:

1. Unless otherwise indicated, provide smooth metal device plates of Type 430

stainless steel for all indoor devices. Verify color with architect prior to ordering. Cover plates for devices served by emergency circuits shall be red.

2. Provide telephone and data outlets with blank metal type 430 stainless steel covers.

3. Provide properly gasketed vertical single lift device plate of aluminum die cast for

weatherproof receptacles and/or switches.

G. Floor Outlets:

1. Provide where shown on the drawings, PVC rectangular floor boxes. Coordinate all dimensions for floor boxes with Architect. Contractor shall not scale from drawings.

2. Receptacle floor outlets specified as duplex shall have duplex screw cap

coverplates. Telephone and/or data floor outlet boxes to have combination screw cap coverplate.


DEVICES 26 27 26 - 3 of 4

3. Provide brass carpet flanges for each floor box installed in carpeted areas.

4. Multiple device locations shall incorporate two (2) or three (3) gang outlet box.

H. Provide GFI receptacles within 6 feet of any sink, lavatory, wet area and outdoors. All GFI resets to be located in the same room protected.

I. Provide GFI protection for all receptacles in areas where power hand tools or portable lights

are used (shop areas, garages, etc.).

J. Provide GFI protection for all circuits used for heat tracing.

K. Provide a receptacle in all mechanical/electrical rooms.

L. Surge Arresting Receptacles: Where surge arresting receptacles are indicated, provide receptacles meeting Federal Specification WC-596F which are UL listed (UL 1449 and UL 498) with integral surge suppression. Provide with audible surge protection failure alarm and replaceable surge arrester module. Eagle Electric “Super Spec SurgeBloc” or acceptable equal.

M. All 120volt/20amp receptacles in kitchen area to be GFCI protected.


A. Install wiring devices of the type as indicated on drawings. Make up all connections tight and set device plumb. Use care in installing device in order to prevent damage to the device and the wire in the outlet box.

B. Device Plates: Provide a device plate for each outlet to suit the device installed and install

blank plates or covers for junction boxes and empty outlets, including telephone, computer, etc.

C. Mount duplex receptacles vertically with grounding opening up unless otherwise noted. D. Prior to installation of outlets other than 20A, 120 Volts, verify receptacle type with Owner

through Architect. Receptacles not verified shall be changed at Electrical Contractor’s expense if necessary to operate equipment.

E. Install all switches that are required to be handicap accessible at proper height per latest

ADA Standards. F. Install wall switches vertically in an outlet box on the strike side of the door as finally hung. G. Install single throw switches so up is the ON position. H. Locking switches shall be furnished in corridors, common areas and any area with HID

lighting. Contractor shall confirm exact location of all locking switches with the Architect/Engineer prior to rough-in.

I. Provide “Caddy Screw Gun Bracket” between wall studs, as required to install switches,

thermostats, intercom devices, etc. Verify exact location of devices prior to rough-in. Device boxes shall be aligned on center line of each box.


DEVICES 26 27 26 - 4 of 4

J. Receptacles installed for electric water coolers shall be mounted at a height so as not to be visible after installation of EWC. Coordinate with equipment being provided.

K. Provide one (1) duplex GFI/weatherproof receptacle within 25 feet of all mechanical

equipment, located on the roof, on mezzanines, or on the ground. Connect receptacles to nearest available circuit with not more than 6 receptacles or home run to the nearest available panelboard and provide breaker as required.

L. Engrave coverplates, designated for engraving, with 1/8 inch-high contrasting lettering. M. Engrave the coverplates of wall switches that control equipment which is not in sight of the

switch with the designation of the equipment being controlled. Lettering shall be 1/8 inch high and of a contrasting color.

N. All receptacles located above counter tops with sinks and receptacles in kitchens shall be

GFI Type.

END OF SECTION


SAFETY DISCONNECT SWITCH 26 28 15 - 1 of 2

SECTION 26 28 15 - SAFETY DISCONNECT SWITCH

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OR WORK

A. Provide safety switches for all pieces of equipment per NEC as indicated on the Drawings and specifications or as required.

B. All safety switches are to be FUSED unless noted otherwise. 1.02 STANDARDS

A. Conform to U.L. listed and the latest NEMA standards. 1.03 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS

A. Square D B. ITE Siemens C. Cutler Hammer/Westinghouse D. General Electric

1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. Furnish Engineer shop submittal for safety disconnect switches.

B. Provide shop submittals which include the following information:

1. NEMA type

2. Enclosure type

3. Ampere rating

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 CONSTRUCTION

A. Provide safety switches appropriately rated for use with electrical system 600 Vac for 480 volts, 250 Vac for 208 volts and etc.

B. Provide safety switches NEMA Standard KS1 for type HD (heavy duty), and horsepower

rated for A/C motors.

C. Switches requiring fuses and rated 600 amps and below shall be provided with rejection clips. Switches rated larger than 600 amps shall have Class “L” fuse connections provided.

D. Provide safety switches in NEMA 1 enclosure located on the interior dry locations. Provide

safety switches in NEMA 3R enclosure located on the exterior of the building or in wet locations.


SAFETY DISCONNECT SWITCH 26 28 15 - 2 of 2

E. Provide quick-make and quick-break operating handle. Provide mechanisms which are an integral part of the box. Furnish a handle suitable for padlocking in the ON and OFF positions with a padlock of 5/16-inch diameter shank.

F. Door Interlock. Furnish a door interlock to prevent opening the door when the switch is in the

ON position, unless bypassed, and to prevent turning the switch ON when the door is open.

G. Bypass Interlock. Furnish an external means to bypass the door interlock. H. Terminal Shield. Furnish incoming line terminals with an insulated shield so that live parts

are not exposed when the door is open. I. Neutral. Where neutrals are indicated furnish switches with an isolated, fully rated neutral

block. Make provisions for bonding the block to switch enclosure. J. Equipment Grounding. Furnish an equipment grounding kit. K. Fuse Holders. Where fusible switches are indicated, furnish switches with rejection-type

fuse holders and fuses conforming to Section 16490, Fuses - 600 Volt and Below. L. Auxiliary Contacts. Where switches are shown for elevator service, furnish switches with

two DPST auxiliary contacts. M. Provide lugs U.L. listed for copper cable.


A. Securely mount safety switches in accordance with the N.E.C. Provide all mounting materials and mount safety switches vertically.

B. In general, safety switches must be mounted on an independent and separate support

system, not on the equipment being served. Where such an independent support would require penetrating or resting on a roof, it is preferable to mount on the equipment. In no case, however, may the switch interfere with access to or operation of the equipment, nor shall the switch be located within the significant impact zone of a flue or other high temperature component. Where screen walls are provided for outdoor units; the top of disconnect shall be below or equal to the top of screen wall.

C. Coordinate final location of disconnect switches to provide a minimum of 36” clear in front of

switch. Conduit may not be routed in access clear directly in front of disconnect switch. D. Install switches for all equipment that requires them. Mount so that operating handle is

approximately 60 inches above finished floor. Where grouped, align tops of switches. E. Disconnects mounted above ceiling must be mounted to be readily accessible near unit.

Handle to be no more than 36” above ceiling grid. F. All exterior disconnects to be mounted below line of sight of a screen wall or if single

disconnects, level with top of condenser. Verify location with Architect/Engineer prior to rough-in.

END OF SECTION


INTERIOR LIGHTING SYSTEM 26 51 00 - 1 of 9

SECTION 26 51 00 - INTERIOR LIGHTING SYSTEM


A. Provide all lighting fixtures and equipment as specified in the fixture schedule. Include all necessary accessories and appurtenances required for a complete and operating system whether or not specifically shown.

1.02 STANDARD

A. Provide all materials and accessories, whether specifically described or not, of the best grade of the commercial manufacturer. Provide first class workmanship in every respect.

B. Provide all lighting fixtures with Underwriters’ label and manufacturer’s label. Attachment of

U.L. labels after delivery of fixtures is not acceptable.

C. Manufacture all lighting fixtures in accordance with the National Electrical Code.

D. Ballasts:

1. Provide ballasts for fluorescent lamps which meet U.L. specifications for Class P listing, applicable ANSI Standard Ballast Specifications, and certified by C.B.M.

Maximum - 2 lamps per ballast.

2. Provide ballasts for HID lamps which comply with the UL Standard for High-Intensity Discharge Lamp Ballasts.

E. Provide lamps manufactured by North American Phillips or Sylvania. Unless otherwise

indicated, lamp designations shown on the fixture schedule are Sylvania. (3500K) 1.03 ACCEPTABLE LIGHTING PACKAGES:

A. Lithonia

B. Thomas Daybrite C. Hubbell

D. Others Fixtures as Scheduled or Noted

1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. Furnish Engineer shop drawings for each fixture.

B. Provide shop drawing which includes the following information:

1. Fixture type per the fixture schedule. 2. Manufacturer of the fixture.

3. Physical dimensions of the fixture.

4. Manufacturer’s standard finish.



5. Fixture output distribution curves with utilization parameters.

6. Ballast temperature rating, voltage, wattage, and manufacturer.

7. Material type and thickness of lens.

8. Accessories for installation such as swivel hangers.

9. Number and type of lamps.

C. Submit point-by-point lighting calculations for areas as required by the specifications or noted

on the drawings. The calculations shall include lamp lumen depreciation, luminaire dirt depreciation, ballast factor, lamp tilt factors, and initial lamp lumens. The calculations shall indicate maintained horizontal footcandle levels at a height of thirty inches above the floor. In interior spaces the maximum point spacing shall be five feet on center; for outdoor applications the maximum point spacing shall be 30 feet on center unless otherwise noted on the drawings.

D. Lighting Control Submittal

- Shop Drawing Floorplan drawings at 1/8” scale showing

- motion sensor layout as directed on plans

- daylight sensor layout as directed on plans

- identify enabled fixtures

- identify power packs

- identify power pack location for open ceiling areas (above panel in electrical room)

- symbol legend identifying symbols

- control sequences

- riser diagrams showing low voltage cabling requirements

- cutsheets all parts 1.05 PRODUCTS STORAGE AND HANDLING

Protect fixtures delivered to the job site from the entrance of water and dust at all times. Replace fixtures damaged by improper handling or storage.

1.06 COORDINATION A. Catalog numbers shown on the light fixture schedule may not include or adequately represent

all the options and accessories required herein, this contractor shall conform to these specifications in there entirety.

B. The various ceiling types are indicated on the architectural plans and in the room finish

schedules. All lighting fixtures shall be coordinated with the architectural requirements to insure that the proper trim kit, and/or mounting accessory is provided with each fixture for the intended application. All trim kits and accessories shall be provided by Contractor whether or not they are specifically indicated by the manufacturer’s catalog numbers on the lighting fixture schedule.



C. The locations of all lighting fixtures are approximate. Locations are subject to modifications at the time of installation in order to meet field conditions. Make such changes without extra charge; however, obtain approval from Engineer before any work is started which involves such modifications.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL

A. Provide all fixtures as called for in the schedules complete with lamps.

B. Provide manufacturer’s standard finish unless otherwise noted.

C. Design all recessed or semi-recessed fixtures compatible with ceilings as installed. Provide frames where required for proper installation.

D. Furnish complete, all fixtures requiring end caps, mounting spacers or other necessary items

whether the catalog number shown includes such items or not.

E. Conceal all fixture parts within the fixture construction.

F. Self locking lenses/latches are not acceptable. G. Lighting fixture construction shall effectively eliminate light leaks between the frame, lens,

housing and the interior finish surface. Furnish one lens hold-down clip at two foot centers. H. Linear fluorescent lampholders shall be turn type, medium base, bi-pin, 660 watt, 600 volt. I. Conceal all fixture parts, including emergency components, within the fixture construction. J. Fixture construction shall allow parts and lens to be replaced without special tooling. K. Fixture shall be provided with disconnecting means per NEC 2008.

2.02 FLUORESCENT LIGHTING FIXTURES

A. Grid troffers (lay-ins) must conform to the following:

1. Steel housing with T-bar clips.

2. Flush steel door frame with metal rotary action latches. Door latches or hinges from either side.

3. Diffusers (lens) shall be flat, UV stabilized, acrylic, # 12 pattern a with minimum

thickness of 0.095 inches.

B. Wet location troffers must conform to the following:

1. Steel housing.

2. Flush aluminum door frame with metal rotary action latches. a. Door latches or hinges from either side.



b. Neoprene gasketing between the lens, doorframe, housing and mounting surface.

3. Diffusers (lens) shall be flat, UV stabilized, acrylic, # 12 pattern with internal prisms

and a minimum thickness of 0.125 inches.

C. Surface or stem mounted fixtures with a lens must conform to the following:

1. Steel housing.

2. Flush steel door frame with metal rotary action latches.

3. Diffusers (lens) shall be flat, UV stabilized, acrylic, # 12 pattern with a minimum thickness of 0.095 inches.

D. Strip lights must conform to the following:

1. Steel, heavy duty construction.

2. 4 foot lamp lengths. Tandem, double length units are acceptable.

3. Lampholder are secured by a screwed-on end plate.

4. 4 foot wireguards. Tandem units require 2.

2.03 COMPACT FLUORESCENT LIGHTING FIXTURES

A. Compact fluorescent downlights must conform to the following:

1. Galvanized steel frame with adjustable hangers.

2. Outdoor and wet area fixtures shall be lensed, gasketed and listed for wet locations. Only lenses which are flat shall be provided.

3. Electronic ballast if available.

2.04 FLUORESCENT BALLAST

A. Ballast which are located outdoors and in un-heated indoor areas shall be rated for reliable starting to 0 degree F.

B. All fluorescent ballasts must conform to the following:

1. Thermally protected Class P with auto restart circuitry.

2. Class “A” sound rating.

3. Power factor equal to or greater than 90.

4. Contain no PCBs or asbestos.

5. Certification Ballast Manufacturers (CBM) approved.

6. Provide Quick Disconnect (QD) option for quick disconnecting of all ballasts.



C. Linear fluorescent ballast must conform to the following:

1. Fixtures with three or more lamps shall have two ballast to accommodate dual level switching. Provide 1 or 2 lamp ballasts. Do not use 3 and 4 lamp ballasts. All ballast are to be installed within the fixture of the lamps served.

2. Electronic, instant-start and parallel-connected.

3. Enclosed in a metal enclosure.

4. Provided with integral, color coded leads.

5. Operate at a frequency of 20kHZ or greater with less than 3 % visible lamp flicker.

6. Input current total harmonic distortion (THD) shall not exceed 10%.

7. Lamp current crest factor (ratio of peak to RMS current) shall be 1.7 or less.

8. Operate from a 60 Hz input source of 120 or 277 volts and sustain variations of ±

10% (Voltage & Frequency) with no damage to the ballasts.

9. Provide transient immunity.

10. Allow remaining lamp(s) to maintain full light output if one or more lamps fail.

11. Tolerate sustained open circuit and short circuit output conditions without damage.

12. Tolerate operation of up to 65 deg. C. case temperature without damage.

13. Comply with the Federal Communication Commission Rules and Regulations for electromagnetic/radio frequency interference (EMI/RFI), for non-consumer equipment (class A).

D. Compact fluorescent ballast must conform to the following:

1. Operate at a frequency of 20kHZ or greater with less than 3 % visible lamp flicker.

2. Input current total harmonic distortion (THD) shall not exceed 20%.

3. Lamp current crest factor (ratio of peak to RMS current) shall be 1.7 or less.

4. Operate from a 60 Hz input source of 120 or 277 volts and sustain variations of ±

10% (Voltage & Frequency) with no damage to the ballasts.

5. Provide transient immunity.

6. Tolerate sustained open circuit and short circuit output conditions without damage.

7. Comply with the Federal Communication Commission Rules and Regulations for electromagnetic/radio frequency interference (EMI/RFI), for non-consumer equipment (class A).

2.05 FLUORESCENT POWER PACKS

A. Where indicated, furnish a system consisting of a sealed rechargeable maintenance-free nickel cadmium battery, battery charger, solid state inverter, test switch, and pilot light.



B. Fluorescent power packs must conform to the following:

1. Suitable for use in both normal and emergency operational modes.

2. Compatible with magnetic and electronic, instant start, 4 foot T8 lamps.

3. Produce 1000 to 1400 lumens initial emergency light output.

4. Operate one lamp in each fixture for a minimum of 90 minutes.

5. Steel housing, approx. 9 3/8” long, mounted concealed within the ballast channel.

6. Test switch and pilot light mounted on the ballast channel cover.

C. Label emergency lighting power packs, using a black marking pen, with the identity of the un-

switched circuit. 2.06 EMERGENCY EXIT LIGHTS

A. Exit lights must conform to the following:

1. Furnish a system consisting of a sealed rechargeable maintenance-free nickel cadmium battery, battery charger, solid state inverter, test switch, and pilot light.

2. Meet or exceed the current NFPA requirements.

3. Light emitting diode (LED) type. 4. Die-cast aluminum.

5. Concealed and removable directional chevron knock-outs.

6. Stencil face.

7. Red letter color.

B. Label power packs, using a black marking pen, with the identity of the un-switched circuit.

2.07 METAL HALIDE FIXTURES

A. Metal halide downlights must conform to the following:

1. Galvanized steel frame with adjustable hangers.

2. Outdoor and wet area fixtures shall have flat tempered glass lens with gaskets.

3. Porcelain lamp socket of copper alloy with nickel plated screws, shell and center contact.

B. High and low bay light fixtures must conform to the following:

1. Die-cast aluminum housing.

2. Pendant splice box which allows the fixture housing to slide on.



3. Enclosed glass reflector for high bay

4. Enclosed acrylic reflector for low bay.

5. Porcelain, mogul lamp socket of copper alloy with nickel plated screws, shell and center contact.

6. Full wire-guard, 2 piece, to protect the lens and the reflector.

7. Safety chain.

8. Outdoor and wet area fixtures shall have gaskets.

C. Recessed squares (2 X 2, T-bar and non-T-bar mounted) must conform to the following:

1. Steel housing.

2. Earthquake clips.

3. Flush steel door frame with metal rotary action latches.

4. Flat tempered prismatic glass lens.

5. Porcelain lamp socket of copper alloy with nickel plated screws, shell and center

contact. 2.08 HIGH INTENSITY DISCHARGE BALLAST

A. All metal halide ballasts must conform to the following:

1. Field replaceable without the need of special tools.

2. Core and coil, lag type, high reactance, autotransformer, high power factor ballasts for 50-150 watt ballast.

3. Core and coil, constant wattage, autotransformer, high power factor ballasts for 175-

1500 watt ballast.

4. All ballast must conform with ‘ Energy Independence and Security Act 2007’.

B. Library ballast shall achieve an “A” sound rating. 2.09 LAMPS

A. Incandescent lamps shall be rated at 130 volt and have medium, screw, brass bases.

B. Linear and compact fluorescent lamps shall have a color rendering index (CRI) of 80 or greater and a color temperature of 3500 Kelvins.

C. Mogul base HID lamps are preferred over medium bases.

2.09 LED LIGHT FIXTURE

A. Power supplies must use Constant Current Reduction (CCR) for dimming.



B. LED lamps shall have a color rendering index (CRI) of 80 or greater and a color temperature of 3500 Kelvins for interior fixtures and 4100 Kelvins for exterior fixtures or as specified on drawings.

C. Lamp life of minimum of 60,000 hours or as specified.

D. Fixtures must be supplied with multiple power supplies for multi-level switching when specified.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION

A. Set luminaries true, free of light leaks, warps, dents or other irregularities. Provide the length

of stems as required to hang all luminaries level and in the same plane. VERIFY THE TYPE

OF ALL CEILINGS BEFORE ORDERING FIXTURES, AND PROVIDE FIXTURES AND

MOUNTINGS TO SUIT. Mount all fixtures at a position and height to clear equipment, ductwork, piping, etc., in mechanical rooms, storage rooms, etc. Provide appurtenances for all light fixtures, which include stud supports, stems, mounting brackets, frames and plaster rings.

B. Support luminaries only from structural elements which are capable of carrying the total

weight. Mount all lighting fixtures rigid with no rocking action. Provide 13/16” channels as needed.

C. The locations of all lighting fixtures as shown are approximate. It is understood that they are

subject to such modifications as may be found necessary or desirable at the time of installation in order to meet field conditions. Make such changes without extra charge; however, obtain approval from Engineer before any work is started which involves such modifications.

D. Install ballasts and fixtures in accordance with the NEC and ANSI Standards.

E. Adjust all floodlights and spotlights to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

F. Connect all exit lighting fixtures to the nearest unswitched circuit or the nearest emergency

circuit. Connect all emergency lighting fixtures to same circuit as normal area lighting in same area per NEC Article 700

G. Provide and install necessary hardware and accessories to maintain 1.5 inches clearance

from combustible material on all light fixtures with ballast.

H. Provide all exit signs with required directional arrows, to indicate direction of egress travel.

I. Fixtures shall NOT be daisy chained together.

J. Troffer (lay-in) lighting fixtures shall be supported from the building structure by a minimum 12 gage galvanized carbon steel soft temper hanger wires. Install two hangers at diagonally opposite corners of each lay-in light fixture 2’x4’ or smaller and one hanger at each corner of each lay-in light fixture larger than 2’x4’. Supporting of light fixtures from ceiling system is not acceptable.

K. Each recessed lighting fixture shall be separately connected to a junction box with a flexible

wiring method (i.e. daisy chaining from fixture to fixture is not allowed). The flexible conduit from the junction box to the fixture shall not lay on the ceiling as finally installed and shall not exceed 6 feet in length.



L. Boxes to which light fixtures or pendants are mounted shall NOT contain any conductors

foreign to the operation of such light or pendant application. Removal of lights, pendants and cord drops to access other branch circuits is NOT acceptable.

M. Pendant mounted light fixtures shall be provided with ¾”, threaded, rigid metal conduit,

painted to match the fixture color.

N. Install flush mounted fixtures properly to eliminate light leakage between fixture frame and finished surface, provide gaskets as needed.

O. Install high or low bay light fixtures between the joist with the bottom of the reflector flush with

the bottom cord of the joist. Engineer will direct if obstructions such as ducts, beams, etc. are permanently installed below the joist.

P. Locate mechanical, electrical, equipment, etc. room light fixtures to provide the best coverage

and clear all obstructions such as ducts, piping, bracing and supports.

Q. Fluorescent High Bay are to be rigidly mounted with all thread, ¾” threaded rigid metal conduit and unistrut as required.

3.02 CLEAN UP

A. Leave all fixtures in clean condition, free of dirt and defects.

END OF SECTION


EXTERIOR LIGHTING SYSTEM 26 56 00 - 1 of 2

SECTION 26 56 00 - EXTERIOR LIGHTING SYSTEM


A. Provide all exterior lighting fixtures and equipment as specified in the fixture schedule. Include all necessary accessories and appurtenances required for a complete and operating system whether or not specifically shown. Exterior lights shall be circuited through lighting contactor for time clock/photocell control.

1.02 STANDARDS

A. Provide all materials and accessories, whether specifically described or not, of the best grade of commercial manufacturer. Provide first class workmanship in every respect.

B. Provide all lighting fixtures with Underwriters’ label and manufacturer’s label. Attachment of

U.L. labels after delivery of fixtures will not be acceptable.

C. Manufacture lighting fixtures in accordance with the National Electrical Code.

D. Provide lamps manufactured by North American Phillips or Sylvania. Unless otherwise indicated, lamp designations shown on the fixture schedule are Sylvania.

1.03 ACCEPTABLE LIGHTING PACKAGES:

A. Lithonia

B. Thomas Daybrite C. Hubbell D. Others as scheduled or noted

1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. Furnish Engineer shop drawings for each fixture.

B. Provide shop drawing which includes the following information:

1. Fixture type per the fixture schedule

2. Manufacturer of the fixture

3. Physical dimensions of the fixture

4. Manufacturer’s standard finish 5. Lamp type recommended by the manufacturer 6. Fixture output distribution curves and photometrics

7. Ballast temperature rating, voltage, wattage, and manufacturer

8. Material type of lens


EXTERIOR LIGHTING SYSTEM 26 56 00 - 2 of 2

C. Furnish structural engineer with approved shop drawings on pole, post and Bollard light

fixtures for purpose of designing fixture base. 1.05 PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING

Protect fixtures delivered to the job site from the entrance of water and dust at all times. Replace fixtures damaged by improper handling or storage.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL

A. Provide luminaire complete with the fixture housing, refractor, lamp, and ballast.

B. Provide type, wattage, and voltage lamp designated on Drawings.

C. Where indicated on Drawings, provide parking lot poles and floodlight poles.


A. Orient lighting fixtures as shown on Drawings.

B. Adjust all floodlights and spotlights to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

C. Coordinate exact location of lighting fixtures with Architect prior to rough-in. 3.02 CLEAN UP

A. Leave all fixtures and poles in clean condition, free of dirt and defects.

END OF SECTION